This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.
This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.
Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
This option controls if toast tables associated with a relation are
vacuumed or not when running a manual VACUUM. It was already possible
to trigger a manual VACUUM on a toast relation without processing its
main relation, but a manual vacuum on a main relation always forced a
vacuum on its toast table. This is useful in scenarios where the level
of bloat or transaction age of the main and toast relations differs a
lot.
This option is an extension of the existing VACOPT_SKIPTOAST that was
used by autovacuum to control if toast relations should be skipped or
not. This internal flag is renamed to VACOPT_PROCESS_TOAST for
consistency with the new option.
A new option switch, called --no-process-toast, is added to vacuumdb.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BA8951E9-1524-48C5-94AF-73B1F0D7857F@amazon.com
If a cross-partition UPDATE violates a constraint on the target partition,
and the columns in the new partition are in different physical order than
in the parent, the error message can reveal columns that the user does not
have SELECT permission on. A similar bug was fixed earlier in commit
804b6b6db4.
The cause of the bug is that the callers of the
ExecBuildSlotValueDescription() function got confused when constructing
the list of modified columns. If the tuple was routed from a parent, we
converted the tuple to the parent's format, but the list of modified
columns was grabbed directly from the child's RTE entry.
ExecUpdateLockMode() had a similar issue. That lead to confusion on which
columns are key columns, leading to wrong tuple lock being taken on tables
referenced by foreign keys, when a row is updated with INSERT ON CONFLICT
UPDATE. A new isolation test is added for that corner case.
With this patch, the ri_RangeTableIndex field is no longer set for
partitions that don't have an entry in the range table. Previously, it was
set to the RTE entry of the parent relation, but that was confusing.
NOTE: This modifies the ResultRelInfo struct, replacing the
ri_PartitionRoot field with ri_RootResultRelInfo. That's a bit risky to
backpatch, because it breaks any extensions accessing the field. The
change that ri_RangeTableIndex is not set for partitions could potentially
break extensions, too. The ResultRelInfos are visible to FDWs at least,
and this patch required small changes to postgres_fdw. Nevertheless, this
seem like the least bad option. I don't think these fields widely used in
extensions; I don't think there are FDWs out there that uses the FDW
"direct update" API, other than postgres_fdw. If there is, you will get a
compilation error, so hopefully it is caught quickly.
Backpatch to 11, where support for both cross-partition UPDATEs, and unique
indexes on partitioned tables, were added.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Security: CVE-2021-3393
GlobalVisIsRemovableFullXid() is now GlobalVisCheckRemovableFullXid().
This is consistent with the general convention for FullTransactionId
equivalents of functions that deal with TransactionId values. It now
matches the nearby GlobalVisCheckRemovableXid() function, which performs
the same check for callers that use TransactionId values.
Oversight in commit dc7420c2c9.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmes12jFNDcVgpU89Vp=r6uLFrE-MT0fjSWGsE70UiNaA@mail.gmail.com
The parallel slots infrastructure (which implements client-side
multiplexing of server connections doing similar things, not
threading or multiple processes or anything like that) are moved from
src/bin/scripts/scripts_parallel.c to src/fe_utils/parallel_slot.c.
The functions consumeQueryResult() and processQueryResult() which were
previously part of src/bin/scripts/common.c are now moved into that
file as well, becoming static helper functions. This might need to be
changed in the future, but currently they're not used for anything
else.
Some other functions from src/bin/scripts/common.c are moved to to
src/fe_utils and are split up among several files. connectDatabase(),
connectMaintenanceDatabase(), and disconnectDatabase() are moved to
connect_utils.c. executeQuery(), executeCommand(), and
executeMaintenanceCommand() are move to query_utils.c.
handle_help_version_opts() is moved to option_utils.c.
Mark Dilger, reviewed by me. The larger patch series of which this is
a part has also had review from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund, Álvaro
Herrera, Michael Paquier, and Amul Sul, but I don't know whether any
of them have reviewed this bit specifically.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/12ED3DA8-25F0-4B68-937D-D907CFBF08E7@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/5F743835-3399-419C-8324-2D424237E999@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/70655DF3-33CE-4527-9A4D-DDEB582B6BA0@enterprisedb.com
This patch adds the possibility to move indexes to a new tablespace
while rebuilding them. Both the concurrent and the non-concurrent cases
are supported, and the following set of restrictions apply:
- When using TABLESPACE with a REINDEX command that targets a
partitioned table or index, all the indexes of the leaf partitions are
moved to the new tablespace. The tablespace references of the non-leaf,
partitioned tables in pg_class.reltablespace are not changed. This
requires an extra ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE.
- Any index on a toast table rebuilt as part of a parent table is kept
in its original tablespace.
- The operation is forbidden on system catalogs, including trying to
directly move a toast relation with REINDEX. This results in an error
if doing REINDEX on a single object. REINDEX SCHEMA, DATABASE and
SYSTEM skip system relations when TABLESPACE is used.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
The logic for converting the shell-glob-like syntax supported by
utilities like psql and pg_dump to regular expression is
extracted into a new function patternToSQLRegex. The existing
function processSQLNamePattern now uses this function as a
subroutine.
patternToSQLRegex is a little more general than what is required
by processSQLNamePattern. That function is only interested in
patterns that can have up to 2 parts, a schema and a relation;
but patternToSQLRegex can limit the maximum number of parts to
between 1 and 3, so that patterns can look like either
"database.schema.relation", "schema.relation", or "relation"
depending on how it's invoked and what the user specifies.
processSQLNamePattern only passes two buffers, so works exactly
the same as before, always interpreting the pattern as either
a "schema.relation" pattern or a "relation" pattern. But,
future callers can use this function in other ways.
Mark Dilger, reviewed by me. The larger patch series of which this is
a part has also had review from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund, Álvaro
Herrera, Michael Paquier, and Amul Sul, but I don't know whether
any of them have reviewed this bit specifically.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/12ED3DA8-25F0-4B68-937D-D907CFBF08E7@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/5F743835-3399-419C-8324-2D424237E999@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/70655DF3-33CE-4527-9A4D-DDEB582B6BA0@enterprisedb.com
Now that commit 62f34097c attached BKI_LOOKUP annotation to all the
namespace and role OID columns in the catalogs, there's no real reason
to have the magic PGNSP and PGUID symbols. Get rid of them in favor
of implementing those lookups according to genbki.pl's normal pattern.
This means that in the catalog headers, BKI_DEFAULT(PGNSP) becomes
BKI_DEFAULT(pg_catalog), which seems a lot more transparent.
BKI_DEFAULT(PGUID) becomes BKI_DEFAULT(POSTGRES), which is perhaps
less so; but you can look into pg_authid.dat to discover that
POSTGRES is the nonce name for the bootstrap superuser.
This change also means that if we ever need cross-references in the
initial catalog data to any of the other built-in roles besides
POSTGRES, or to some other built-in schema besides pg_catalog,
we can just do it.
No catversion bump here, as there's no actual change in the contents
of postgres.bki.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3240355.1612129197@sss.pgh.pa.us
This follows in the spirit of commit dfb75e478, which created primary
key and uniqueness constraints to improve the visibility of constraints
imposed on the system catalogs. While our catalogs contain many
foreign-key-like relationships, they don't quite follow SQL semantics,
in that the convention for an omitted reference is to write zero not
NULL. Plus, we have some cases in which there are arrays each of whose
elements is supposed to be an FK reference; SQL has no way to model that.
So we can't create actual foreign key constraints to describe the
situation. Nonetheless, we can collect and use knowledge about these
relationships.
This patch therefore adds annotations to the catalog header files to
declare foreign-key relationships. (The BKI_LOOKUP annotations cover
simple cases, but we weren't previously distinguishing which such
columns are allowed to contain zeroes; we also need new markings for
multi-column FK references.) Then, Catalog.pm and genbki.pl are
taught to collect this information into a table in a new generated
header "system_fk_info.h". The only user of that at the moment is
a new SQL function pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys(), which exposes the
table to SQL. The oidjoins regression test is rewritten to use
pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys() to find out which columns to check.
Aside from removing the need for manual maintenance of that test
script, this allows it to cover numerous relationships that were not
checked by the old implementation based on findoidjoins. (As of this
commit, 217 relationships are checked by the test, versus 181 before.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3240355.1612129197@sss.pgh.pa.us
It turns out that the calculation of [Merge]AppendPath.partitioned_rels
in allpaths.c is faulty and sometimes omits relevant non-leaf partitions,
allowing an assertion added by commit a929e17e5a to trigger. Rather
than fix that, it seems better to get rid of those fields altogether.
We don't really need the info until create_plan time, and calculating
it once for the selected plan should be cheaper than calculating it
for each append path we consider.
The preceding two commits did away with all use of the partitioned_rels
values; this commit just mechanically removes the fields and the code
that calculated them.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sg8tqhsl.fsf@aurora.ydns.eu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJKUy5gCXDSmFs2c=R+VGgn7FiYcLCsEFEuDNNLGfoha=pBE_g@mail.gmail.com
This adds the SQL standard feature that adds the SEARCH and CYCLE
clauses to recursive queries to be able to do produce breadth- or
depth-first search orders and detect cycles. These clauses can be
rewritten into queries using existing syntax, and that is what this
patch does in the rewriter.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
This is a replacement for the existing --with-openssl, extending the
logic to make easier the addition of new SSL libraries. The grammar is
chosen to be similar to --with-uuid, where multiple values can be
chosen, with "openssl" as the only supported value for now.
The original switch, --with-openssl, is kept for compatibility.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAB21FC8-0F62-434F-AA78-6BD9336D630A@yesql.se
For those system catalogs that have a unique indexes, make a primary
key and unique constraint, using ALTER TABLE ... PRIMARY KEY/UNIQUE
USING INDEX.
This can be helpful for GUI tools that look for a primary key, and it
might in the future allow declaring foreign keys, for making schema
diagrams.
The constraint creation statements are automatically created by
genbki.pl from DECLARE_UNIQUE_INDEX directives. To specify which one
of the available unique indexes is the primary key, use the new
directive DECLARE_UNIQUE_INDEX_PKEY instead. By convention, we
usually make a catalog's OID column its primary key, if it has one.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dc5f44d9-5ec1-a596-0251-dadadcdede98@2ndquadrant.com
The SQL standard allows a GRANTED BY clause on GRANT and
REVOKE (privilege) statements that can specify CURRENT_USER or
CURRENT_ROLE. In PostgreSQL, both of these are the default behavior.
Since we already have all the parsing support for this for the
GRANT (role) statement, we might as well add basic support for this
for the privilege variant as well. This allows us to check off SQL
feature T332. In the future, perhaps more interesting things could be
done with this, too.
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9@2ndquadrant.com
Given a permanent relation rewritten in the current transaction, the
old_snapshot_threshold mechanism assumed the relation had never been
subject to early pruning. Hence, a query could fail to report "snapshot
too old" when the rewrite followed an early truncation. ALTER TABLE SET
TABLESPACE is probably the only rewrite mechanism capable of exposing
this bug. REINDEX sets indcheckxmin, avoiding the problem. CLUSTER has
zeroed page LSNs since before old_snapshot_threshold existed, so
old_snapshot_threshold has never cooperated with it. ALTER TABLE
... SET DATA TYPE makes the table look empty to every past snapshot,
which is strictly worse. Back-patch to v13, where commit
c6b92041d3 broke this.
Kyotaro Horiguchi and Noah Misch
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210113.160705.2225256954956139776.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
In a cluster having used CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY while having enabled
prepared transactions, queries that use the resulting index can silently
fail to find rows. Fix this for future CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY by
making it wait for prepared transactions like it waits for ordinary
transactions. This expands the VirtualTransactionId structure domain to
admit prepared transactions. It may be necessary to reindex to recover
from past occurrences. Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Andrey Borodin, reviewed (in earlier versions) by Tom Lane and Michael
Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2E712143-97F7-4890-B470-4A35142ABC82@yandex-team.ru
perform_pruning_combine_step() was not taught about the number of
partition indexes used in hash partitioning; more embarrassingly,
get_matching_hash_bounds() also had it wrong. These errors are masked
in the common case where all the partitions have the same modulus
and no partition is missing. However, with missing or unequal-size
partitions, we could erroneously prune some partitions that need
to be scanned, leading to silently wrong query answers.
While a minimal-footprint fix for this could be to export
get_partition_bound_num_indexes and make the incorrect functions use it,
I'm of the opinion that that function should never have existed in the
first place. It's not reasonable data structure design that
PartitionBoundInfoData lacks any explicit record of the length of
its indexes[] array. Perhaps that was all right when it could always
be assumed equal to ndatums, but something should have been done about
it as soon as that stopped being true. Putting in an explicit
"nindexes" field makes both partition_bounds_equal() and
partition_bounds_copy() simpler, safer, and faster than before,
and removes explicit knowledge of the number-of-partition-indexes
rules from some other places too.
This change also makes get_hash_partition_greatest_modulus obsolete.
I left that in place in case any external code uses it, but no core
code does anymore.
Per bug #16840 from Michał Albrycht. Back-patch to v11 where the
hash partitioning code came in. (In the back branches, add the new
field at the end of PartitionBoundInfoData to minimize ABI risks.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16840-571a22976f829ad4@postgresql.org
This makes pg_verify_mbstr() function faster, by allowing more efficient
encoding-specific implementations. All the implementations included in
this commit are pretty naive, they just call the same encoding-specific
verifychar functions that were used previously, but that already gives a
performance boost because the tight character-at-a-time loop is simpler.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e7861509-3960-538a-9025-b75a61188e01@iki.fi
Two code paths of tablecmds.c (for relations with storage and without
storage) use the same logic to check if the move of a relation to a
new tablespace is allowed or not and to update pg_class.reltablespace
and pg_class.relfilenode.
A potential TABLESPACE clause for REINDEX, CLUSTER and VACUUM FULL needs
similar checks to make sure that nothing is moved around in illegal ways
(no mapped relations, shared relations only in pg_global, no move of
temp tables owned by other backends).
This reorganizes the existing code of ALTER TABLE so as all this logic
is controlled by two new routines that can be reused for the other
commands able to move relations across tablespaces, limiting the number
of code paths in need of the same protections. This also removes some
code that was duplicated for tables with and without storage for ALTER
TABLE.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YA+9mAMWYLXJMVPL@paquier.xyz
SPI_execute_with_receiver and SPI_cursor_parse_open_with_paramlist are
new in v14 (cf. commit 2f48ede08). Before they can get out the door,
let's change their APIs to follow the practice recently established by
SPI_prepare_extended etc: shove all optional arguments into a struct
that callers are supposed to pre-zero. The hope is to allow future
addition of more options without either API breakage or a continuing
proliferation of new SPI entry points. With that in mind, choose
slightly more generic names for them: SPI_execute_extended and
SPI_cursor_parse_open respectively.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRCLPdDAETvR7Po7gC5y_ibkn_-bOzbeJb39WHms01194Q@mail.gmail.com
This patch essentially is cleaning up technical debt left behind
by the original implementation of plpgsql procedures, particularly
commit d92bc83c4. That patch (or more precisely, follow-on patches
fixing its worst bugs) forced us to re-plan CALL and DO statements
each time through, if we're in a non-atomic context. That wasn't
for any fundamental reason, but just because use of a saved plan
requires having a ResourceOwner to hold a reference count for the
plan, and we had no suitable resowner at hand, nor would the
available APIs support using one if we did. While it's not that
expensive to create a "plan" for CALL/DO, the cycles do add up
in repeated executions.
This patch therefore makes the following API changes:
* GetCachedPlan/ReleaseCachedPlan are modified to let the caller
specify which resowner to use to pin the plan, rather than forcing
use of CurrentResourceOwner.
* spi.c gains a "SPI_execute_plan_extended" entry point that lets
callers say which resowner to use to pin the plan. This borrows the
idea of an options struct from the recently added SPI_prepare_extended,
hopefully allowing future options to be added without more API breaks.
This supersedes SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist (which I've marked
deprecated) as well as SPI_execute_plan_with_receiver (which is new
in v14, so I just took it out altogether).
* I also took the opportunity to remove the crude hack of letting
plpgsql reach into SPI private data structures to mark SPI plans as
"no_snapshot". It's better to treat that as an option of
SPI_prepare_extended.
Now, when running a non-atomic procedure or DO block that contains
any CALL or DO commands, plpgsql creates a ResourceOwner that
will be used to pin the plans of the CALL/DO commands. (In an
atomic context, we just use CurrentResourceOwner, as before.)
Having done this, we can just save CALL/DO plans normally,
whether or not they are used across transaction boundaries.
This seems to be good for something like 2X speedup of a CALL
of a trivial procedure with a few simple argument expressions.
By restricting the creation of an extra ResourceOwner like this,
there's essentially zero penalty in cases that can't benefit.
Pavel Stehule, with some further hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRCLPdDAETvR7Po7gC5y_ibkn_-bOzbeJb39WHms01194Q@mail.gmail.com
This file has failed headerscheck/cpluspluscheck verification since
commit 0650ff230, as a result of referencing typedef TimestampTz
without including the appropriate header.
With this commit, SHA1 goes through the implementation provided by
OpenSSL via EVP when building the backend with it, and uses as fallback
implementation KAME which was located in pgcrypto and already shaped for
an integration with a set of init, update and final routines.
Structures and routines have been renamed to make things consistent with
the fallback implementations of MD5 and SHA2.
uuid-ossp has used for ages a shortcut with pgcrypto to fetch a copy of
SHA1 if needed. This was built depending on the build options within
./configure, so this cleans up some code and removes the build
dependency between pgcrypto and uuid-ossp.
Note that this will help with the refactoring of HMAC, as pgcrypto
offers the option to use MD5, SHA1 or SHA2, so only the second option
was missing to make that possible.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9HXKTgrvJvYO7Oh@paquier.xyz
Previously, pull_varnos() took the relids of a PlaceHolderVar as being
equal to the relids in its contents, but that fails to account for the
possibility that we have to postpone evaluation of the PHV due to outer
joins. This could result in a malformed plan. The known cases end up
triggering the "failed to assign all NestLoopParams to plan nodes"
sanity check in createplan.c, but other symptoms may be possible.
The right value to use is the join level we actually intend to evaluate
the PHV at. We can get that from the ph_eval_at field of the associated
PlaceHolderInfo. However, there are some places that call pull_varnos()
before the PlaceHolderInfos have been created; in that case, fall back
to the conservative assumption that the PHV will be evaluated at its
syntactic level. (In principle this might result in missing some legal
optimization, but I'm not aware of any cases where it's an issue in
practice.) Things are also a bit ticklish for calls occurring during
deconstruct_jointree(), but AFAICS the ph_eval_at fields should have
reached their final values by the time we need them.
The main problem in making this work is that pull_varnos() has no
way to get at the PlaceHolderInfos. We can fix that easily, if a
bit tediously, in HEAD by passing it the planner "root" pointer.
In the back branches that'd cause an unacceptable API/ABI break for
extensions, so leave the existing entry points alone and add new ones
with the additional parameter. (If an old entry point is called and
encounters a PHV, it'll fall back to using the syntactic level,
again possibly missing some valid optimization.)
Back-patch to v12. The computation is surely also wrong before that,
but it appears that we cannot reach a bad plan thanks to join order
restrictions imposed on the subquery that the PlaceHolderVar came from.
The error only became reachable when commit 4be058fe9 allowed trivial
subqueries to be collapsed out completely, eliminating their join order
restrictions.
Per report from Stephan Springl.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171041.1610849523@sss.pgh.pa.us
Extends the FDW API to allow batching inserts into foreign tables. That
is usually much more efficient than inserting individual rows, due to
high latency for each round-trip to the foreign server.
It was possible to implement something similar in the regular FDW API,
but it was inconvenient and there were issues with reporting the number
of actually inserted rows etc. This extends the FDW API with two new
functions:
* GetForeignModifyBatchSize - allows the FDW picking optimal batch size
* ExecForeignBatchInsert - inserts a batch of rows at once
Currently, only INSERT queries support batching. Support for DELETE and
UPDATE may be added in the future.
This also implements batching for postgres_fdw. The batch size may be
specified using "batch_size" option both at the server and table level.
The initial patch version was written by me, but it was rewritten and
improved in many ways by Takayuki Tsunakawa.
Author: Takayuki Tsunakawa
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200628151002.7x5laxwpgvkyiu3q@development
This continues the work done in b5913f6. All the options of those
commands are changed to use hex values rather than enums to reduce the
risk of compatibility bugs when introducing new options. Each option
set is moved into a new structure that can be extended with more
non-boolean options (this was already the case of VACUUM). The code of
REINDEX is restructured so as manual REINDEX commands go through a
single routine from utility.c, like VACUUM, to ease the allocation
handling of option parameters when a command needs to go through
multiple transactions.
This can be used as a base infrastructure for future patches related to
those commands, including reindex filtering and tablespace support.
Per discussion with people mentioned below, as well as Alvaro Herrera
and Peter Eisentraut.
Author: Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X8riynBLwxAD9uKk@paquier.xyz
Make sure COPY FREEZE marks the pages as PD_ALL_VISIBLE and updates the
visibility map. Until now we only marked individual tuples as frozen,
but page-level flags were not updated, so the first VACUUM after the
COPY FREEZE had to rewrite the whole table.
This is a fairly old patch, and multiple people worked on it. The first
version was written by Jeff Janes, and then reworked by Pavan Deolasee
and Anastasia Lubennikova.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Pavan Deolasee, Jeff Janes
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh, Jeff Janes, Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada,
Andres Freund, Ibrar Ahmed, Robert Haas, Tatsuro Ishii,
Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdN-ptGv0mZntrK2Q8OtfUuAjqaYMGmkdU1dCKFtUxVLrg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU%3D1w3osJJ2FneELhhNRLxfZitDgp9FPHee08NT2FQFmz_pQ%40mail.gmail.com
This add counters for number of sessions, the different kind of session
termination types, and timers for how much time is spent in active vs
idle in a database to pg_stat_database.
Internally this also renames the parameter "force" to disconnect. This
was the only use-case for the parameter before, so repurposing it to
this mroe narrow usecase makes things cleaner than inventing something
new.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-By: Magnus Hagander, Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b07e1f9953701b90c66ed368656f2aef40cac4fb.camel@cybertec.at
Every core SLRU wraps around. With the exception of pg_notify, the wrap
point can fall in the middle of a page. Account for this in the
PagePrecedes callback specification and in SimpleLruTruncate()'s use of
said callback. Update each callback implementation to fit the new
specification. This changes SerialPagePrecedesLogically() from the
style of asyncQueuePagePrecedes() to the style of CLOGPagePrecedes().
(Whereas pg_clog and pg_serial share a key space, pg_serial is nothing
like pg_notify.) The bug fixed here has the same symptoms and user
followup steps as 592a589a04. Back-patch
to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Andrey Borodin and (in earlier versions) by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190202083822.GC32531@gust.leadboat.com
This is like commit c98763bf51, but for REINDEX CONCURRENTLY. To wit:
this flags indicates that the current process is safe to ignore for the
purposes of waiting for other snapshots, when doing CREATE INDEX
CONCURRENTLY and REINDEX CONCURRENTLY. This helps two processes doing
either of those things not deadlock, and also avoids spurious waits.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hamid Akhtar <hamid.akhtar@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201130195439.GA24598@alvherre.pgsql
When a tablespace is used in a partitioned relation (per commits
ca4103025d in pg12 for tables and 33e6c34c32 in pg11 for indexes),
it is possible to drop the tablespace, potentially causing various
problems. One such was reported in bug #16577, where a rewriting ALTER
TABLE causes a server crash.
Protect against this by using pg_shdepend to keep track of tablespaces
when used for relations that don't keep physical files; we now abort a
tablespace if we see that the tablespace is referenced from any
partitioned relations.
Backpatch this to 11, where this problem has been latent all along. We
don't try to create pg_shdepend entries for existing partitioned
indexes/tables, but any ones that are modified going forward will be
protected.
Note slight behavior change: when trying to drop a tablespace that
contains both regular tables as well as partitioned ones, you'd
previously get ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE and now you'll
get ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST. Arguably, the latter is more
correct.
It is possible to add protecting pg_shdepend entries for existing
tables/indexes, by doing
ALTER TABLE ONLY some_partitioned_table SET TABLESPACE pg_default;
ALTER TABLE ONLY some_partitioned_table SET TABLESPACE original_tablespace;
for each partitioned table/index that is not in the database default
tablespace. Because these partitioned objects do not have storage, no
file needs to be actually moved, so it shouldn't take more time than
what's required to acquire locks.
This query can be used to search for such relations:
SELECT ... FROM pg_class WHERE relkind IN ('p', 'I') AND reltablespace <> 0
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16577-881633a9f9894fd5@postgresql.org
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Remove redundant function declaration and improve header comment in
pg_iovec.h. Move the new declaration in fd.h next to a group of more
similar functions.
This commit addresses some issues with c3826f83 that moved the hex
decoding routine to src/common/:
- The decoding function lacked overflow checks, so when used for
security-related features it was an open door to out-of-bound writes if
not carefully used that could remain undetected. Like the base64
routines already in src/common/ used by SCRAM, this routine is reworked
to check for overflows by having the size of the destination buffer
passed as argument, with overflows checked before doing any writes.
- The encoding routine was missing. This is moved to src/common/ and
it gains the same overflow checks as the decoding part.
On failure, the hex routines of src/common/ issue an error as per the
discussion done to make them usable by frontend tools, but not by shared
libraries. Note that this is why ECPG is left out of this commit, and
it still includes a duplicated logic doing hex encoding and decoding.
While on it, this commit uses better variable names for the source and
destination buffers in the existing escape and base64 routines in
encode.c and it makes them more robust to overflow detection. The
previous core code issued a FATAL after doing out-of-bound writes if
going through the SQL functions, which would be enough to detect
problems when working on changes that impacted this area of the
code. Instead, an error is issued before doing an out-of-bound write.
The hex routines were being directly called for bytea conversions and
backup manifests without such sanity checks. The current calls happen
to not have any problems, but careless uses of such APIs could easily
lead to CVE-class bugs.
Author: Bruce Momjian, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Sehrope Sarkuni
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231003557.GB22199@momjian.us
macOS's ranlib issued a warning about an empty pread.o file with the
previous arrangement, on systems new enough to require no replacement
functions. Let's go back to using configure's AC_REPLACE_FUNCS system
to build and include each .o in the library only if it's needed, which
requires moving the *v() functions to their own files.
Also move the _with_retry() wrapper to a more permanent home.
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1283127.1610554395%40sss.pgh.pa.us
These need to be PR because they access the MyProcPort data structure,
which doesn't get copied to parallel workers. The very similar
functions inet_client_addr() and inet_client_port() are already
marked PR, but somebody missed these.
Although this is a pre-existing bug, we can't readily fix it in the back
branches since we can't force initdb. Given the small usage of these
two functions, and the even smaller likelihood that they'd get pushed to
a parallel worker anyway, it doesn't seem worth the trouble to suggest
that DBAs should fix it manually.
Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAT4aHP0Uxq91qpD7NL009tnUYQe-b14R3MnSVOjtE71g@mail.gmail.com
Teach nbtree and heapam to cooperate in order to eagerly remove
duplicate tuples representing dead MVCC versions. This is "bottom-up
deletion". Each bottom-up deletion pass is triggered lazily in response
to a flood of versions on an nbtree leaf page. This usually involves a
"logically unchanged index" hint (these are produced by the executor
mechanism added by commit 9dc718bd).
The immediate goal of bottom-up index deletion is to avoid "unnecessary"
page splits caused entirely by version duplicates. It naturally has an
even more useful effect, though: it acts as a backstop against
accumulating an excessive number of index tuple versions for any given
_logical row_. Bottom-up index deletion complements what we might now
call "top-down index deletion": index vacuuming performed by VACUUM.
Bottom-up index deletion responds to the immediate local needs of
queries, while leaving it up to autovacuum to perform infrequent clean
sweeps of the index. The overall effect is to avoid certain
pathological performance issues related to "version churn" from UPDATEs.
The previous tableam interface used by index AMs to perform tuple
deletion (the table_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() function) has been
replaced with a new interface that supports certain new requirements.
Many (perhaps all) of the capabilities added to nbtree by this commit
could also be extended to other index AMs. That is left as work for a
later commit.
Extend deletion of LP_DEAD-marked index tuples in nbtree by adding logic
to consider extra index tuples (that are not LP_DEAD-marked) for
deletion in passing. This increases the number of index tuples deleted
significantly in many cases. The LP_DEAD deletion process (which is now
called "simple deletion" to clearly distinguish it from bottom-up
deletion) won't usually need to visit any extra table blocks to check
these extra tuples. We have to visit the same table blocks anyway to
generate a latestRemovedXid value (at least in the common case where the
index deletion operation's WAL record needs such a value).
Testing has shown that the "extra tuples" simple deletion enhancement
increases the number of index tuples deleted with almost any workload
that has LP_DEAD bits set in leaf pages. That is, it almost never fails
to delete at least a few extra index tuples. It helps most of all in
cases that happen to naturally have a lot of delete-safe tuples. It's
not uncommon for an individual deletion operation to end up deleting an
order of magnitude more index tuples compared to the old naive approach
(e.g., custom instrumentation of the patch shows that this happens
fairly often when the regression tests are run).
Add a further enhancement that augments simple deletion and bottom-up
deletion in indexes that make use of deduplication: Teach nbtree's
_bt_delitems_delete() function to support granular TID deletion in
posting list tuples. It is now possible to delete individual TIDs from
posting list tuples provided the TIDs have a tableam block number of a
table block that gets visited as part of the deletion process (visiting
the table block can be triggered directly or indirectly). Setting the
LP_DEAD bit of a posting list tuple is still an all-or-nothing thing,
but that matters much less now that deletion only needs to start out
with the right _general_ idea about which index tuples are deletable.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_delete changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since there are no changes to the on-disk
representation of nbtree indexes. Indexes built on PostgreSQL 12 or
PostgreSQL 13 will automatically benefit from bottom-up index deletion
(i.e. no reindexing required) following a pg_upgrade. The enhancement
to simple deletion is available with all B-Tree indexes following a
pg_upgrade, no matter what PostgreSQL version the user upgrades from.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm+maE3apHB8NOtmM=p-DO65j2V5GzAWCOEEuy3JZgb2g@mail.gmail.com
Add an executor aminsert() hint mechanism that informs index AMs that
the incoming index tuple (the tuple that accompanies the hint) is not
being inserted by execution of an SQL statement that logically modifies
any of the index's key columns.
The hint is received by indexes when an UPDATE takes place that does not
apply an optimization like heapam's HOT (though only for indexes where
all key columns are logically unchanged). Any index tuple that receives
the hint on insert is expected to be a duplicate of at least one
existing older version that is needed for the same logical row. Related
versions will typically be stored on the same index page, at least
within index AMs that apply the hint.
Recognizing the difference between MVCC version churn duplicates and
true logical row duplicates at the index AM level can help with cleanup
of garbage index tuples. Cleanup can intelligently target tuples that
are likely to be garbage, without wasting too many cycles on less
promising tuples/pages (index pages with little or no version churn).
This is infrastructure for an upcoming commit that will teach nbtree to
perform bottom-up index deletion. No index AM actually applies the hint
just yet.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=CEKFa74EScx_hFVshCOn6AA5T-ajFASTdzipdkLTNQQ@mail.gmail.com
This is a follow-up of the work done in commit 0650ff2303. This commit
extends log_recovery_conflict_waits so that a log message is produced
also when recovery conflict has already been resolved after deadlock_timeout
passes, i.e., when the startup process finishes waiting for recovery
conflict after deadlock_timeout. This is useful in investigating how long
recovery conflicts prevented the recovery from applying WAL.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a60178c-a853-1440-2cdc-c3af916cff59@amazon.com
Similar to commit d6ad34f341, this patch optimizes
DropRelFileNodesAllBuffers() by avoiding the complete buffer pool scan and
instead find the buffers to be invalidated by doing lookups in the
BufMapping table.
This optimization helps operations where the relation files need to be
removed like Truncate, Drop, Abort of Create Table, etc.
Author: Kirk Jamison
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Takayuki Tsunakawa, and Amit Kapila
Tested-By: Haiying Tang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB3207DCA7EC725FDD661B3EDAEF660@OSBPR01MB3207.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
The recovery path of DropRelFileNodeBuffers() is optimized so that
scanning of the whole buffer pool can be avoided when the number of
blocks to be truncated in a relation is below a certain threshold. For
such cases, we find the buffers by doing lookups in BufMapping table.
This improves the performance by more than 100 times in many cases
when several small tables (tested with 1000 relations) are truncated
and where the server is configured with a large value of shared
buffers (greater than equal to 100GB).
This optimization helps cases (a) when vacuum or autovacuum truncated off
any of the empty pages at the end of a relation, or (b) when the relation is
truncated in the same transaction in which it was created.
This commit introduces a new API smgrnblocks_cached which returns a cached
value for the number of blocks in a relation fork. This helps us to determine
the exact size of relation which is required to apply this optimization. The
exact size is required to ensure that we don't leave any buffer for the
relation being dropped as otherwise the background writer or checkpointer
can lead to a PANIC error while flushing buffers corresponding to files that
don't exist.
Author: Kirk Jamison based on ideas by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Takayuki Tsunakawa, and Amit Kapila
Tested-By: Haiying Tang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB3207DCA7EC725FDD661B3EDAEF660@OSBPR01MB3207.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Commit 257836a7 accidentally deleted a couple of
redundant-but-conventional "extern" keywords on function prototypes.
Put them back.
Reported-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Provide synchronous vectored file I/O routines. These map to preadv()
and pwritev(), with fallback implementations for systems that don't have
them. Also provide a wrapper pg_pwritev_with_retry() that automatically
retries on short writes.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJA%2Bu-220VONeoREBXJ9P3S94Y7J%2BkqCnTYmahvZJwM%3Dg%40mail.gmail.com
This commit addresses two issues:
- In pgcrypto, MD5 computation called pg_cryptohash_{init,update,final}
without checking for the result status.
- Simplify pg_checksum_raw_context to use only one variable for all the
SHA2 options available in checksum manifests.
Reported-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f62f26bb-47a5-8411-46e5-4350823e06a5@iki.fi
This commit adds GUC log_recovery_conflict_waits that controls whether
a log message is produced when the startup process is waiting longer than
deadlock_timeout for recovery conflicts. This is useful in determining
if recovery conflicts prevent the recovery from applying WAL.
Note that currently a log message is produced only when recovery conflict
has not been resolved yet even after deadlock_timeout passes, i.e.,
only when the startup process is still waiting for recovery conflict
even after deadlock_timeout.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a60178c-a853-1440-2cdc-c3af916cff59@amazon.com
The allocation of the cryptohash context data when building with OpenSSL
was happening in the memory context of the caller of
pg_cryptohash_create(), which could lead to issues with resowner cleanup
if cascading resources are cleaned up on an error. Like other
facilities using resowners, move the base allocation to TopMemoryContext
to ensure a correct cleanup on failure.
The resulting code gets simpler with this commit as the context data is
now hold by a unique opaque pointer, so as there is only one single
allocation done in TopMemoryContext.
After discussion, also change the cryptohash subroutines to return an
error if the caller provides NULL for the context data to ease error
detection on OOM.
Author: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9xbuEoiU3dlImfa@paquier.xyz
This GUC variable works much like idle_in_transaction_session_timeout,
in that it kills sessions that have waited too long for a new client
query. But it applies when we're not in a transaction, rather than
when we are.
Li Japin, reviewed by David Johnston and Hayato Kuroda, some
fixes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/763A0689-F189-459E-946F-F0EC4458980B@hotmail.com
Forced cache invalidation (CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS) has been impractical
to use for testing in PostgreSQL because it's so slow and because it's
toggled on/off only at build time. It is helpful when hunting bugs in
any code that uses the sycache/relcache because causes cache
invalidations to be injected whenever it would be possible for an
invalidation to occur, whether or not one was really pending.
Address this by providing run-time control over cache clobber
behaviour using the new debug_invalidate_system_caches_always GUC.
Support is not compiled in at all unless assertions are enabled or
CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is explicitly defined at compile time. It
defaults to 0 if compiled in, so it has negligible effect on assert
build performance by default.
When support is compiled in, test code can now set
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always=1 locally to a backend to test
specific queries, functions, extensions, etc. Or tests can toggle it
globally for a specific test case while retaining normal performance
during test setup and teardown.
For backwards compatibility with existing test harnesses and scripts,
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always defaults to 1 if
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS is defined, and to 3 if CLOBBER_CACHE_RECURSIVE
is defined.
CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is now visible in pg_config_manual.h, as is the
related RECOVER_RELATION_BUILD_MEMORY setting for the relcache.
Author: Craig Ringer <craig.ringer@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAMsr+YF=+ctXBZj3ywmvKNUjWpxmuTuUKuv-rgbHGX5i5pLstQ@mail.gmail.com
The deadlocks that the recovery conflict on lock is involved in can
happen between hot-standby backends and the startup process.
If a backend takes an access exclusive lock on the table and which
finally triggers the deadlock, that deadlock can be detected
as expected. On the other hand, previously, if the startup process
took an access exclusive lock and which finally triggered the deadlock,
that deadlock could not be detected and could remain even after
deadlock_timeout passed. This is a bug.
The cause of this bug was that the code for handling the recovery
conflict on lock didn't take care of deadlock case at all. It assumed
that deadlocks involving the startup process and backends were able
to be detected by the deadlock detector invoked within backends.
But this assumption was incorrect. The startup process also should
have invoked the deadlock detector if necessary.
To fix this bug, this commit makes the startup process invoke
the deadlock detector if deadlock_timeout is reached while handling
the recovery conflict on lock. Specifically, in that case, the startup
process requests all the backends holding the conflicting locks to
check themselves for deadlocks.
Back-patch to v9.6. v9.5 has also this bug, but per discussion we decided
not to back-patch the fix to v9.5. Because v9.5 doesn't have some
infrastructure codes (e.g., 37c54863cf) that this bug fix patch depends on.
We can apply those codes for the back-patch, but since the next minor
version release is the final one for v9.5, it's risky to do that. If we
unexpectedly introduce new bug to v9.5 by the back-patch, there is no
chance to fix that. We determined that the back-patch to v9.5 would give
more risk than gain.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4041d6b6-cf24-a120-36fa-1294220f8243@oss.nttdata.com
Invent new RawParseModes that allow the core grammar to handle
pl/pgsql expressions and assignments directly, and thereby get rid
of a lot of hackery in pl/pgsql's parser. This moves a good deal
of knowledge about pl/pgsql into the core code: notably, we have to
invent a CoercionContext that matches pl/pgsql's (rather dubious)
historical behavior for assignment coercions. That's getting away
from the original idea of pl/pgsql as an arm's-length extension of
the core, but really we crossed that bridge a long time ago.
The main advantage of doing this is that we can now use the core
parser to generate FieldStore and/or SubscriptingRef nodes to handle
assignments to pl/pgsql variables that are records or arrays. That
fixes a number of cases that had never been implemented in pl/pgsql
assignment, such as nested records and array slicing, and it allows
pl/pgsql assignment to support the datatype-specific subscripting
behaviors introduced in commit c7aba7c14.
There are cosmetic benefits too: when a syntax error occurs in a
pl/pgsql expression, the error report no longer includes the confusing
"SELECT" keyword that used to get prefixed to the expression text.
Also, there seem to be some small speed gains.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch essentially allows gram.y to implement a family of related
syntax trees, rather than necessarily always parsing a list of SQL
statements. raw_parser() gains a new argument, enum RawParseMode,
to say what to do. As proof of concept, add a mode that just parses
a TypeName without any other decoration, and use that to greatly
simplify typeStringToTypeName().
In addition, invent a new SPI entry point SPI_prepare_extended() to
allow SPI users (particularly plpgsql) to get at this new functionality.
In hopes of making this the last variant of SPI_prepare(), set up its
additional arguments as a struct rather than direct arguments, and
promise that future additions to the struct can default to zero.
SPI_prepare_cursor() and SPI_prepare_params() can perhaps go away at
some point.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch allows PREPARE-time decoding of two-phase transactions (if the
output plugin supports this capability), in which case the transactions
are replayed at PREPARE and then committed later when COMMIT PREPARED
arrives.
Now that we decode the changes before the commit, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).
We detect such failures with a special sqlerrcode
ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK introduced by commit 7259736a6e and stop
decoding the remaining changes. Then we rollback the changes when rollback
prepared is encountered.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila based on previous work by Nikhil Sontakke and Stas Kelvich
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, Arseny Sher, and Dilip Kumar
Tested-by: Takamichi Osumi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/02DA5F5E-CECE-4D9C-8B4B-418077E2C010@postgrespro.ruhttps://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxeqEpWj3fTXwqhSwBdXd2RS9jzwWscO-XbeCfso6ts3+Q@mail.gmail.com
Since at least 2001 we've used putenv() and avoided setenv(), on the
grounds that the latter was unportable and not in POSIX. However,
POSIX added it that same year, and by now the situation has reversed:
setenv() is probably more portable than putenv(), since POSIX now
treats the latter as not being a core function. And setenv() has
cleaner semantics too. So, let's reverse that old policy.
This commit adds a simple src/port/ implementation of setenv() for
any stragglers (we have one in the buildfarm, but I'd not be surprised
if that code is never used in the field). More importantly, extend
win32env.c to also support setenv(). Then, replace usages of putenv()
with setenv(), and get rid of some ad-hoc implementations of setenv()
wannabees.
Also, adjust our src/port/ implementation of unsetenv() to follow the
POSIX spec that it returns an error indicator, rather than returning
void as per the ancient BSD convention. I don't feel a need to make
all the call sites check for errors, but the portability stub ought
to match real-world practice.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2065122.1609212051@sss.pgh.pa.us
IF NOT EXISTS was ignored when specified in an EXPLAIN query for CREATE
MATERIALIZED VIEW or CREATE TABLE AS. Hence, if this clause was
specified, the caller would get a failure if the relation already
exists instead of a success with a NOTICE message.
This commit makes the behavior of IF NOT EXISTS in EXPLAIN consistent
with the non-EXPLAIN'd DDL queries, preventing a failure with IF NOT
EXISTS if the relation to-be-created already exists. The skip is done
before the SELECT query used for the relation is planned or executed,
and a "dummy" plan is generated instead depending on the format used by
EXPLAIN.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Zhijie Hou, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVa3oJ9O_wcGd+FtHWZds04dEKcakxphGz5POVgD4wC7Q@mail.gmail.com
This adds six methods to the output plugin API, adding support for
streaming changes of two-phase transactions at prepare time.
* begin_prepare
* filter_prepare
* prepare
* commit_prepared
* rollback_prepared
* stream_prepare
Most of this is a simple extension of the existing methods, with the
semantic difference that the transaction is not yet committed and maybe
aborted later.
Until now two-phase transactions were translated into regular transactions
on the subscriber, and the GID was not forwarded to it. None of the
two-phase commands were communicated to the subscriber.
This patch provides the infrastructure for logical decoding plugins to be
informed of two-phase commands Like PREPARE TRANSACTION, COMMIT PREPARED
and ROLLBACK PREPARED commands with the corresponding GID.
This also extends the 'test_decoding' plugin, implementing these new
methods.
This commit simply adds these new APIs and the upcoming patch to "allow
the decoding at prepare time in ReorderBuffer" will use these APIs.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila based on previous work by Nikhil Sontakke and Stas Kelvich
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, and Dilip Kumar
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/02DA5F5E-CECE-4D9C-8B4B-418077E2C010@postgrespro.ruhttps://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxeqEpWj3fTXwqhSwBdXd2RS9jzwWscO-XbeCfso6ts3+Q@mail.gmail.com
When the postmaster sends SIGQUIT to its children, there's no real
need for all the children to log that fact; the postmaster already
made a log entry about it, so adding perhaps dozens or hundreds of
child-process log entries adds nothing of value. So, let's introduce
a new ereport level to specify "WARNING, but never send to log" and
use that for these messages.
Such a change wouldn't have been desirable before commit 7e784d1dc,
because if someone manually SIGQUIT's a backend, we *do* want to log
that. But now we can tell the difference between a signal that was
issued by the postmaster and one that was not with reasonable
certainty.
While we're here, also clear error_context_stack before ereport'ing,
to prevent error callbacks from being invoked in the signal-handler
context. This should reduce the odds of getting hung up while trying
to notify the client.
Per a suggestion from Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201225230331.hru3u6obyy6j53tk@alap3.anarazel.de
6df7a9698b has introduced a set of operators between ranges and multiranges.
Existing GiST indexes for ranges could easily support majority of them.
This commit adds support for new operators to the existing range GiST indexes.
New operators resides the same strategy numbers as existing ones. Appropriate
check function is determined using the subtype.
Catversion is bumped.
There is a set of *_internal() functions exposed in
include/utils/multirangetypes.h. This commit improves the signatures of these
functions in two ways.
* Add const qualifies where applicable.
* Replace multirange typecache argument with range typecache argument.
Multirange typecache was used solely to find the range typecache. At the
same time, range typecache is easier for the caller to find.
We have operators for checking if the multirange contains a range but don't
have the opposite. This commit improves completeness of the operator set by
adding two new operators: @> (anyrange,anymultirange) and
<@(anymultirange,anyrange).
Catversion is bumped.
Unrecoverable errors detected by GSSAPI encryption can't just be
reported with elog(ERROR) or elog(FATAL), because attempting to
send the error report to the client is likely to lead to infinite
recursion or loss of protocol sync. Instead make this code do what
the SSL encryption code has long done, which is to just report any
such failure to the server log (with elevel COMMERROR), then pretend
we've lost the connection by returning errno = ECONNRESET.
Along the way, fix confusion about whether message translation is done
by pg_GSS_error() or its callers (the latter should do it), and make
the backend version of that function work more like the frontend
version.
Avoid allocating the port->gss struct until it's needed; we surely
don't need to allocate it in the postmaster.
Improve logging of "connection authorized" messages with GSS enabled.
(As part of this, I back-patched the code changes from dc11f31a1.)
Make BackendStatusShmemSize() account for the GSS-related space that
will be allocated by CreateSharedBackendStatus(). This omission
could possibly cause out-of-shared-memory problems with very high
max_connections settings.
Remove arbitrary, pointless restriction that only GSS authentication
can be used on a GSS-encrypted connection.
Improve documentation; notably, document the fact that libpq now
prefers GSS encryption over SSL encryption if both are possible.
Per report from Mikael Gustavsson. Back-patch to v12 where
this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5b0b6ed05764324a2f3fe7acfc766d5@smhi.se
The patch needs test cases, reorganization, and cfbot testing.
Technically reverts commits 5c31afc49d..e35b2bad1a (exclusive/inclusive)
and 08db7c63f3..ccbe34139b.
Reported-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1ktAAG-0002V2-VB@gemulon.postgresql.org
This adds a key management system that stores (currently) two data
encryption keys of length 128, 192, or 256 bits. The data keys are
AES256 encrypted using a key encryption key, and validated via GCM
cipher mode. A command to obtain the key encryption key must be
specified at initdb time, and will be run at every database server
start. New parameters allow a file descriptor open to the terminal to
be passed. pg_upgrade support has also been added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k7q5o6Nc_AaX6BcYM9yqTbC6_pnH-6nSD=54Zp6NBQTCQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201202213814.GG20285@momjian.us
Author: Masahiko Sawada, me, Stephen Frost
If a database shutdown (smart or fast) is commanded between the time
some process decides to request a new background worker and the time
that the postmaster can launch that worker, then nothing happens
because the postmaster won't launch any bgworkers once it's exited
PM_RUN state. This is fine ... unless the requesting process is
waiting for that worker to finish (or even for it to start); in that
case the requestor is stuck, and only manual intervention will get us
to the point of being able to shut down.
To fix, cancel pending requests for workers when the postmaster sends
shutdown (SIGTERM) signals, and similarly cancel any new requests that
arrive after that point. (We can optimize things slightly by only
doing the cancellation for workers that have waiters.) To fit within
the existing bgworker APIs, the "cancel" is made to look like the
worker was started and immediately stopped, causing deregistration of
the bgworker entry. Waiting processes would have to deal with
premature worker exit anyway, so this should introduce no bugs that
weren't there before. We do have a side effect that registration
records for restartable bgworkers might disappear when theoretically
they should have remained in place; but since we're shutting down,
that shouldn't matter.
Back-patch to v10. There might be value in putting this into 9.6
as well, but the management of bgworkers is a bit different there
(notably see 8ff518699) and I'm not convinced it's worth the effort
to validate the patch for that branch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/661570.1608673226@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now, if the DBA issued "pg_ctl stop -m immediate", the message
sent to clients was the same as for a crash-and-restart situation.
This is confusing, not least because the message claims that the
database will soon be up again, something we have no business
predicting.
Improve things so that we can generate distinct messages for the two
cases (and also recognize an ad-hoc SIGQUIT, should somebody try that).
To do that, add a field to pmsignal.c's shared memory data structure
that the postmaster sets just before broadcasting SIGQUIT to its
children. No interlocking seems to be necessary; the intervening
signal-sending and signal-receipt should sufficiently serialize accesses
to the field. Hence, this isn't any riskier than the existing usages
of pmsignal.c.
We might in future extend this idea to improve other
postmaster-to-children signal scenarios, although none of them
currently seem to be as badly overloaded as SIGQUIT.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/559291.1608587013@sss.pgh.pa.us
While we do allow SRFs in ORDER BY, scan/join processing should not
consider such cases - such sorts should only happen via final Sort atop
a ProjectSet. So make sure we don't try adding such sorts below Gather
Merge, just like we do for expressions that are volatile and/or not
parallel safe.
Backpatch to PostgreSQL 13, where this code was introduced as part of
the Incremental Sort patch.
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs=hC0mSksZC=H5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/295524.1606246314%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit ebb7ae839d ensured we ignore pathkeys with volatile expressions
when considering adding a sort below a Gather Merge. Turns out we need
to care about parallel safety of the pathkeys too, otherwise we might
try sorting e.g. on results of a correlated subquery (as demonstrated
by a report from Luis Roberto).
Initial investigation by Tom Lane, patch by James Coleman. Backpatch
to 13, where the code was instroduced (as part of Incremental Sort).
Reported-by: Luis Roberto
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/622580997.37108180.1604080457319.JavaMail.zimbra%40siscobra.com.br
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8cK3g5CfLC4w7bs=hC0mSksZC=H5M8LSchj5e5OxpTAg@mail.gmail.com
The same logic was present for collation commands, SASLprep and
pgcrypto, so this removes some code.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9womIn6rne6Gud2@paquier.xyz
Multiranges are basically sorted arrays of non-overlapping ranges with
set-theoretic operations defined over them.
Since v14, each range type automatically gets a corresponding multirange
datatype. There are both manual and automatic mechanisms for naming multirange
types. Once can specify multirange type name using multirange_type_name
attribute in CREATE TYPE. Otherwise, a multirange type name is generated
automatically. If the range type name contains "range" then we change that to
"multirange". Otherwise, we add "_multirange" to the end.
Implementation of multiranges comes with a space-efficient internal
representation format, which evades extra paddings and duplicated storage of
oids. Altogether this format allows fetching a particular range by its index
in O(n).
Statistic gathering and selectivity estimation are implemented for multiranges.
For this purpose, stored multirange is approximated as union range without gaps.
This field will likely need improvements in the future.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vSUpQ_Y%3DjXvTxt1VYFztaBSsWVXeF1y6gTYQ4bOiWDLgQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a0b8026459d1e6167933be2104a6174e7d40d0ab.camel%40j-davis.com#fe7218c83b08068bfffb0c5293eceda0
Author: Paul Jungwirth, revised by me
Reviewed-by: David Fetter, Corey Huinker, Jeff Davis, Pavel Stehule
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Isaac Morland, David G. Johnston
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu, Alexander Korotkov
Invent a new flag bit HASH_STRINGS to specify C-string hashing, which
was formerly the default; and add assertions insisting that exactly
one of the bits HASH_STRINGS, HASH_BLOBS, and HASH_FUNCTION be set.
This is in hopes of preventing recurrences of the type of oversight
fixed in commit a1b8aa1e4 (i.e., mistakenly omitting HASH_BLOBS).
Also, when HASH_STRINGS is specified, insist that the keysize be
more than 8 bytes. This is a heuristic, but it should catch
accidental use of HASH_STRINGS for integer or pointer keys.
(Nearly all existing use-cases set the keysize to NAMEDATALEN or
more, so there's little reason to think this restriction should
be problematic.)
Tweak hash_create() to insist that the HASH_ELEM flag be set, and
remove the defaults it had for keysize and entrysize. Since those
defaults were undocumented and basically useless, no callers
omitted HASH_ELEM anyway.
Also, remove memset's zeroing the HASHCTL parameter struct from
those callers that had one. This has never been really necessary,
and while it wasn't a bad coding convention it was confusing that
some callers did it and some did not. We might as well save a few
cycles by standardizing on "not".
Also improve the documentation for hash_create().
In passing, improve reinit.c's usage of a hash table by storing
the key as a binary Oid rather than a string; and, since that's
a temporary hash table, allocate it in CurrentMemoryContext for
neatness.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/590625.1607878171@sss.pgh.pa.us
This adjusts some code related to recent changes for cryptohash
functions:
- Add a variable in md5.h to track down the size of a computed result,
moved from pgcrypto. Note that pg_md5_hash() assumed a result of this
size already.
- Call explicit_bzero() on the hashed data when freeing the context for
fallback implementations. For MD5, particularly, it would be annoying
to leave some non-zeroed data around.
- Clean up some code related to recent changes of uuid-ossp. .gitignore
still included md5.c and a comment was incorrect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9HXKTgrvJvYO7Oh@paquier.xyz
This commit heavily reorganizes the MD5 implementations that exist in
the tree in various aspects.
First, MD5 is added to the list of options available in cryptohash.c and
cryptohash_openssl.c. This means that if building with OpenSSL, EVP is
used for MD5 instead of the fallback implementation that Postgres had
for ages. With the recent refactoring work for cryptohash functions,
this change is straight-forward. If not building with OpenSSL, a
fallback implementation internal to src/common/ is used.
Second, this reduces the number of MD5 implementations present in the
tree from two to one, by moving the KAME implementation from pgcrypto to
src/common/, and by removing the implementation that existed in
src/common/. KAME was already structured with an init/update/final set
of routines by pgcrypto (see original pgcrypto/md5.h) for compatibility
with OpenSSL, so moving it to src/common/ has proved to be a
straight-forward move, requiring no actual manipulation of the internals
of each routine. Some benchmarking has not shown any performance gap
between both implementations.
Similarly to the fallback implementation used for SHA2, the fallback
implementation of MD5 is moved to src/common/md5.c with an internal
header called md5_int.h for the init, update and final routines. This
gets then consumed by cryptohash.c.
The original routines used for MD5-hashed passwords are moved to a
separate file called md5_common.c, also in src/common/, aimed at being
shared between all MD5 implementations as utility routines to keep
compatibility with any code relying on them.
Like the SHA2 changes, this commit had its round of tests on both Linux
and Windows, across all versions of OpenSSL supported on HEAD, with and
even without OpenSSL.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201106073434.GA4961@paquier.xyz
This patch generalizes the subscripting infrastructure so that any
data type can be subscripted, if it provides a handler function to
define what that means. Traditional variable-length (varlena) arrays
all use array_subscript_handler(), while the existing fixed-length
types that support subscripting use raw_array_subscript_handler().
It's expected that other types that want to use subscripting notation
will define their own handlers. (This patch provides no such new
features, though; it only lays the foundation for them.)
To do this, move the parser's semantic processing of subscripts
(including coercion to whatever data type is required) into a
method callback supplied by the handler. On the execution side,
replace the ExecEvalSubscriptingRef* layer of functions with direct
calls to callback-supplied execution routines. (Thus, essentially
no new run-time overhead should be caused by this patch. Indeed,
there is room to remove some overhead by supplying specialized
execution routines. This patch does a little bit in that line,
but more could be done.)
Additional work is required here and there to remove formerly
hard-wired assumptions about the result type, collation, etc
of a SubscriptingRef expression node; and to remove assumptions
that the subscript values must be integers.
One useful side-effect of this is that we now have a less squishy
mechanism for identifying whether a data type is a "true" array:
instead of wiring in weird rules about typlen, we can look to see
if pg_type.typsubscript == F_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_HANDLER. For this
to be bulletproof, we have to forbid user-defined types from using
that handler directly; but there seems no good reason for them to
do so.
This patch also removes assumptions that the number of subscripts
is limited to MAXDIM (6), or indeed has any hard-wired limit.
That limit still applies to types handled by array_subscript_handler
or raw_array_subscript_handler, but to discourage other dependencies
on this constant, I've moved it from c.h to utils/array.h.
Dmitry Dolgov, reviewed at various times by Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov,
Peter Eisentraut, Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVDuGBv=M0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVovR+XY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA@mail.gmail.com
It was still using a scan of pg_depend instead of using the conindid
column that has been added since.
Since it is now just a catalog lookup wrapper and not related to
pg_depend, move from pg_depend.c to lsyscache.c.
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4688d55c-9a2e-9a5a-d166-5f24fe0bf8db%40enterprisedb.com
It is error prone (see 5da871bfa1) and verbose to manually create function
types. Add a helper that can reference a function pointer type via
llvmjit_types.c and and convert existing instances of manual creation.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201207212142.wz5tnbk2jsaqzogb@alap3.anarazel.de
This GUC was always intended as a temporary solution to help with
finding 9.4-to-9.5 migration issues. Now that all pre-9.5 branches
are out of support, and 9.5 will be too before v14 is released,
it seems like it's okay to drop it. Doing so allows removal of
several hundred lines of poorly-tested code in parse_expr.c,
which have been a fertile source of bugs when people did use this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2234320.1607117945@sss.pgh.pa.us
The use of low-level hash routines is not recommended by upstream
OpenSSL since 2000, and pgcrypto already switched to EVP as of 5ff4a67.
This takes advantage of the refactoring done in 87ae969 that has
introduced the allocation and free routines for cryptographic hashes.
Since 1.1.0, OpenSSL does not publish the contents of the cryptohash
contexts, forcing any consumers to rely on OpenSSL for all allocations.
Hence, the resource owner callback mechanism gains a new set of routines
to track and free cryptohash contexts when using OpenSSL, preventing any
risks of leaks in the backend. Nothing is needed in the frontend thanks
to the refactoring of 87ae969, and the resowner knowledge is isolated
into cryptohash_openssl.c.
Note that this also fixes a failure with SCRAM authentication when using
FIPS in OpenSSL, but as there have been few complaints about this
problem and as this causes an ABI breakage, no backpatch is done.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200924025314.GE7405@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180911030250.GA27115@paquier.xyz
Formerly we only applied extended statistics to an OR clause as part
of the clauselist_selectivity() code path for an OR clause appearing
in an implicitly-ANDed list of clauses. This meant that it could only
use extended statistics if all sub-clauses of the OR clause were
covered by a single extended statistics object.
Instead, teach clause_selectivity() how to apply extended statistics
to an OR clause by handling its ORed list of sub-clauses in a similar
manner to an implicitly-ANDed list of sub-clauses, but with different
combination rules. This allows one or more extended statistics objects
to be used to estimate all or part of the list of sub-clauses. Any
remaining sub-clauses are then treated as if they are independent.
Additionally, to avoid double-application of extended statistics, this
introduces "extended" versions of clause_selectivity() and
clauselist_selectivity(), which include an option to ignore extended
statistics. This replaces the old clauselist_selectivity_simple()
function which failed to completely ignore extended statistics when
called from the extended statistics code.
A known limitation of the current infrastructure is that an AND clause
under an OR clause is not treated as compatible with extended
statistics (because we don't build RestrictInfos for such sub-AND
clauses). Thus, for example, "(a=1 AND b=1) OR (a=2 AND b=2)" will
currently be treated as two independent AND clauses (each of which may
be estimated using extended statistics), but extended statistics will
not currently be used to account for any possible overlap between
those clauses. Improving that is left as a task for the future.
Original patch by Tomas Vondra, with additional improvements by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200113230008.g67iyk4cs3xbnjju@development
This changes CLUSTER and REINDEX so as a parenthesized grammar becomes
possible for options, while unifying the grammar parsing rules for
option lists with the existing ones.
This is a follow-up of the work done in 873ea9e for VACUUM, ANALYZE and
EXPLAIN. This benefits REINDEX for a potential backend-side filtering
for collatable-sensitive indexes and TABLESPACE, while CLUSTER would
benefit from the latter.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
Commit 6b466bf5f2 allowed pg_stat_statements to track the number of
WAL records, full page images and bytes that each statement generated.
Similarly this commit allows us to track the cluster-wide WAL statistics
counters.
New columns wal_records, wal_fpi and wal_bytes are added into the
pg_stat_wal view, and reports the total number of WAL records,
full page images and bytes generated in the , respectively.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Movead Li, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/35ef960128b90bfae3b3fdf60a3a860f@oss.nttdata.com
Two new routines to allocate a hash context and to free it are created,
as these become necessary for the goal behind this refactoring: switch
the all cryptohash implementations for OpenSSL to use EVP (for FIPS and
also because upstream does not recommend the use of low-level cryptohash
functions for 20 years). Note that OpenSSL hides the internals of
cryptohash contexts since 1.1.0, so it is necessary to leave the
allocation to OpenSSL itself, explaining the need for those two new
routines. This part is going to require more work to properly track
hash contexts with resource owners, but this not introduced here.
Still, this refactoring makes the move possible.
This reduces the number of routines for all SHA2 implementations from
twelve (SHA{224,256,386,512} with init, update and final calls) to five
(create, free, init, update and final calls) by incorporating the hash
type directly into the hash context data.
The new cryptohash routines are moved to a new file, called cryptohash.c
for the fallback implementations, with SHA2 specifics becoming a part
internal to src/common/. OpenSSL specifics are part of
cryptohash_openssl.c. This infrastructure is usable for more hash
types, like MD5 or HMAC.
Any code paths using the internal SHA2 routines are adapted to report
correctly errors, which are most of the changes of this commit. The
zones mostly impacted are checksum manifests, libpq and SCRAM.
Note that e21cbb4 was a first attempt to switch SHA2 to EVP, but it
lacked the refactoring needed for libpq, as done here.
This patch has been tested on Linux and Windows, with and without
OpenSSL, and down to 1.0.1, the oldest version supported on HEAD.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200924025314.GE7405@paquier.xyz
As it stood, expandTableLikeClause() re-did the same relation_openrv
call that transformTableLikeClause() had done. However there are
scenarios where this would not find the same table as expected.
We hold lock on the LIKE source table, so it can't be renamed or
dropped, but another table could appear before it in the search path.
This explains the odd behavior reported in bug #16758 when cloning a
table as a temp table of the same name. This case worked as expected
before commit 502898192 introduced the need to open the source table
twice, so we should fix it.
To make really sure we get the same table, let's re-open it by OID not
name. That requires adding an OID field to struct TableLikeClause,
which is a little nervous-making from an ABI standpoint, but as long
as it's at the end I don't think there's any serious risk.
Per bug #16758 from Marc Boeren. Like the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16758-840e84a6cfab276d@postgresql.org
For debugging purposes, Path nodes are supposed to have outfuncs
support, but this was overlooked in the original incremental sort patch.
While at it, clean up a couple other minor oversights, as well as
bizarre choice of return type for create_incremental_sort_path().
(All the existing callers just cast it to "Path *" immediately, so
they don't care, but some future caller might care.)
outfuncs.c fix by Zhijie Hou, the rest by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/324c4d81d8134117972a5b1f6cdf9560@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Reverts 27838981be (some comments are kept). Per discussion, it does
not seem safe to relax the lock level used for this; in order for it to
be safe, there would have to be memory barriers between the point we set
the flag and the point we set the trasaction Xid, which perhaps would
not be so bad; but there would also have to be barriers at the readers'
side, which from a performance perspective might be bad.
Now maybe this analysis is wrong and it *is* safe for some reason, but
proof of that is not trivial.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201118190928.vnztes7c2sldu43a@alap3.anarazel.de
In the various waiting phases of CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY (CIC) and
REINDEX CONCURRENTLY (RC), we wait for other processes to release their
snapshots; this is necessary in general for correctness. However,
processes doing CIC in other tables cannot possibly affect CIC or RC
done in "this" table, so we don't need to wait for those. This commit
adds a flag in MyProc->statusFlags to indicate that the current process
is doing CIC, so that other processes doing CIC or RC can ignore it when
waiting.
Note that this logic is only valid if the index does not access other
tables. For simplicity we avoid setting the flag if the index has a
column that's an expression, or has a WHERE predicate. (It is possible
to have expressional or partial indexes that do not access other tables,
but figuring that out would require more work.)
This flag can potentially also be used by processes doing REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY to be skipped; and by VACUUM to ignore processes in CIC or
RC for the purposes of computing an Xmin. That's left for future
commits.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Dimitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200810233815.GA18970@alvherre.pgsql
Up to now, we sent a ParameterStatus message to the client immediately
upon any change in the active value of any GUC_REPORT variable. This
was only barely okay when the feature was designed; now that we have
things like function SET clauses, there are very plausible use-cases
where a GUC_REPORT variable might change many times within a query
--- and even end up back at its original value, perhaps. Fortunately
most of our GUC_REPORT variables are unlikely to be changed often;
but there are proposals in play to enlarge that set, or even make it
user-configurable.
Hence, let's fix things to not generate more than one ParameterStatus
message per variable per query, and to not send any message at all
unless the end-of-query value is different from what we last reported.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5708.1601145259@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is a variant of the normal Unix-domain sockets that don't use the
file system but a separate "abstract" namespace. At the user
interface, such sockets are represented by names starting with "@".
Supported on Linux and Windows right now.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6dee8574-b0ad-fc49-9c8c-2edc796f0033@2ndquadrant.com
The buildfarm animal walleye, running MinGW 8.1 has been having problems
ever since 697e1d02f and 913ec71d6 went in. This appears to be a bug in
assembler which was fixed in a later version.
For now, in order to get that animal running green again, let's just
define pg_attribute_cold and pg_attribute_hot to be empty macros on that
compiler. Hopefully, we can get the support of the owner of the animal to
upgrade to a less buggy compiler and revert this at a later date.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/286560.1606233316@sss.pgh.pa.us
currtid() and currtid2() are an undocumented set of functions whose sole
known user is the Postgres ODBC driver, able to retrieve the latest TID
version for a tuple given by the caller of those functions.
As used by Postgres ODBC, currtid() is a shortcut able to retrieve the
last TID loaded into a backend by passing an OID of 0 (magic value)
after a tuple insertion. This is removed in this commit, as it became
obsolete after the driver began using "RETURNING ctid" with inserts, a
clause supported since Postgres 8.2 (using RETURNING is better for
performance anyway as it reduces the number of round-trips to the
backend).
currtid2() is still used by the driver, so this remains around for now.
Note that this function is kept in its original shape for backward
compatibility reasons.
Per discussion with many people, including Andres Freund, Peter
Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera, Hiroshi Inoue, Tom Lane and myself.
Bump catalog version.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200603021448.GB89559@paquier.xyz
Previously this code assumed that all IndexScan nodes supported
mark/restore, which is not true since it depends on optional index AM
support functions. This could lead to errors about missing support
functions in rare edge cases of mergejoins with no sort keys, where an
unordered non-btree index scan was placed on the inner path without a
protecting Materialize node. (Normally, the fact that merge join
requires ordered input would avoid this error.)
Backpatch all the way since this bug is ancient.
Per report from Eugen Konkov on irc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8jn50be.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
1fa22a43a was a quick fix for portability problem I introduced in
697e1d02f. 1fa22a43a adds a few more cases to the preprocessor logic than
I'd have liked. Andres Freund and Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker suggested a
better way to do this.
In passing, also adjust the only current usage of these macros so that the
macro comes before the function's return type in the declaration of the
function. This now matches what the definition of the function does.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200625163553.lt6wocbjhklp5pl4@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pn43bmok.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
While ereport() and elog() themselves are quite cheap when the
error message level is too low to be printed, some places need to do
substantial work before they can call those macros at all. To allow
optimizing away such setup work when nothing is to be printed, make
elog.c export a new function message_level_is_interesting(elevel)
that reports whether ereport/elog will do anything. Make use of that
in various places that had ad-hoc direct tests of log_min_messages etc.
Also teach ProcSleep to use it to avoid some work. (There may well
be other places that could usefully use this; I didn't search hard.)
Within elog.c, refactor a little bit to avoid having duplicate copies
of the policy-setting logic. When that code was written, we weren't
relying on the availability of inline functions; so it had some
duplications in the name of efficiency, which I got rid of.
Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/129515.1606166429@sss.pgh.pa.us
This should fix the breakages caused by 697e1d02f, which seems to break
the build for GCC version < 5.
It seems, according to the GCC manual that __has_attribute is a "special
operator" and must be tested without any other conditions in the
preprocessor test.
Per recommendation from the GCC manual via Greg Nancarrow
Reported-by: Greg Nancarrow
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-euSu8fhC10v476o9dqnjqKysVs1_vRms-_fvajpZ3kFw@mail.gmail.com
Here we use a bit of preprocessor trickery to coax supporting compilers
into laying out their generated code so that the code that's in the same
branch as elog(ERROR)/ereport(ERROR) calls is moved away from the hot
path. Effectively, this reduces the size of the hot code meaning that it
can sit on fewer cache lines.
Performance improvements of between 10-15% have been seen on highly CPU
bound workloads using pgbench's TPC-b benchmark.
What's achieved here is very similar to putting the error condition inside
an unlikely() macro. For example;
if (unlikely(x < 0))
elog(ERROR, "invalid x value");
now there's no need to make use of unlikely() here as the common macro
used by elog and ereport will now see that elevel is >= ERROR and make use
of a pg_attribute_cold marked version of errstart().
When elevel < ERROR or if it cannot be determined to be constant, the
original behavior is maintained.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrVpasrEzLL2er7p9iwZFZ%3DJj6WisePcFeunwfrV0js_A%40mail.gmail.com
For compilers supporting __has_attribute and __has_attribute (hot/cold).
__has_attribute is supported on gcc >= 5, clang >= 2.9 and icc >= 17.
A followup commit will implement some usages of these macros.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrVpasrEzLL2er7p9iwZFZ%3DJj6WisePcFeunwfrV0js_A%40mail.gmail.com
Historically these were called >^ and <^, but that is inconsistent
with the similar box, polygon, and circle operators, which are named
|>> and <<| respectively. Worse, the >^ and <^ names are used for
*not* strict above/below tests for the box type.
Hence, invent new operators following the more common naming. The
old operators remain available for now, and are still accepted by
the relevant index opclasses too. But there's a deprecation notice,
so maybe we can get rid of them someday.
Emre Hasegeli, reviewed by Pavel Borisov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24348.1587444160@sss.pgh.pa.us
Copy.c has grown really large. Split it into more manageable parts:
- copy.c now contains only a few functions that are common to COPY FROM
and COPY TO.
- copyto.c contains code for COPY TO.
- copyfrom.c contains code for initializing COPY FROM, and inserting the
tuples to the correct table.
- copyfromparse.c contains code for reading from the client/file/program,
and parsing the input text/CSV/binary format into tuples.
All of these parts are fairly complicated, and fairly independent of each
other. There is a patch being discussed to implement parallel COPY FROM,
which will add a lot of new code to the COPY FROM path, and another patch
which would allow INSERTs to use the same multi-insert machinery as COPY
FROM, both of which will require refactoring that code. With those two
patches, there's going to be a lot of code churn in copy.c anyway, so now
seems like a good time to do this refactoring.
The CopyStateData struct is also split. All the formatting options, like
FORMAT, QUOTE, ESCAPE, are put in a new CopyFormatOption struct, which
is used by both COPY FROM and TO. Other state data are kept in separate
CopyFromStateData and CopyToStateData structs.
Reviewed-by: Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Erik Rijkers, Vignesh C, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/8e15b560-f387-7acc-ac90-763986617bfb%40iki.fi
"FPeq(infinity, infinity)" returned false, on account of getting NaN
when it subtracts the two inputs. Fix that by adding a separate
check for exact equality.
FPle() and FPge() similarly got the wrong answer for two like-signed
infinities. In those cases, we can just rearrange the comparisons
to avoid potentially subtracting infinities.
While the sibling functions FPne() etc accidentally gave the right
answers even with the internal NaN results, it seems best to make
similar adjustments to them to avoid depending on this.
FPeq() has to be converted to an inline function to avoid double
evaluations of its arguments, and I did the same for the others
just for consistency.
In passing, make the handling of NaN cases in line_eq() and
point_eq_point() simpler and easier to reason about, and perhaps
faster.
This results in just one visible regression test change: slope()
now gives DBL_MAX for two inputs of (inf,1e300), which is consistent
with what it does for (1e300,inf), so that seems like a bug fix.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
Remove the ability to select random number generator independently from
SSL library. Instead, use the random number generator from the SSL
library (today only OpenSSL supported) if one is configured. If no SSL
library is configured, use the platform default (which means use
CryptoAPI on Win32 and /dev/urandom on Linux).
This also restructures pg_strong_random.c to have three clearly separate
sections, one for each implementation, with two functions in each,
instead of a scattered set of ifdefs throughout the whole file.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Magnus Hagander, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/632623.1605460616@sss.pgh.pa.us
This feature was added a long time ago, in 7c1e67bd5 and eb121ba2c,
but never documented in any user-facing way. (Documentation added
in 6126d3e70 was commented out almost immediately, in 8272fc3f7.)
That's because, while this syntax is defined by SQL:99, our
implementation is only vaguely related to the standard's semantics.
The standard appears to intend a run-time not parse-time test, and
it definitely intends that the test should understand subtype
relationships.
No one has stepped up to fix that in the intervening years, but
people keep coming across the code and asking why it's not documented.
Let's just get rid of it: if anyone ever wants to make it work per
spec, they can easily recover whatever parts of this code are still
of value from our git history.
If there's anyone out there who's actually using this despite its
undocumented status, they can switch to using pg_typeof() instead,
eg. "pg_typeof(something) = 'mytype'::regtype". That gives
essentially the same semantics as what our IS OF code did.
(We didn't have that function last time this was discussed, or
we would have ripped out IS OF then.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwZ2pTc-DSkOiTfjauqLYkNREeNZvWmeg12Q-_69D+sYZA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BAY20-F23E9F2B4DAB3E4E88D3623F99B0@phx.gbl
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3E7CF81D.1000203@joeconway.com
Add hash functions for the record type as well as a hash operator
family and operator class for the record type. This enables all the
hash functionality for the record type such as hash-based plans for
UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT DISTINCT, recursive queries using UNION
DISTINCT, hash joins, and hash partitioning.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/38eccd35-4e2d-6767-1b3c-dada1eac3124%402ndquadrant.com
We don't actually need a lock to set PGPROC->statusFlags itself; what we
do need is a shared lock on either XidGenLock or ProcArrayLock in order to
ensure MyProc->pgxactoff keeps still while we modify the mirror array in
ProcGlobal->statusFlags. Some places were using an exclusive lock for
that, which is excessive. Relax those to use shared lock only.
procarray.c has a couple of places with somewhat brittle assumptions
about PGPROC changes: ProcArrayEndTransaction uses only shared lock, so
it's permissible to change MyProc only. On the other hand,
ProcArrayEndTransactionInternal also changes other procs, so it must
hold exclusive lock. Add asserts to ensure those assumptions continue
to hold.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201117155501.GA13805@alvherre.pgsql
Streamline handling of the various strategies that we have to avoid a
page split in nbtinsert.c. When it looks like a leaf page is about to
overflow, we now perform deleting LP_DEAD items and deduplication in one
central place. This greatly simplifies _bt_findinsertloc().
This has an independently useful consequence: nbtree no longer relies on
the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page level flag/hint for anything important. We
still set and unset the flag in the same way as before, but it's no
longer treated as a gating condition when considering if we should check
for already-set LP_DEAD bits. This happens at the point where the page
looks like it might have to be split anyway, so simply checking the
LP_DEAD bits in passing is practically free. This avoids missing
LP_DEAD bits just because the page-level hint is unset, which is
probably reasonably common (e.g. it happens when VACUUM unsets the
page-level flag without actually removing index tuples whose LP_DEAD-bit
was set recently, after the VACUUM operation began but before it reached
the leaf page in question).
Note that this isn't a big behavioral change compared to PostgreSQL 13.
We were already checking for set LP_DEAD bits regardless of whether the
BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page level flag was set before we considered doing a
deduplication pass. This commit only goes slightly further by doing the
same check for all indexes, even indexes where deduplication won't be
performed.
We don't completely remove the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE flag. We still rely on
it as a gating condition with pg_upgrade'd indexes from before B-tree
version 4/PostgreSQL 12. That makes sense because we sometimes have to
make a choice among pages full of duplicates when inserting a tuple with
pre version 4 indexes. It probably still pays to avoid accessing the
line pointer array of a page there, since it won't yet be clear whether
we'll insert on to the page in question at all, let alone split it as a
result.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Victor Yegorov <vyegorov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz%3DYpc1PDdk8OVJDChGJBjT06%3DA0Mbv9HyTLCsOknGcUFg%40mail.gmail.com
In streaming mode, the transaction can be decoded in multiple streams and
those streams can be interleaved with streams of other transactions. So,
we can't remember the transaction's write status in the logical decoding
context because that might get changed due to some other transactions and
lead to wrong answers for 'skip-empty-xacts' option. We decided to keep
each transaction's write status in the ReorderBufferTxn to avoid
interleaved streams changing the status of some unrelated transactions.
Diagnosed-by: Amit Kapila
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LR7=XNM_TLmpZMFuV8ZQpoxkem--NZJYf8YXmesbvwLA@mail.gmail.com
This is mostly straightforward. However, we disallow replacing
constraint triggers or changing the is-constraint property; perhaps
that can be added later, but the complexity versus benefit tradeoff
doesn't look very good.
Also, no special thought is taken here for whether replacing an
existing trigger should result in changes to queued-but-not-fired
trigger actions. We just document that if you're surprised by the
results, too bad, don't do that. (Note that any such pending trigger
activity would have to be within the current session.)
Takamichi Osumi, reviewed at various times by Surafel Temesgen,
Peter Smith, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DDF369B45A1B44B8A687ED43F06557C010BC362@G01JPEXMBYT03
pg_nodiscard means the compiler should warn if the result of a
function call is ignored. The name "nodiscard" is chosen in alignment
with (possibly future) C and C++ standards. It maps to the GCC
attribute warn_unused_result.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e3753562-99cd-b65f-5aca-687dfd1ec2fc@2ndquadrant.com
Introduce TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() to simplify callers
that would rather have the difference in milliseconds, instead of
the select()-oriented seconds-and-microseconds format. This gets
rid of at least one integer division per call, and it eliminates
some apparently-easy-to-mess-up arithmetic.
Two of these call sites were in fact wrong:
* pg_prewarm's autoprewarm_main() forgot to multiply the seconds
by 1000, thus ending up with a delay 1000X shorter than intended.
That doesn't quite make it a busy-wait, but close.
* postgres_fdw's pgfdw_get_cleanup_result() thought it needed to compute
microseconds not milliseconds, thus ending up with a delay 1000X longer
than intended. Somebody along the way had noticed this problem but
misdiagnosed the cause, and imposed an ad-hoc 60-second limit rather
than fixing the units. This was relatively harmless in context, because
we don't care that much about exactly how long this delay is; still,
it's wrong.
There are a few more callers of TimestampDifference() that don't
have a direct need for seconds-and-microseconds, but can't use
TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() either because they do need
microsecond precision or because they might possibly deal with
intervals long enough to overflow 32-bit milliseconds. It might be
worth inventing another API to improve that, but that seems outside
the scope of this patch; so those callers are untouched here.
Given the fact that we are fixing some bugs, and the likelihood
that future patches might want to back-patch code that uses this
new API, back-patch to all supported branches.
Alexey Kondratov and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3b1c053a21c07c1ed5e00be3b2b855ef@postgrespro.ru
Move the system catalog index declarations from catalog/indexing.h to
the respective parent tables' catalog/pg_*.h files. The original
reason for having it split was that the old genbki system produced the
output in the order of the catalog files it read, so all the indexing
stuff needed to come separately. But this is no longer the case, and
keeping it together makes more sense.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c7cc82d6-f976-75d6-2e3e-b03d2cab26bb@2ndquadrant.com
Move the system catalog toast table declarations from
catalog/toasting.h to the respective parent tables' catalog/pg_*.h
files. The original reason for having it split was that the old
genbki system produced the output in the order of the catalog files it
read, so all the toasting stuff needed to come separately. But this
is no longer the case, and keeping it together makes more sense.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c7cc82d6-f976-75d6-2e3e-b03d2cab26bb@2ndquadrant.com
Currently only OpenSSL requires this initialization, but in the future
other SSL implementations are likely to need it as well. Abstracting
this functionality out into a separate function makes this cleaner and
more clear, and also removes the dependency on OpenSSL headers from
fork_process.c.
OpenSSL is special in that we need to initialize this random number
generator even if we're not going to use it directly, until we drop
support for everything prior to OpenSSL 1.1.1. (And of course also if we
actually use it). All other implementations are left empty at this time,
but more are expected to be added in the future.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>, Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-By: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F6291C3C-747C-4C93-BCE0-28BB420B1FF5@yesql.se
float4_div and float8_div correctly produced zero for zero divided
by infinity, but threw an underflow error for nonzero finite values
divided by infinity. This seems wrong; at the very least it's
inconsistent with the behavior recently implemented for numeric
infinities. Remove the error and allow zero to be returned.
This patch also removes a useless isinf() test from the overflow
checks in these functions (non-Inf divided by Inf can't produce Inf).
Extracted from a larger patch; this seems significant outside the
context of geometric operators, so it deserves its own commit.
Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
Convert array_append, array_prepend, array_cat, array_position,
array_positions, array_remove, array_replace, and width_bucket
to use anycompatiblearray. This is a simple extension of commit
5c292e6b9 to hit some other places where there's a pretty obvious
gain in usability from doing so.
Ideally we'd also modify other functions taking multiple old-style
polymorphic arguments. But most of the remainder are tied into one
or more operator classes, making any such change a much larger can of
worms than I desire to open right now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77675130-89da-dab1-51dd-492c93dcf5d1@postgresfriends.org
This allows use of a "default" expression that doesn't slavishly
match the data column's type. Formerly you got something like
"function lag(numeric, integer, integer) does not exist", which
is not just unhelpful but actively misleading.
The SQL spec suggests that the default should be coerced to the data
column's type, but this implementation instead chooses the common
supertype, which seems at least as reasonable.
(Note: I took the opportunity to run "make reformat-dat-files" on
pg_proc.dat, so this commit includes some cosmetic changes to
recently-added entries that aren't related to lead/lag.)
Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77675130-89da-dab1-51dd-492c93dcf5d1@postgresfriends.org
The SQL spec calls out nonstandard syntax for certain function calls,
for example substring() with numeric position info is supposed to be
spelled "SUBSTRING(string FROM start FOR count)". We accept many
of these things, but up to now would not print them in the same format,
instead simplifying down to "substring"(string, start, count).
That's long annoyed me because it creates an interoperability
problem: we're gratuitously injecting Postgres-specific syntax into
what might otherwise be a perfectly spec-compliant view definition.
However, the real reason for addressing it right now is to support
a planned change in the semantics of EXTRACT() a/k/a date_part().
When we switch that to returning numeric, we'll have the parser
translate EXTRACT() to some new function name (might as well be
"extract" if you ask me) and then teach ruleutils.c to reverse-list
that per SQL spec. In this way existing calls to date_part() will
continue to have the old semantics.
To implement this, invent a new CoercionForm value COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX,
and make the parser insert that rather than COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL when
the input has SQL-spec decoration. (But if the input has the form of
a plain function call, continue to mark it COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL, even
if it's calling one of these functions.) Then ruleutils.c recognizes
COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX as a cue to emit SQL call syntax. It can know
which decoration to emit using hard-wired knowledge about the
functions that could be called this way. (While this solution isn't
extensible without manual additions, neither is the grammar, so this
doesn't seem unmaintainable.) Notice that this solution will
reverse-list a function call with SQL decoration only if it was
entered that way; so dump-and-reload will not by itself produce any
changes in the appearance of views.
This requires adding a CoercionForm field to struct FuncCall.
(I couldn't resist the temptation to rearrange that struct's
field order a tad while I was at it.) FuncCall doesn't appear
in stored rules, so that change isn't a reason for a catversion
bump, but I did one anyway because the new enum value for
CoercionForm fields could confuse old backend code.
Possible future work:
* Perhaps CoercionForm should now be renamed to DisplayForm,
or something like that, to reflect its more general meaning.
This'd require touching a couple hundred places, so it's not
clear it's worth the code churn.
* The SQLValueFunction node type, which was invented partly for
the same goal of improving SQL-compatibility of view output,
could perhaps be replaced with regular function calls marked
with COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX. It's unclear if this would be a net
code savings, however.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/42b73d2d-da12-ba9f-570a-420e0cce19d9@phystech.edu
When considering Incremental Sort below a Gather Merge, we need to be
a bit more careful when matching pathkeys to EC members. It's not enough
to find a member whose Vars are all in the current relation's target;
volatile expressions in particular need to be contained in the target,
otherwise it's too early to use the pathkey.
Reported-by: Jaime Casanova
Author: James Coleman
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 13, where the incremental sort code was added
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeNaxpXgBVcRhJX%2B2vSbq%2BF2kJqGBcvompmpvXb7pq%2BoFA%40mail.gmail.com
Remove old containment operators @ and ~ for built-in geometry data
types. These have been deprecated; use <@ and @> instead.
(Some contrib modules still contain the same deprecated operators.
That will be dealt with separately.)
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20201027032511.GF9241@telsasoft.com
fill_hba_line() thought it could get away with passing sizeof(struct
sockaddr_storage) rather than the actual addrlen previously returned
by getaddrinfo(). While that appears to work on many platforms,
it does not work on FreeBSD 11: you get back a failure, which leads
to the view showing NULL for the address and netmask columns in all
rows. The POSIX spec for getnameinfo() is pretty clearly on
FreeBSD's side here: you should pass the actual address length.
So it seems plausible that there are other platforms where this
coding also fails, and we just hadn't noticed.
Also, IMO the fact that getnameinfo() failure leads to a NULL output
is pretty bogus in itself. Our pg_getnameinfo_all() wrapper is
careful to emit "???" on failure, and we should use that in such
cases. NULL should only be emitted in rows that don't have IP
addresses.
Per bug #16695 from Peter Vandivier. Back-patch to v10 where this
code was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16695-a665558e2f630be7@postgresql.org
Some places were using PG_GETARG_UINT32 where PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID
would be more appropriate. (Of course, they are the same internally,
so there is no externally visible effect.) To do that, export
PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID outside of xid.c. We also export
PG_RETURN_TRANSACTIONID for symmetry, even though there are currently
no external users.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d8f6bdd536df403b9b33816e9f7e0b9d@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Record the current version of dependent collations in pg_depend when
creating or rebuilding an index. When accessing the index later, warn
that the index may be corrupted if the current version doesn't match.
Thanks to Douglas Doole, Peter Eisentraut, Christoph Berg, Laurenz Albe,
Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Tom Lane and others for very helpful
discussion.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier versions)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
Provide a place for the version of referenced database objects to be
recorded. A follow-up commit will use this to record dependencies on
collation versions for indexes, but similar ideas for other kinds of
objects have also been mooted.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
This model couldn't be extended to cover the default collation, and
didn't have any information about the affected database objects when the
version changed. Remove, in preparation for a follow-up commit that
will add a new mechanism.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
Logical replication protocol uses a single byte character to identify a
message type in logical replication protocol. The code uses string
literals for the same. Use Enum so that
1. All the string literals used can be found at a single place. This
makes it easy to add more types without the risk of conflicts.
2. It's easy to locate the code handling a given message type.
3. When used with switch statements, it is easy to identify the missing
cases using -Wswitch.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund, Peter Smith and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAExHW5uPzQ7L0oAd_ENyvaiYMOPgkrAoJpE+ZY5-obdcVT6NPg@mail.gmail.com
Previously we only tagged on the required information to allow the
executor to perform run-time partition pruning for Append/MergeAppend
nodes belonging to base relations. It was thought that nested
Append/MergeAppend nodes were just about always pulled up into the
top-level Append/MergeAppend and that making the run-time pruning info for
any sub Append/MergeAppend nodes was a waste of time. However, that was
likely badly thought through.
Some examples of cases we're unable to pullup nested Append/MergeAppends
are: 1) Parallel Append nodes with a mix of parallel and non-parallel
paths into a Parallel Append. 2) When planning an ordered Append scan a
sub-partition which is unordered may require a nested MergeAppend path to
ensure sub-partitions don't mix up the order of tuples being fed into the
top-level Append.
Unfortunately, it was not just as simple as removing the lines in
createplan.c which were purposefully not building the run-time pruning
info for anything but RELOPT_BASEREL relations. The code in
add_paths_to_append_rel() was far too sloppy about which partitioned_rels
it included for the Append/MergeAppend paths. The original code there
would always assume accumulate_append_subpath() would pull each sub-Append
and sub-MergeAppend path into the top-level path. While it does not
appear that there were any actual bugs caused by having the additional
partitioned table RT indexes recorded, what it did mean is that later in
planning, when we built the run-time pruning info that we wasted effort
and built PartitionedRelPruneInfos for partitioned tables that we had no
subpaths for the executor to run-time prune.
Here we tighten that up so that partitioned_rels only ever contains the RT
index for partitioned tables which actually have subpaths in the given
Append/MergeAppend. We can now Assert that every PartitionedRelPruneInfo
has a non-empty present_parts. That should allow us to catch any weird
corner cases that have been missed.
In passing, it seems there is no longer a good reason to have the
AppendPath and MergeAppendPath's partitioned_rel fields a List of IntList.
We can simply have a List of Relids instead. This is more compact in
memory and faster to add new members to. We still know which is the root
level partition as these always have a lower relid than their children.
Previously this field was used for more things, but run-time partition
pruning now remains the only user of it and it has no need for a List of
IntLists.
Here we also get rid of the RelOptInfo partitioned_child_rels field. This
is what was previously used to (sometimes incorrectly) set the
Append/MergeAppend path's partitioned_rels field. That was the only usage
of that field, so we can happily just remove it.
I also couldn't resist changing some nearby code to make use of the newly
added for_each_from macro so we can skip the first element in the list
without checking if the current item was the first one on each
iteration.
A bug report from Andreas Kretschmer prompted all this work, however,
after some consideration, I'm not personally classing this as a bug fix.
So no backpatch. In Andreas' test case, it just wasn't that clear that
there was a nested Append since the top-level Append just had a single
sub-path which was pulled up a level, per 8edd0e794.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAApHDvqSchs%2BubdybcfFaSPB%2B%2BEA7kqMaoqajtP0GtZvzOOR3g%40mail.gmail.com
Statistics associated to an index got lost after running REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY, while the non-concurrent case preserves these correctly.
The concurrent and non-concurrent operations need to be consistent for
the end-user, and missing statistics would force to wait for a new
analyze to happen, which could take some time depending on the activity
of the existing autovacuum workers. This issue is fixed by copying any
existing entries in pg_statistic associated to the old index to the new
one. Note that this copy is already done with the data of the index in
the stats collector.
Reported-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Author: Michael Paquier, Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFcNs+qpFPmiHd1oTXvcPdvAHicJDA9qBUSujgAhUMJyUMb+SA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
On the same reasoning as in commit 36b931214, forbid using custom
oid_symbol macros in pg_type as well as pg_proc, so that we always
rely on the predictable macro names generated by genbki.pl.
We do continue to grant grandfather status to the names CASHOID and
LSNOID, although those are now considered deprecated aliases for the
preferred names MONEYOID and PG_LSNOID. This is because there's
likely to be client-side code using the old names, and this bout of
neatnik-ism doesn't quite seem worth breaking client code.
There might be a case for grandfathering EVTTRIGGEROID, too, since
externally-maintained PLs may reference that symbol. But renaming
such references to EVENT_TRIGGEROID doesn't seem like a particularly
heavy lift --- we make far more significant backend API changes in
every major release. For now I didn't add that, but we could
reconsider if there's pushback.
The other names changed here seem pretty unlikely to have any outside
uses. Again, we could add alias macros if there are complaints, but
for now I didn't.
As before, no need for a catversion bump.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHpCbjfoddNGpnnnY5pHwckWfiYkMYSF74PmP1su0+ZOw@mail.gmail.com
This adds the statistics about transactions streamed to the decoding
output plugin from ReorderBuffer. Users can query the
pg_stat_replication_slots view to check these stats and call
pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset the stats of a particular slot.
Users can pass NULL in pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset stats of
all the slots.
Commit 9868167500 has added the basic infrastructure to capture the stats
of slot and this commit extends the statistics collector to track
additional information about slots.
Bump the catversion as we have added new columns in the catalog entry.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+chpEomLzgSoky-D31qev19AmECNiEAietPQUGEFhtVA@mail.gmail.com
This fixes a bug in the edge case where, for a temp table, heap_page_prune()
can end up with a different horizon than heap_vacuum_rel(). Which can trigger
errors like "ERROR: cannot freeze committed xmax ...".
The bug was introduced due to interaction of a7212be8b9 "Set cutoff xmin more
aggressively when vacuuming a temporary table." with dc7420c2c9 "snapshot
scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.".
The problem is caused by lazy_scan_heap() assuming that the only reason its
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() call would return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD is if the tuple is
a HOT tuple, or if the tuple's inserting transaction has aborted since the
heap_page_prune() call. But after a7212be8b9 that was also possible in other
cases for temp tables, because heap_page_prune() uses a different visibility
test after dc7420c2c9.
The fix is fairly simple: Move the special case logic for temp tables from
vacuum_set_xid_limits() to the infrastructure introduced in dc7420c2c9. That
ensures that the horizon used for pruning is at least as aggressive as the one
used by lazy_scan_heap(). The concrete horizon used for temp tables is
slightly different than the logic in dc7420c2c9, but should always be as
aggressive as before (see comments).
A significant benefit to centralizing the logic procarray.c is that now the
more aggressive horizons for temp tables does not just apply to VACUUM but
also to e.g. HOT pruning and the nbtree killtuples logic.
Because isTopLevel is not needed by vacuum_set_xid_limits() anymore, I
undid the the related changes from a7212be8b9.
This commit also adds an isolation test ensuring that the more aggressive
vacuuming and pruning of temp tables keeps working.
Debugged-By: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Debugged-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Debugged-By: Ashutosh Sharma <ashu.coek88@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201014203103.72oke6hqywcyhx7s@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201015083735.derdzysdtqdvxshp@alap3.anarazel.de
It's unsafe to do this at parse time because addition of generated
columns to a table would not invalidate stored rules containing
UPDATEs on the table ... but there might now be dependent generated
columns that were not there when the rule was made. This also fixes
an oversight that rewriteTargetView failed to update extraUpdatedCols
when transforming an UPDATE on an updatable view. (Since the new
calculation is downstream of that, rewriteTargetView doesn't actually
need to do anything; but before, there was a demonstrable bug there.)
In v13 and HEAD, this leads to easily-visible bugs because (since
commit c6679e4fc) we won't recalculate generated columns that aren't
listed in extraUpdatedCols. In v12 this bitmap is mostly just used
for trigger-firing decisions, so you'd only notice a problem if a
trigger cared whether a generated column had been updated.
I'd complained about this back in May, but then forgot about it
until bug #16671 from Michael Paul Killian revived the issue.
Back-patch to v12 where this field was introduced. If existing
stored rules contain any extraUpdatedCols values, they'll be
ignored because the rewriter will overwrite them, so the bug will
be fixed even for existing rules. (But note that if someone were
to update to 13.1 or 12.5, store some rules with UPDATEs on tables
having generated columns, and then downgrade to a prior minor version,
they might observe issues similar to what this patch fixes. That
seems unlikely enough to not be worth going to a lot of effort to fix.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10206.1588964727@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16671-2fa55851859fb166@postgresql.org
We have a perfectly good convention for OID macros for built-in functions
already, so making custom symbols is just introducing unnecessary
deviation from the convention. Remove the one case that had snuck in,
and add an error check in genbki.pl to discourage future instances.
Although this touches pg_proc.dat, there's no need for a catversion
bump since the actual catalog data isn't changed.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHpCbjfoddNGpnnnY5pHwckWfiYkMYSF74PmP1su0+ZOw@mail.gmail.com
get_foreign_key_join_selectivity() looks for join clauses that equate
the two sides of the FK constraint. However, if we have a query like
"WHERE fktab.a = pktab.a and fktab.a = 1", it won't find any such join
clause, because equivclass.c replaces the given clauses with "fktab.a
= 1 and pktab.a = 1", which can be enforced at the scan level, leaving
nothing to be done for column "a" at the join level.
We can fix that expectation without much trouble, but then a new problem
arises: applying the foreign-key-based selectivity rule produces a
rowcount underestimate, because we're effectively double-counting the
selectivity of the "fktab.a = 1" clause. So we have to cancel that
selectivity out of the estimate.
To fix, refactor process_implied_equality() so that it can pass back the
new RestrictInfo to its callers in equivclass.c, allowing the generated
"fktab.a = 1" clause to be saved in the EquivalenceClass's ec_derives
list. Then it's not much trouble to dig out the relevant RestrictInfo
when we need to adjust an FK selectivity estimate. (While at it, we
can also remove the expensive use of initialize_mergeclause_eclasses()
to set up the new RestrictInfo's left_ec and right_ec pointers.
The equivclass.c code can set those basically for free.)
This seems like clearly a bug fix, but I'm hesitant to back-patch it,
first because there's some API/ABI risk for extensions and second because
we're usually loath to destabilize plan choices in stable branches.
Per report from Sigrid Ehrenreich.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1019549.1603770457@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM6PR02MB5287A0ADD936C1FA80973E72AB190@AM6PR02MB5287.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
This makes use of CheckBuffer() introduced in c780a7a, adding a SQL
wrapper able to do checks for all the pages of a relation. By default,
all the fork types of a relation are checked, and it is possible to
check only a given relation fork. Note that if the relation given in
input has no physical storage or is temporary, then no errors are
generated, allowing full-database checks when coupled with a simple scan
of pg_class for example. This is not limited to clusters with data
checksums enabled, as clusters without data checksums can still apply
checks on pages using the page headers or for the case of a page full of
zeros.
This function returns a set of tuples consisting of:
- The physical file where a broken page has been detected (without the
segment number as that can be AM-dependent, which can be guessed from
the block number for heap). A relative path from PGPATH is used.
- The block number of the broken page.
By default, only superusers have an access to this function but
execution rights can be granted to other users.
The feature introduced here is still minimal, and more improvements
could be done, like:
- Addition of a start and end block number to run checks on a range
of blocks, which would apply only if one fork type is checked.
- Addition of some progress reporting.
- Throttling, with configuration parameters in function input or
potentially some cost-based GUCs.
Regression tests are added for positive cases in the main regression
test suite, and TAP tests are added for cases involving the emulation of
page corruptions.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aVvMjQn=ge5qPiJOPMmOj5=ii3st5Q0Y+WuLML5sR17w@mail.gmail.com
CheckBuffer() is designed to be a concurrent-safe function able to run
sanity checks on a relation page without loading it into the shared
buffers. The operation is done using a lock on the partition involved
in the shared buffer mapping hashtable and an I/O lock for the buffer
itself, preventing the risk of false positives due to any concurrent
activity.
The primary use of this function is the detection of on-disk corruptions
for relation pages. If a page is found in shared buffers, the on-disk
page is checked if not dirty (a follow-up checkpoint would flush a valid
version of the page if dirty anyway), as it could be possible that a
page was present for a long time in shared buffers with its on-disk
version corrupted. Such a scenario could lead to a corrupted cluster if
a host is plugged off for example. If the page is not found in shared
buffers, its on-disk state is checked. PageIsVerifiedExtended() is used
to apply the same sanity checks as when a page gets loaded into shared
buffers.
This function will be used by an upcoming patch able to check the state
of on-disk relation pages using a SQL function.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aVvMjQn=ge5qPiJOPMmOj5=ii3st5Q0Y+WuLML5sR17w@mail.gmail.com
This accompanies select_common_type() and select_common_collation().
Typmods were previously combined using hand-coded logic in several
places. The logic in select_common_typmod() isn't very exciting, but
it makes the code more compact and readable in a few locations, and in
the future we can perhaps do more complicated things if desired.
As a small enhancement, the type unification of the direct and
aggregate arguments of hypothetical-set aggregates now unifies the
typmod as well using this new function, instead of just dropping it.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/97df3af9-8b5e-fb7f-a029-3eb7e80d7af9@2ndquadrant.com
Previously, ExecInitModifyTable relied on ExecInitJunkFilter,
and thence ExecCleanTypeFromTL, to build the target descriptor from
the query tlist. While we just checked (in ExecCheckPlanOutput)
that the tlist produces compatible output, this is not a great
substitute for the relation's actual tuple descriptor that's
available from the relcache. For one thing, dropped columns will
not be correctly marked attisdropped; it's a bit surprising that
we've gotten away with that this long. But the real reason for
being concerned with this is that using the table's descriptor means
that the slot will have correct attrmissing data, allowing us to
revert the klugy fix of commit ba9f18abd. (This commit undoes
that one's changes in trigger.c, but keeps the new test case.)
Thus we can solve the bogus-trigger-tuple problem with fewer cycles
rather than more.
No back-patch, since this doesn't fix any additional bug, and it
seems somewhat more likely to have unforeseen side effects than
ba9f18abd's narrow fix.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16644-5da7ef98a7ac4545@postgresql.org
This is useful for checks of relation pages without having to load the
pages into the shared buffers, and two cases can make use of that: page
verification in base backups and the online, lock-safe, flavor.
Compatibility is kept with past versions using a macro that calls the
new extended routine with the set of options compatible with the
original version.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/608f3476-0598-2514-2c03-e05c7d2b0cbd@postgrespro.ru
This replaces the existing binary search with two perfect hash functions
for the composition and the decomposition in the backend code, at the
cost of slightly-larger binaries there (35kB in libpgcommon_srv.a). Per
the measurements done, this improves the speed of the recomposition and
decomposition by up to 30~40 times for the NFC and NFKC conversions,
while all other operations get at least 40% faster. This is not as
"good" as what libicu has, but it closes the gap a lot as per the
feedback from Daniel Verite.
The decomposition table remains the same, getting used for the binary
search in the frontend code, where we care more about the size of the
libraries like libpq over performance as this gets involved only in code
paths related to the SCRAM authentication. In consequence, note that
the perfect hash function for the recomposition needs to use a new
inverse lookup array back to to the existing decomposition table.
The size of all frontend deliverables remains unchanged, even with
--enable-debug, including libpq.
Author: John Naylor
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHUuMFCt6-pU+oG-F1==CmEp8wR+O+bRouXWu6i8kXuqA@mail.gmail.com
80f8eb7 has added to the normalization quick check headers some code
generated by PerfectHash.pm that is incompatible with the settings of
gitattributes for this repository, as whitespaces followed a set of tabs
for the first element of a line in the table. Instead of adding a new
exception to gitattributes, rework the format generated so as a right
padding with spaces is used instead of a left padding. This keeps the
table generated in a readable shape with its set of columns, making
unnecessary an update of gitattributes.
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut
Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d601b3b5-a3c7-5457-2f84-3d6513d690fc@2ndquadrant.com
Change the attribute 'name' to 'slot_name' in pg_stat_replication_slots
view to make it clear and that way we will be consistent with the other
places like pg_stat_wal_receiver view where we display the same attribute.
In the passing, fix the typo in one of the macros in the related code.
Bump the catversion as we have modified the name in the catalog as well.
Reported-by: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Author: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
Since commit 913bbd88d, check_sql_fn_retval() can either insert type
coercion steps in-line in the Query that produces the SQL function's
results, or generate a new top-level Query to perform the coercions,
if modifying the Query's output in-place wouldn't be safe. However,
it appears that the latter case has never actually worked, because
the code tried to inject the new Query back into the query list it was
passed ... which is not the list that will be used for later processing
when we execute the SQL function "normally" (without inlining it).
So we ended up with no coercion happening at run-time, leading to
wrong results or crashes depending on the datatypes involved.
While the regression tests look like they cover this area well enough,
through a huge bit of bad luck all the test cases that exercise the
separate-Query path were checking either inline-able cases (which
accidentally didn't have the bug) or cases that are no-ops at runtime
(e.g., varchar to text), so that the failure to perform the coercion
wasn't obvious. The fact that the cases that don't work weren't
allowed at all before v13 probably contributed to not noticing the
problem sooner, too.
To fix, get rid of the separate "flat" list of Query nodes and instead
pass the real two-level list that is going to be used later. I chose
to make the same change in check_sql_fn_statements(), although that has
no actual bug, just so that we don't need that data structure at all.
This is an API change, as evidenced by the adjustments needed to
callers outside functions.c. That's a bit scary to be doing in a
released branch, but so far as I can tell from a quick search,
there are no outside callers of these functions (and they are
sufficiently specific to our semantics for SQL-language functions that
it's not apparent why any extension would need to call them). In any
case, v13 already changed the API of check_sql_fn_retval() compared to
prior branches.
Per report from pinker. Back-patch to v13 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1603050466566-0.post@n3.nabble.com
Store the tuple conversion map to convert a tuple from a child table's
format to the root format in a new ri_ChildToRootMap field in
ResultRelInfo. It is initialized if transition tuple capture for FOR
STATEMENT triggers or INSERT tuple routing on a partitioned table is
needed. Previously, ModifyTable kept the maps in the per-subplan
ModifyTableState->mt_per_subplan_tupconv_maps array, or when tuple
routing was used, in
ResultRelInfo->ri_Partitioninfo->pi_PartitionToRootMap. The new field
replaces both of those.
Now that the child-to-root tuple conversion map is always available in
ResultRelInfo (when needed), remove the TransitionCaptureState.tcs_map
field. The callers of Exec*Trigger() functions no longer need to set or
save it, which is much less confusing and bug-prone. Also, as a future
optimization, this will allow us to delay creating the map for a given
result relation until the relation is actually processed during
execution.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqHtCWLdK-LO%3DNEsvOdHx%2B7yv4mE_zYK0i3BH7dXb-wxog%40mail.gmail.com
When executing DDL on a partitioned table or on a table with inheritance
children, statement-level triggers must be fired against the table given
in the original statement. The code to look that up was a bit messy and
duplicative. Commit 501ed02cf6 added a helper function,
getASTriggerResultRelInfo() (later renamed to getTargetResultRelInfo())
for it, but for some reason it was only used when firing AFTER STATEMENT
triggers and the code to fire BEFORE STATEMENT triggers duplicated the
logic.
Determine the target relation in ExecInitModifyTable(), and set it always
in ModifyTableState. Code that used to call getTargetResultRelInfo() can
now use ModifyTableState->rootResultRelInfo directly.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqFViT47Zbr_ASBejiK7iDG8%3DQ1swQ-tjM6caRPQ67pT%3Dw%40mail.gmail.com
Unfortunately in LLVM 3.9 LLVMGetAttributeCountAtIndex(func, index)
crashes when called with an index that has 0 attributes. Since there's
no way to work around this in the C API, add a small C++ wrapper doing
so.
The only reason this didn't fail before 72559438f9 is that there
always are function attributes...
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201016001254.w2nfj7gd74jmb5in@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-, like 72559438f9
Most importantly, remove optimization in LogicalRepSyncTableStart that
skips the normal walrcv_startstreaming/endstreaming dance. The
optimization is not critically important for production uses anyway,
since it only fires in cases with no activity, and saves an
uninteresting amount of work even then. Critically, it obscures bugs by
hiding the interesting code path from test cases.
Also: in GetSubscriptionRelState, remove pointless relation open; access
pg_subscription_rel->srsubstate with GETSTRUCT as is typical rather than
SysCacheGetAttr; remove unused 'missing_ok' argument.
In wait_for_relation_state_change, use explicit catalog snapshot
invalidation rather than obscurely (and expensively) through
GetLatestSnapshot.
In various places: sprinkle comments more liberally and rewrite a number
of them. Other cosmetic code improvements.
No backpatch, since no bug is being fixed here.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelínek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201010190637.GA5774@alvherre.pgsql
during logical decoding.
Prior to commit c55040ccd0 we have no way of knowing the invalidations
before commit. So, while decoding we use to execute all the invalidations
at each command end as we had no way of knowing which invalidations
happened before that command. Due to this, transactions involving large
amounts of DDLs use to take more time and also lead to high CPU usage. But
now we know specific invalidations at each command end so we execute only
required invalidations.
It has been observed that decoding of a transaction containing truncation
of a table with 1000 partitions would be finished in 1s whereas before
this patch it used to take 4-5 minutes.
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Keisuke Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANDwggKYveEtXjXjqHA6RL3AKSHMsQyfRY6bK+NqhAWJyw8psQ@mail.gmail.com
Maintaining 'es_result_relation_info' correctly at all times has become
cumbersome, especially with partitioning where each partition gets its
own result relation info. Having to set and reset it across arbitrary
operations has caused bugs in the past.
This changes all the places that used 'es_result_relation_info', to
receive the currently active ResultRelInfo via function parameters
instead.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
FDWs that can perform an UPDATE/DELETE remotely using the "direct modify"
set of APIs need to access the ResultRelInfo of the target table. That's
currently available in EState.es_result_relation_info, but the next
commit will remove that field.
This commit adds a new resultRelation field in ForeignScan, to store the
target relation's RT index, and the corresponding ResultRelInfo in
ForeignScanState. The FDW's PlanDirectModify callback is expected to set
'resultRelation' along with 'operation'. The core code doesn't need them
for anything, they are for the convenience of FDW's Begin- and
IterateDirectModify callbacks.
Authors: Amit Langote, Etsuro Fujita
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
Instead of allocating all the ResultRelInfos upfront in one big array,
allocate them in ExecInitModifyTable(). es_result_relations is now an
array of ResultRelInfo pointers, rather than an array of structs, and it
is indexed by the RT index.
This simplifies things: we get rid of the separate concept of a "result
rel index", and don't need to set it in setrefs.c anymore. This also
allows follow-up optimizations (not included in this commit yet) to skip
initializing ResultRelInfos for target relations that were not needed at
runtime, and removal of the es_result_relation_info pointer.
The EState arrays of regular result rels and root result rels are merged
into one array. Similarly, the resultRelations and rootResultRelations
lists in PlannedStmt are merged into one. It's not actually clear to me
why they were kept separate in the first place, but now that the
es_result_relations array is indexed by RT index, it certainly seems
pointless.
The PlannedStmt->resultRelations list is now only needed for
ExecRelationIsTargetRelation(). One visible effect of this change is that
ExecRelationIsTargetRelation() will now return 'true' also for the
partition root, if a partitioned table is updated. That seems like a good
thing, although the function isn't used in core code, and I don't see any
reason for an FDW to call it on a partition root.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
The implementation uses smaller code when the "expected" operand is a
small constant, but the implementation needlessly defined the set of
acceptable constants more narrowly than the ABI does. Core PostgreSQL
and PGXN don't use the constant path at all, so this is future-proofing.
Back-patch to v13, where commit 30ee5d17c2
introduced this code.
Reviewed by Tom Lane. Reported by Christoph Berg.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201009092825.GD889580@msg.df7cb.de
While xlc defines __64BIT__, gcc does not. Due to this oversight in
commit 30ee5d17c2, gcc builds continued
implementing 64-bit atomics by way of intrinsics. Back-patch to v13,
where that commit first appeared.
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201011051043.GA1724101@rfd.leadboat.com
This makes the normalization quick check about 30% faster for NFC and
50% faster for NFKC than the binary search used previously. The hash
lookup reuses the existing array of bit fields used for the binary
search to get the quick check property and is generated as part of "make
update-unicode" in src/common/unicode/.
Author: John Naylor
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCt4fbJ0_bGrN5QPt34N4whv=mszM0LMVQdoa2rC9UMRXA@mail.gmail.com
Up to now, only ECONNRESET (and EPIPE, in most but not quite all places)
received special treatment in our error handling logic. This patch
changes things so that related error codes such as ECONNABORTED are
also recognized as indicating that the connection's dead and unlikely
to come back.
We continue to think, however, that only ECONNRESET and EPIPE should be
reported as probable server crashes; the other cases indicate network
connectivity problems but prove little about the server's state. Thus,
there's no change in the error message texts that are output for such
cases. The key practical effect is that errcode_for_socket_access()
will report ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE rather than
ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR for a network failure. It's expected that this
will fix buildfarm member lorikeet's failures since commit 32a9c0bdf,
as that seems to be due to not treating ECONNABORTED equivalently to
ECONNRESET.
The set of errnos treated this way now includes ECONNABORTED, EHOSTDOWN,
EHOSTUNREACH, ENETDOWN, ENETRESET, and ENETUNREACH. Several of these
were second-class citizens in terms of their handling in places like
get_errno_symbol(), so upgrade the infrastructure where necessary.
As committed, this patch assumes that all these symbols are defined
everywhere. POSIX specifies all of them except EHOSTDOWN, but that
seems to exist on all platforms of interest; we'll see what the
buildfarm says about that.
Probably this should be back-patched, but let's see what the buildfarm
thinks of it first.
Fujii Masao and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2621622.1602184554@sss.pgh.pa.us
Hack things so that our idea of "struct stat" is equivalent to Windows'
struct __stat64, allowing it to have a wide enough st_size field.
Instead of relying on native stat(), use GetFileInformationByHandle().
This avoids a number of issues with Microsoft's multiple and rather
slipshod emulations of stat(). We still need to jump through hoops
to deal with ERROR_DELETE_PENDING, though :-(
Pull the relevant support code out of dirmod.c and put it into
its own file, win32stat.c.
Still TODO: do we need to do something different with lstat(),
rather than treating it identically to stat()?
Juan José Santamaría Flecha, reviewed by Emil Iggland;
based on prior work by Michael Paquier, Sergey Zubkovsky, and others
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1803D792815FC24D871C00D17AE95905CF5099@g01jpexmbkw24
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15858-9572469fd3b73263@postgresql.org
This adds the statistics about transactions spilled to disk from
ReorderBuffer. Users can query the pg_stat_replication_slots view to check
these stats and call pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset the stats of
a particular slot. Users can pass NULL in pg_stat_reset_replication_slot
to reset stats of all the slots.
This commit extends the statistics collector to track this information
about slots.
Author: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
The date-vs-timestamp, date-vs-timestamptz, and timestamp-vs-timestamptz
comparators all worked by promoting the first type to the second and
then doing a simple same-type comparison. This works fine, except
when the conversion result is out of range, in which case we throw an
entirely avoidable error. The sources of such failures are
(a) type date can represent dates much farther in the future than
the timestamp types can;
(b) timezone rotation might cause a just-in-range timestamp value to
become a just-out-of-range timestamptz value.
Up to now we just ignored these corner-case issues, but now we have
an actual user complaint (bug #16657 from Huss EL-Sheikh), so let's
do something about it.
It turns out that commit 52ad1e659 already built all the necessary
infrastructure to support error-free comparisons, but neglected to
actually use it in the main-line code paths. Fix that, do a little
bit of code style review, and remove the now-duplicate logic in
jsonpath_exec.c.
Back-patch to v13 where 52ad1e659 came in. We could take this back
further by back-patching said infrastructure, but given the small
number of complaints so far, I don't feel a great need to.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16657-cde2f876d8cc7971@postgresql.org
Unlike for functions, OUT parameters for procedures are part of the
signature. Therefore, they have to be listed in pg_proc.proargtypes
as well as mentioned in ALTER PROCEDURE and DROP PROCEDURE.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2b8490fe-51af-e671-c504-47359dc453c5@2ndquadrant.com
The BKI file's string quoting conventions were previously quite weird,
perhaps as a result of repurposing a function built to scan
single-quoted strings to scan double-quoted ones. Change to use the
same rules as we use in GUC files, allowing some simplifications in
genbki.pl and initdb.c.
While at it, completely remove the backend's scanstr() function, which
was essentially a duplicate of the string dequoting code in guc-file.l.
Instead export that one (under a less generic name than it had) and let
bootscanner.l use it. Now we can clarify that scansup.c exists only to
support the main lexer. We could alternatively have removed GUC_scanstr,
but this way seems better since the previous arrangement could mislead
a reader into thinking that scanstr() had something to do with the main
lexer's handling of string literals. Maybe it did once, but if so it
was a long time ago.
This patch does not bump catversion, since the initially-installed
catalog contents don't change. Note however that successful initdb
after applying this patch will require up-to-date postgres.bki as well
as postgres and initdb executables.
In passing, remove a bunch of very-long-obsolete #include's in
bootparse.y and bootscanner.l.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCtDpd18T0KATTmCggO2GdVC4ow86ypiq5ENff1VnauL8g@mail.gmail.com
This view shows the statistics about WAL activity. Currently it has only
two columns: wal_buffers_full and stats_reset. wal_buffers_full column
indicates the number of times WAL data was written to the disk because
WAL buffers got full. This information is useful when tuning wal_buffers.
stats_reset column indicates the time at which these statistics were
last reset.
pg_stat_wal view is also the basic infrastructure to expose other
various statistics about WAL activity later.
Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID due to the change in pgstat format.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Takayuki Tsunakawa, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/188bd3f2d2233cf97753b5ced02bb050@oss.nttdata.com
We have a dozen or so places that need to iterate over all but the
first cell of a List. Prior to v13 this was typically written as
for_each_cell(lc, lnext(list_head(list)))
Commit 1cff1b95a changed these to
for_each_cell(lc, list, list_second_cell(list))
This patch introduces a new macro for_each_from() which expresses
the start point as a list index, allowing these to be written as
for_each_from(lc, list, 1)
This is marginally more efficient, since ForEachState.i can be
initialized directly instead of backing into it from a ListCell
address. It also seems clearer and less typo-prone.
Some of the remaining uses of for_each_cell() look like they could
profitably be changed to for_each_from(), but here I confined myself
to changing uses of list_second_cell().
Also, fix for_each_cell_setup() and for_both_cell_setup() to
const-ify their arguments; that's a simple oversight in 1cff1b95a.
Back-patch into v13, on the grounds that (1) the const-ification
is a minor bug fix, and (2) it's better for back-patching purposes
if we only have two ways to write these loops rather than three.
In HEAD, also remove list_third_cell() and list_fourth_cell(),
which were also introduced in 1cff1b95a, and are unused as of
cc99baa43. It seems unlikely that any third-party code would
have started to use them already; anyone who has can be directed
to list_nth_cell instead.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpo1zj9KhEpU2cCRZfSM3Q6XGdhzuAS2v79PH7WJBkYVA@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commit e21cbb4, as the switch to EVP routines requires a
more careful design where we would need to have at least our wrapper
routines return a status instead of issuing an error by themselves to
let the caller do the error handling. The memory handling was also
incorrect and could cause leaks in the backend if a failure happened,
requiring most likely a callback to do the necessary cleanup as the only
clean way to be able to allocate an EVP context requires the use of an
allocation within OpenSSL. The potential rework of the wrappers also
impacts the fallback implementation when not building with OpenSSL.
Originally, prairiedog has reported a compilation failure, but after
discussion with Tom Lane this needs a better design.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200928073330.GC2316@paquier.xyz
The use of low-level hash routines is not recommended by upstream
OpenSSL since 2000, and pgcrypto already switched to EVP as of 5ff4a67.
Note that this also fixes a failure with SCRAM authentication when using
FIPS in OpenSSL, but as there have been few complaints about this
problem and as this causes an ABI breakage, no backpatch is done.
Author: Michael Paquier, Alessandro Gherardi
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200924025314.GE7405@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180911030250.GA27115@paquier.xyz
Prior to this commit, the linitial(), lsecond(), lthird(), lfourth()
macros and their int and Oid list cousins would call their corresponding
inlined function to fetch the cell of interest. Those inline functions
were kind enough to return NULL if the particular cell did not exist.
Unfortunately, the care that these functions took was of no relevance to
the calling macros as they proceeded to directly dereference the returned
value without any regard to whether that value was NULL or not. If it had
been, we'd have segfaulted.
Of course, the fact that we would have segfaulted on misuse of these
macros just goes to prove that nobody is relying on the empty or list too
small checks. So here we just get rid of those checks completely.
The existing inline functions have been left alone as someone may be using
those directly. We just replace the call within each macro to use
list_nth_cell().
For the llast*() case we require a new list_last_cell() inline function to
get away from the multiple evaluation hazard that we'd get if we fetched
->length on the macro's parameter.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpo1zj9KhEpU2cCRZfSM3Q6XGdhzuAS2v79PH7WJBkYVA@mail.gmail.com
When commit bd3daddaf introduced AlternativeSubPlans, I had some
ambitions towards allowing the choice of subplan to change during
execution. That has not happened, or even been thought about, in the
ensuing twelve years; so it seems like a failed experiment. So let's
rip that out and resolve the choice of subplan at the end of planning
(in setrefs.c) rather than during executor startup. This has a number
of positive benefits:
* Removal of a few hundred lines of executor code, since
AlternativeSubPlans need no longer be supported there.
* Removal of executor-startup overhead (particularly, initialization
of subplans that won't be used).
* Removal of incidental costs of having a larger plan tree, such as
tree-scanning and copying costs in the plancache; not to mention
setrefs.c's own costs of processing the discarded subplans.
* EXPLAIN no longer has to print a weird (and undocumented)
representation of an AlternativeSubPlan choice; it sees only the
subplan actually used. This should mean less confusion for users.
* Since setrefs.c knows which subexpression of a plan node it's
working on at any instant, it's possible to adjust the estimated
number of executions of the subplan based on that. For example,
we should usually estimate more executions of a qual expression
than a targetlist expression. The implementation used here is
pretty simplistic, because we don't want to expend a lot of cycles
on the issue; but it's better than ignoring the point entirely,
as the executor had to.
That last point might possibly result in shifting the choice
between hashed and non-hashed EXISTS subplans in a few cases,
but in general this patch isn't meant to change planner choices.
Since we're doing the resolution so late, it's really impossible
to change any plan choices outside the AlternativeSubPlan itself.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1992952.1592785225@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 464824323e changed the logical replication protocol to allow the
streaming of in-progress transactions and used the new version of protocol
irrespective of the server version. Use the appropriate version of the
protocol based on the server version.
Reported-by: Ashutosh Sharma
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Sharma and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0P=9OpXcNrcU5Gsvd5MZ8GFpiN833vNHzX6Uc=8+h1ft1Q@mail.gmail.com
Previously, we called fsync() after writing out individual pg_xact,
pg_multixact and pg_commit_ts pages due to cache pressure, leading to
regular I/O stalls in user backends and recovery. Collapse requests for
the same file into a single system call as part of the next checkpoint,
as we already did for relation files, using the infrastructure developed
by commit 3eb77eba. This can cause a significant improvement to
recovery performance, especially when it's otherwise CPU-bound.
Hoist ProcessSyncRequests() up into CheckPointGuts() to make it clearer
that it applies to all the SLRU mini-buffer-pools as well as the main
buffer pool. Rearrange things so that data collected in CheckpointStats
includes SLRU activity.
Also remove the Shutdown{CLOG,CommitTS,SUBTRANS,MultiXact}() functions,
because they were redundant after the shutdown checkpoint that
immediately precedes them. (I'm not sure if they were ever needed, but
they aren't now.)
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (parts)
Tested-by: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGLJ=84YT+NvhkEEDAuUtVHMfQ9i-N7k_o50JmQ6Rpj_OQ@mail.gmail.com
This makes it possible for code outside snapmgr.c to examine the
contents of this data structure. This commit does not add any code
which actually does so; a subsequent commit will make that change.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Hamid Akhtar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY=aqf0zjTD+3dUWYkgMiNDegDLFjo+6ze=Wtpik+3XqA@mail.gmail.com
Commit fbeb9da22, which added the tsearch_readline APIs, left
t_readline() in place as a compatibility measure. But that function
has been unused and deprecated for twelve years now, so that seems
like enough time to remove it. Doing so, and merging t_readline's
code into tsearch_readline, aids in making several useful
improvements:
* The hard-wired 4K limit on line length in tsearch data files is
removed, by using a StringInfo buffer instead of a fixed-size buffer.
* We can buy back the per-line palloc/pfree added by 3ea7e9550
in the common case where encoding conversion is not required.
* We no longer need a separate pg_verify_mbstr call, as that
functionality was folded into encoding conversion some time ago.
(We could have done some of this stuff while keeping t_readline as a
separate API, but there seems little point, since there's no reason
for anyone to still be using t_readline directly.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48A4FA71-524E-41B9-953A-FD04EF36E2E7@yesql.se
We failed to pass down the query string to check_new_partition_bound,
so that its attempts to provide error cursor positions were for naught;
one must have the query string to get parser_errposition to do anything.
Adjust its API to require a ParseState to be passed down.
Also, improve the logic inside check_new_partition_bound so that the
cursor points at the partition bound for the specific column causing
the issue, when one can be identified.
That part is also for naught if we can't determine the query position of
the column with the problem. Improve transformPartitionBoundValue so
that it makes sure that const-simplified partition expressions will be
properly labeled with positions. In passing, skip calling evaluate_expr
if the value is already a Const, which is surely the most common case.
Alexandra Wang, Ashwin Agrawal, Amit Langote; reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACiyaSopZoqssfMzgHk6fAkp01cL6vnqBdmTw2C5_KJaFR_aMg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJV4CdrZ5mKuaEsRSbLf2URQ3h6iMtKD=hik8MaF5WwdmC9uZw@mail.gmail.com
Further experience says that the appending behavior offered by
pg_get_line_append is useful to only a very small minority of callers.
For most, the requirement to reset the buffer after each line is just
an error-prone nuisance. Hence, invent another alternative call
pg_get_line_buf, which takes care of that detail.
Noted while reviewing a patch from Daniel Gustafsson.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48A4FA71-524E-41B9-953A-FD04EF36E2E7@yesql.se
Since ancient times we have had support for a fill factor (maximum load
factor) to be set for a dynahash hash table, but:
1. It was an integer, whereas for in-memory hash tables interesting
load factor targets are probably somewhere near the 0.75-1.0 range.
2. It was implemented in a way that performed an expensive division
operation that regularly showed up in profiles.
3. We are not aware of anyone ever having used a non-default value.
Therefore, remove support, effectively fixing it at 1.
Author: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR0701MB696044FC35013A96FECC7AC8F62D0%40VI1PR0701MB6960.eurprd07.prod.outlook.com
Up to now, if you tried to omit "AS" before a column label in a SELECT
list, it would only work if the column label was an IDENT, that is not
any known keyword. This is rather unfriendly considering that we have
so many keywords and are constantly growing more. In the wake of commit
1ed6b8956 it's possible to improve matters quite a bit.
We'd originally tried to make this work by having some of the existing
keyword categories be allowed without AS, but that didn't work too well,
because each category contains a few special cases that don't work
without AS. Instead, invent an entirely orthogonal keyword property
"can be bare column label", and mark all keywords that way for which
we don't get shift/reduce errors by doing so.
It turns out that of our 450 current keywords, all but 39 can be made
bare column labels, improving the situation by over 90%. This number
might move around a little depending on future grammar work, but it's
a pretty nice improvement.
Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
This feature has been a thorn in our sides for a long time, causing
many grammatical ambiguity problems. It doesn't seem worth the
pain to continue to support it, so remove it.
There are some follow-on improvements we can make in the grammar,
but this commit only removes the bare minimum number of productions,
plus assorted backend support code.
Note that pg_dump and psql continue to have full support, since
they may be used against older servers. However, pg_dump warns
about postfix operators. There is also a check in pg_upgrade.
Documentation-wise, I (tgl) largely removed the "left unary"
terminology in favor of saying "prefix operator", which is
a more standard and IMO less confusing term.
I included a catversion bump, although no initial catalog data
changes here, to mark the boundary at which oprkind = 'r'
stopped being valid in pg_operator.
Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
The "!" operator is our only built-in postfix operator. Remove it,
on the way to removal of grammar support for postfix operators.
There is also a "!!" prefix operator, but since it's been marked
deprecated for most of its existence, we might as well remove it too.
Also zap the SQL alias function numeric_fac(), which seems to have
equally little reason to live.
Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
Instead of hard-wiring specific verbosity levels into the option
processing of client applications, invent pg_logging_increase_verbosity()
and encourage clients to implement --verbose by calling that. Then,
the common convention that more -v's gets you more verbosity just works.
In particular, this allows resurrection of the debug-grade messages that
have long existed in pg_dump and its siblings. They were unreachable
before this commit due to lack of a way to select PG_LOG_DEBUG logging
level. (It appears that they may have been unreachable for some time
before common/logging.c was introduced, too, so I'm not specifically
blaming cc8d41511 for the oversight. One reason for thinking that is
that it's now apparent that _allocAH()'s message needs a null-pointer
guard. Testing might have failed to reveal that before 96bf88d52.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1173106.1600116625@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the particular case of GRANTED BY, this is specified in the SQL
standard. Since in PostgreSQL, CURRENT_ROLE is equivalent to
CURRENT_USER, and CURRENT_USER is already supported here, adding
CURRENT_ROLE is trivial. The other cases are PostgreSQL extensions,
but for the same reason it also makes sense there.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Asif Rehman <asifr.rehman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9%402ndquadrant.com
This adds a new optional support function to the GiST access method:
sortsupport. If it is defined, the GiST index is built by sorting all data
to the order defined by the sortsupport's comparator function, and packing
the tuples in that order to GiST pages. This is similar to how B-tree
index build works, and is much faster than inserting the tuples one by
one. The resulting index is smaller too, because the pages are packed more
tightly, upto 'fillfactor'. The normal build method works by splitting
pages, which tends to lead to more wasted space.
The quality of the resulting index depends on how good the opclass-defined
sort order is. A good order preserves locality of the input data.
As the first user of this facility, add 'sortsupport' function to the
point_ops opclass. It sorts the points in Z-order (aka Morton Code), by
interleaving the bits of the X and Y coordinates.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1A36620E-CAD8-4267-9067-FB31385E7C0D%40yandex-team.ru
Since commit fd5942c18f (2012, 9.3-era), walsender has been sending
completion tags for certain replication commands twice -- and they're
not even consistent. Apparently neither libpq nor JDBC have a problem
with it, but it's not kosher. Fix by remove the EndCommand() call in
the common code path for them all, and inserting specific calls to
EndReplicationCommand() specifically in those places where it's needed.
EndReplicationCommand() is a new simple function to send the completion
tag for replication commands. Do this instead of sending a generic
SELECT completion tag for them all, which was also pretty bogus (if
innocuous). While at it, change StartReplication() to use
EndReplicationCommand() instead of pg_puttextmessage().
In commit 2f9661311b, I failed to realize that replication commands
are not close-enough kin of regular SQL commands, so the
DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT tag I added is undeserved and a type pun. Take it
out.
Backpatch to 13, where the latter commit appeared. The duplicate tag
has been sent since 9.3, but since nothing is broken, it doesn't seem
worth fixing.
Per complaints from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1347966.1600195735@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since there is only one place that actually needs the partition check
expression, namely ExecPartitionCheck, it's better to fetch it from
the relcache there. In this way we will never fetch it at all if
the query never has use for it, and we still fetch it just once when
we do need it.
The reason for taking an interest in this is that if the relcache
doesn't already have the check expression cached, fetching it
requires obtaining AccessShareLock on the partition root. That
means that operations that look like they should only touch the
partition itself will also take a lock on the root. In particular
we observed that TRUNCATE on a partition may take a lock on the
partition's root, contributing to a deadlock situation in parallel
pg_restore.
As written, this patch does have a small cost, which is that we
are microscopically reducing efficiency for the case where a partition
has an empty check expression. ExecPartitionCheck will be called,
and will go through the motions of setting up and checking an empty
qual, where before it would not have been called at all. We could
avoid that by adding a separate boolean flag to track whether there
is a partition expression to test. However, this case only arises
for a default partition with no siblings, which surely is not an
interesting case in practice. Hence adding complexity for it
does not seem like a good trade-off.
Amit Langote, per a suggestion by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR03MB31670CA1BD9625C3A8C5DD05EB230@VI1PR03MB3167.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
The code recorded cache invalidation events by zeroing the "localreloid"
field of affected cache entries. However, it's possible for an inval
event to occur even while we have the entry open and locked. So an
ill-timed inval could result in "cache lookup failed for relation 0"
errors, if the worker's code tried to use the cleared field. We can
fix that by creating a separate bool field to record whether the entry
needs to be revalidated. (In the back branches, cram the bool into
what had been padding space, to avoid an ABI break in the somewhat
unlikely event that any extension is looking at this struct.)
Also, rearrange the logic in logicalrep_rel_open so that it
does the right thing in cases where table_open would fail.
We should retry the lookup by name in that case, but we didn't.
The real-world impact of this is probably small. In the first place,
the error conditions are very low probability, and in the second place,
the worker would just exit and get restarted. We only noticed because
in a CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS build, the failure can occur repeatedly,
preventing the worker from making progress. Nonetheless, it's clearly
a bug, and it impedes a useful type of testing; so back-patch to v10
where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1032727.1600096803@sss.pgh.pa.us
Although 58c6feccf fixed the case for SIGQUIT, we were still calling
proc_exit() from signal handlers for SIGTERM and timeout failures in
ProcessStartupPacket. Fortunately, at the point where that code runs,
we haven't yet connected to shared memory in any meaningful way, so
there is nothing we need to undo in shared memory. This means it
should be safe to use _exit(1) here, ie, not run any atexit handlers
but also inform the postmaster that it's not a crash exit.
To make sure nobody breaks the "nothing to undo" expectation, add
a cross-check that no on-shmem-exit or before-shmem-exit handlers
have been registered yet when we finish using these signal handlers.
This change is simple enough that maybe it could be back-patched,
but I won't risk that right now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1850884.1599601164@sss.pgh.pa.us
Until now, REINDEX was not able to work with partitioned tables and
indexes, forcing users to reindex partitions one by one. This extends
REINDEX INDEX and REINDEX TABLE so as they can accept a partitioned
index and table in input, respectively, to reindex all the partitions
assigned to them with physical storage (foreign tables, partitioned
tables and indexes are then discarded).
This shares some logic with schema and database REINDEX as each
partition gets processed in its own transaction after building a list of
relations to work on. This choice has the advantage to minimize the
number of invalid indexes to one partition with REINDEX CONCURRENTLY in
the event a cancellation or failure in-flight, as the only indexes
handled at once in a single REINDEX CONCURRENTLY loop are the ones from
the partition being working on.
Isolation tests are added to emulate some cases I bumped into while
developing this feature, particularly with the concurrent drop of a
leaf partition reindexed. However, this is rather limited as LOCK would
cause REINDEX to block in the first transaction building the list of
partitions.
Per its multi-transaction nature, this new flavor cannot run in a
transaction block, similarly to REINDEX SCHEMA, SYSTEM and DATABASE.
Author: Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db12e897-73ff-467e-94cb-4af03705435f.adger.lj@alibaba-inc.com
This allows us to skip some stat calls, by extending commit 861c6e7c to
cover Windows systems.
Author: Juan José Santamaría Flecha <juanjo.santamaria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BFzxupGGN4GpUdbzZN%2Btn6FQPHo8w0Q%2BAPH5Wz8RG%2Bww%40mail.gmail.com
Some kernels can tell us the type of a "dirent", so we can avoid a call
to stat() or lstat() in many cases. Define a new function
get_dirent_type() to contain that logic, for use by the backend and
frontend versions of walkdir(), and perhaps other callers in future.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Juan José Santamaría Flecha <juanjo.santamaria@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BFzxupGGN4GpUdbzZN%2Btn6FQPHo8w0Q%2BAPH5Wz8RG%2Bww%40mail.gmail.com
Letting the caller provide a StringInfo to read into is helpful when
the caller needs to merge lines or otherwise modify the data after
it's been read. Notably, now the code added by commit 8f8154a50
can use pg_get_line_append() instead of having its own copy of that
logic. A follow-on commit will also make use of this.
Also, since StringInfo buffers are a minimum of 1KB long, blindly
using pg_get_line() in a loop can eat a lot more memory than one would
expect. I discovered for instance that commit e0f05cd5b caused initdb
to consume circa 10MB to read postgres.bki, even though that's under
1MB worth of data. A less memory-hungry alternative is to re-use the
same StringInfo for all lines and pg_strdup the results.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1315832.1599345736@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is a follow-up of the work done in e3931d01. This case is a bit
different than pg_attribute and pg_shdepend: the maximum number of items
to insert is known in advance, but there is no need to handle pinned
dependencies. Hence, the base allocation for slots is done based on the
number of items and the maximum allowed with a cap at 64kB. Slots are
initialized once used to minimize the overhead of the operation.
The insertions can be done for dependencies of the same type. More
could be done by grouping the insertion of multiple dependency types in
a single batch. This is left as future work.
Some of the multi-insert logic is also simplified for pg_shdepend, as
per the feedback discussed for this specific patch. This also moves to
indexing.h the variable capping the maximum amount of data that can be
used at once for a multi-insert, instead of having separate definitions
for pg_attribute, pg_depend and pg_shdepend.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200807061619.GA23955@paquier.xyz
This node already handles multiple options using a bitmask, so having a
separate boolean flag is not necessary. This simplifies the code a bit
with less arguments to give to the reindex routines, by replacing the
boolean with an equivalent bitmask value.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200902110326.GA14963@paquier.xyz
This patch started out with the goal of harmonizing various arbitrary
limits on password length, but after awhile a better idea emerged:
let's just get rid of those fixed limits.
recv_password_packet() has an arbitrary limit on the packet size,
which we don't really need, so just drop it. (Note that this doesn't
really affect anything for MD5 or SCRAM password verification, since
those will hash the user's password to something shorter anyway.
It does matter for auth methods that require a cleartext password.)
Likewise remove the arbitrary error condition in pg_saslprep().
The remaining limits are mostly in client-side code that prompts
for passwords. To improve those, refactor simple_prompt() so that
it allocates its own result buffer that can be made as big as
necessary. Actually, it proves best to make a separate routine
pg_get_line() that has essentially the semantics of fgets(), except
that it allocates a suitable result buffer and hence will never
return a truncated line. (pg_get_line has a lot of potential
applications to replace randomly-sized fgets buffers elsewhere,
but I'll leave that for another patch.)
I built pg_get_line() atop stringinfo.c, which requires moving
that code to src/common/; but that seems fine since it was a poor
fit for src/port/ anyway.
This patch is mostly mine, but it owes a good deal to Nathan Bossart
who pressed for a solution to the password length problem and
created a predecessor patch. Also thanks to Peter Eisentraut and
Stephen Frost for ideas and discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/09512C4F-8CB9-4021-B455-EF4C4F0D55A0@amazon.com
To add support for streaming of in-progress transactions into the
built-in logical replication, we need to do three things:
* Extend the logical replication protocol, so identify in-progress
transactions, and allow adding additional bits of information (e.g.
XID of subtransactions).
* Modify the output plugin (pgoutput) to implement the new stream
API callbacks, by leveraging the extended replication protocol.
* Modify the replication apply worker, to properly handle streamed
in-progress transaction by spilling the data to disk and then
replaying them on commit.
We however must explicitly disable streaming replication during
replication slot creation, even if the plugin supports it. We
don't need to replicate the changes accumulated during this phase,
and moreover we don't have a replication connection open so we
don't have where to send the data anyway.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
This splits a string at occurrences of a delimiter. It is exactly like
string_to_array() except for producing a set of values instead of an
array of values. Thus, the relationship of these two functions is
the same as between regexp_split_to_table() and regexp_split_to_array().
Although the same results could be had from unnest(string_to_array()),
this is somewhat faster than that, and anyway it seems reasonable to
have it for symmetry with the regexp functions.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRD8HOpjq2TqeTBhSo_QkzjLOhXzGCpKJ4nCs7Y9SQkuPw@mail.gmail.com
When multiple relations are reindexed, a scan of pg_class is done first
to build the list of relations to work on. However the REINDEX logic
has never checked if a relation listed still exists when beginning the
work on it, causing for example sudden cache lookup failures.
This commit adds safeguards against dropped relations for REINDEX,
similarly to VACUUM or CLUSTER where we try to open the relation,
ignoring it if it is missing. A new option is added to the REINDEX
routines to control if a missed relation is OK to ignore or not.
An isolation test, based on REINDEX SCHEMA, is added for the concurrent
and non-concurrent cases.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200813043805.GE11663@paquier.xyz
Since other sessions aren't allowed to look into a temporary table
of our own session, we do not need to worry about the global xmin
horizon when setting the vacuum XID cutoff. Indeed, if we're not
inside a transaction block, we may set oldestXmin to be the next
XID, because there cannot be any in-doubt tuples in a temp table,
nor any tuples that are dead but still visible to some snapshot of
our transaction. (VACUUM, of course, is never inside a transaction
block; but we need to test that because CLUSTER shares the same code.)
This approach allows us to always clean out a temp table completely
during VACUUM, independently of concurrent activity. Aside from
being useful in its own right, that simplifies building reproducible
test cases.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3490536.1598629609@sss.pgh.pa.us
Per discussion, we're planning to remove parser support for postfix
operators in order to simplify the grammar. So it behooves us to
put out a deprecation notice at least one release before that.
There is only one built-in postfix operator, ! for factorial.
Label it deprecated in the docs and in pg_description, and adjust
some examples that formerly relied on it. (The sister prefix
operator !! is also deprecated. We don't really have to remove
that one, but since we're suggesting that people use factorial()
instead, it seems better to remove both operators.)
Also state in the CREATE OPERATOR ref page that postfix operators
in general are going away.
Although this changes the initial contents of pg_description,
I did not force a catversion bump; it doesn't seem essential.
In v13, also back-patch 4c5cf5431, so that there's someplace for
the <link>s to point to.
Mark Dilger and John Naylor, with some adjustments by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BE2DF53D-251A-4E26-972F-930E523580E9@enterprisedb.com
Historically, we've considered the state with relpages and reltuples
both zero as indicating that we do not know the table's tuple density.
This is problematic because it's impossible to distinguish "never yet
vacuumed" from "vacuumed and seen to be empty". In particular, a user
cannot use VACUUM or ANALYZE to override the planner's normal heuristic
that an empty table should not be believed to be empty because it is
probably about to get populated. That heuristic is a good safety
measure, so I don't care to abandon it, but there should be a way to
override it if the table is indeed intended to stay empty.
Hence, represent the initial state of ignorance by setting reltuples
to -1 (relpages is still set to zero), and apply the minimum-ten-pages
heuristic only when reltuples is still -1. If the table is empty,
VACUUM or ANALYZE (but not CREATE INDEX) will override that to
reltuples = relpages = 0, and then we'll plan on that basis.
This requires a bunch of fiddly little changes, but we can get rid of
some ugly kluges that were formerly needed to maintain the old definition.
One notable point is that FDWs' GetForeignRelSize methods will see
baserel->tuples = -1 when no ANALYZE has been done on the foreign table.
That seems like a net improvement, since those methods were formerly
also in the dark about what baserel->tuples = 0 really meant. Still,
it is an API change.
I bumped catversion because code predating this change would get confused
by seeing reltuples = -1.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F02298E0-6EF4-49A1-BCB6-C484794D9ACC@thebuild.com
The additional information added will be an offset number for heap
operations. This information will help us in finding the exact tuple due
to which the error has occurred.
Author: Mahendra Singh Thalor and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Justin Pryzby and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKYtNApK488TDF4bMbw+1QH8HJf9cxdNDXquhU50TK5iv_FtCQ@mail.gmail.com
Allow BufFile to support temporary files that can be used by the single
backend when the corresponding files need to be survived across the
transaction and need to be opened and closed multiple times. Such files
need to be created as a member of a SharedFileSet.
Additionally, this commit implements the interface for BufFileTruncate to
allow files to be truncated up to a particular offset and extends the
BufFileSeek API to support the SEEK_END case. This also adds an option to
provide a mode while opening the shared BufFiles instead of always opening
in read-only mode.
These enhancements in BufFile interface are required for the upcoming
patch to allow the replication apply worker, to handle streamed
in-progress transactions.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
pg_backend_memory_contexts view contains some internal information of
memory contexts. Since exposing them to any users by default may cause
security issue, this commit allows only superusers to read this view,
by default, like we do for pg_shmem_allocations view.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1414992.1597849297@sss.pgh.pa.us
If a CREATE TABLE command uses both LIKE and traditional inheritance,
Vars in CHECK constraints and expression indexes that are absorbed
from a LIKE parent table tended to get mis-numbered, resulting in
wrong answers and/or bizarre error messages (though probably not any
actual crashes, thanks to validation occurring in the executor).
In v12 and up, the same could happen to Vars in GENERATED expressions,
even in cases with no LIKE clause but multiple traditional-inheritance
parents.
The cause of the problem for LIKE is that parse_utilcmd.c supposed
it could renumber such Vars correctly during transformCreateStmt(),
which it cannot since we have not yet accounted for columns added via
inheritance. Fix that by postponing processing of LIKE INCLUDING
CONSTRAINTS, DEFAULTS, GENERATED, INDEXES till after we've performed
DefineRelation().
The error with GENERATED and multiple inheritance is a simple oversight
in MergeAttributes(); it knows it has to renumber Vars in inherited
CHECK constraints, but forgot to apply the same processing to inherited
GENERATED expressions (a/k/a defaults).
Per bug #16272 from Tom Gottfried. The non-GENERATED variants of the
issue are ancient, presumably dating right back to the addition of
CREATE TABLE LIKE; hence back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16272-6e32da020e9a9381@postgresql.org
Commit a477bfc1d fixed eval_const_expressions() to ensure that it
didn't generate unnecessary RelabelType nodes, but I failed to notice
that some other places in the planner had the same issue. Really
noplace in the planner should be using plain makeRelabelType(), for
fear of generating expressions that should be equal() to semantically
equivalent trees, but aren't.
An example is that because canonicalize_ec_expression() failed
to be careful about this, we could end up with an equivalence class
containing both a plain Const, and a Const-with-RelabelType
representing exactly the same value. So far as I can tell this led to
no visible misbehavior, but we did waste a bunch of cycles generating
and evaluating "Const = Const-with-RelabelType" to prove such entries
are redundant.
Hence, move the support function added by a477bfc1d to where it can
be more generally useful, and use it in the places where planner code
previously used makeRelabelType.
Back-patch to v12, like the previous patch. While I have no concrete
evidence of any real misbehavior here, it's certainly possible that
I overlooked a case where equivalent expressions that aren't equal()
could cause a user-visible problem. In any case carrying extra
RelabelType nodes through planning to execution isn't very desirable.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1311836.1597781384@sss.pgh.pa.us
This view displays the usages of all the memory contexts of the server
process attached to the current session. This information is useful to
investigate the cause of backend-local memory bloat.
This information can be also collected by calling
MemoryContextStats(TopMemoryContext) via a debugger. But this technique
cannot be uesd in some environments because no debugger is available there.
And it outputs lots of text messages and it's not easy to analyze them.
So, pg_backend_memory_contexts view allows us to access to backend-local
memory contexts information more easily.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Tatsuhito Kasahara, Andres Freund, Daniel Gustafsson, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/72a656e0f71d0860161e0b3f67e4d771@oss.nttdata.com
Previous commits made it faster/more scalable to compute snapshots. But not
building a snapshot is still faster. Now that GetSnapshotData() does not
maintain RecentGlobal* anymore, that is actually not too hard:
This commit introduces xactCompletionCount, which tracks the number of
top-level transactions with xids (i.e. which may have modified the database)
that completed in some form since the start of the server.
We can avoid rebuilding the snapshot's contents whenever the current
xactCompletionCount is the same as it was when the snapshot was
originally built. Currently this check happens while holding
ProcArrayLock. While it's likely possible to perform the check without
acquiring ProcArrayLock, it seems better to do that separately /
later, some careful analysis is required. Even with the lock this is a
significant win on its own.
On a smaller two socket machine this gains another ~1.03x, on a larger
machine the effect is roughly double (earlier patch version tested
though). If we were able to safely avoid the lock there'd be another
significant gain on top of that.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
xact.h included utils/datetime.h, which cannot be used in the frontend
(it includes fmgr.h, which needs Datum). But xact.h only needs the
definition of TimestampTz from it, which is available directly in
datatypes/timestamp.h. Change xact.h to include that instead of
utils/datetime.h, so that it can be used in client programs.
Reuse cautionary language from src/test/ssl/README in
src/test/kerberos/README. SLRUs have had access to six-character
segments names since commit 73c986adde,
and recovery stopped calling HeapTupleHeaderAdvanceLatestRemovedXid() in
commit 558a9165e0. The other corrections
are more self-evident.
The SimpleLruTruncate() header comment states the new coding rule. To
achieve this, add locktype "frozenid" and two LWLocks. This closes a
rare opportunity for data loss, which manifested as "apparent
wraparound" or "could not access status of transaction" errors. Data
loss is more likely in pg_multixact, due to released branches' thin
margin between multiStopLimit and multiWrapLimit. If a user's physical
replication primary logged ": apparent wraparound" messages, the user
should rebuild standbys of that primary regardless of symptoms. At less
risk is a cluster having emitted "not accepting commands" errors or
"must be vacuumed" warnings at some point. One can test a cluster for
this data loss by running VACUUM FREEZE in every database. Back-patch
to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218073103.GA1434723@rfd.leadboat.com
nodeSubplan.c expects that the testexpr for a hashable ANY SubPlan
has the form of one or more OpExprs whose LHS is an expression of the
outer query's, while the RHS is an expression over Params representing
output columns of the subquery. However, the planner only went as far
as verifying that the clauses were all binary OpExprs. This works
99.99% of the time, because the clauses have the right shape when
emitted by the parser --- but it's possible for function inlining to
break that, as reported by PegoraroF10. To fix, teach the planner
to check that the LHS and RHS contain the right things, or more
accurately don't contain the wrong things. Given that this has been
broken for years without anyone noticing, it seems sufficient to just
give up hashing when it happens, rather than go to the trouble of
commuting the clauses back again (which wouldn't necessarily work
anyway).
While poking at that, I also noticed that nodeSubplan.c had a baked-in
assumption that the number of hash clauses is identical to the number
of subquery output columns. Again, that's fine as far as parser output
goes, but it's not hard to break it via function inlining. There seems
little reason for that assumption though --- AFAICS, the only thing
it's buying us is not having to store the number of hash clauses
explicitly. Adding code to the planner to reject such cases would take
more code than getting nodeSubplan.c to cope, so I fixed it that way.
This has been broken for as long as we've had hashable SubPlans,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1549209182255-0.post@n3.nabble.com
Similar to the previous changes this increases the chance that data
frequently needed by GetSnapshotData() stays in l2 cache. In many
workloads subtransactions are very rare, and this makes the check for
that considerably cheaper.
As this removes the last member of PGXACT, there is no need to keep it
around anymore.
On a larger 2 socket machine this and the two preceding commits result
in a ~1.07x performance increase in read-only pgbench. For read-heavy
mixed r/w workloads without row level contention, I see about 1.1x.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Similar to the previous commit this increases the chance that data
frequently needed by GetSnapshotData() stays in l2 cache. As we now
take care to not unnecessarily write to ProcGlobal->vacuumFlags, there
should be very few modifications to the ProcGlobal->vacuumFlags array.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
The new array contains the xids for all connected backends / in-use
PGPROC entries in a dense manner (in contrast to the PGPROC/PGXACT
arrays which can have unused entries interspersed).
This improves performance because GetSnapshotData() always needs to
scan the xids of all live procarray entries and now there's no need to
go through the procArray->pgprocnos indirection anymore.
As the set of running top-level xids changes rarely, compared to the
number of snapshots taken, this substantially increases the likelihood
of most data required for a snapshot being in l2 cache. In
read-mostly workloads scanning the xids[] array will sufficient to
build a snapshot, as most backends will not have an xid assigned.
To keep the xid array dense ProcArrayRemove() needs to move entries
behind the to-be-removed proc's one further up in the array. Obviously
moving array entries cannot happen while a backend sets it
xid. I.e. locking needs to prevent that array entries are moved while
a backend modifies its xid.
To avoid locking ProcArrayLock in GetNewTransactionId() - a fairly hot
spot already - ProcArrayAdd() / ProcArrayRemove() now needs to hold
XidGenLock in addition to ProcArrayLock. Adding / Removing a procarray
entry is not a very frequent operation, even taking 2PC into account.
Due to the above, the dense array entries can only be read or modified
while holding ProcArrayLock and/or XidGenLock. This prevents a
concurrent ProcArrayRemove() from shifting the dense array while it is
accessed concurrently.
While the new dense array is very good when needing to look at all
xids it is less suitable when accessing a single backend's xid. In
particular it would be problematic to have to acquire a lock to access
a backend's own xid. Therefore a backend's xid is not just stored in
the dense array, but also in PGPROC. This also allows a backend to
only access the shared xid value when the backend had acquired an
xid.
The infrastructure added in this commit will be used for the remaining
PGXACT fields in subsequent commits. They are kept separate to make
review easier.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Up to now, upon receipt of a SIGTERM ("smart shutdown" command), the
postmaster has immediately killed all "optional" background processes,
and subsequently refused to launch new ones while it's waiting for
foreground client processes to exit. No doubt this seemed like an OK
policy at some point; but it's a pretty bad one now, because it makes
for a seriously degraded environment for the remaining clients:
* Parallel queries are killed, and new ones fail to launch. (And our
parallel-query infrastructure utterly fails to deal with the case
in a reasonable way --- it just hangs waiting for workers that are
not going to arrive. There is more work needed in that area IMO.)
* Autovacuum ceases to function. We can tolerate that for awhile,
but if bulk-update queries continue to run in the surviving client
sessions, there's eventually going to be a mess. In the worst case
the system could reach a forced shutdown to prevent XID wraparound.
* The bgwriter and walwriter are also stopped immediately, likely
resulting in performance degradation.
Hence, let's rearrange things so that the only immediate change in
behavior is refusing to let in new normal connections. Once the last
normal connection is gone, shut everything down as though we'd received
a "fast" shutdown. To implement this, remove the PM_WAIT_BACKUP and
PM_WAIT_READONLY states, instead staying in PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY
while normal connections remain. A subsidiary state variable tracks
whether or not we're letting in new connections in those states.
This also allows having just one copy of the logic for killing child
processes in smart and fast shutdown modes. I moved that logic into
PostmasterStateMachine() by inventing a new state PM_STOP_BACKENDS.
Back-patch to 9.6 where parallel query was added. In principle
this'd be a good idea in 9.5 as well, but the risk/reward ratio
is not as good there, since lack of autovacuum is not a problem
during typical uses of smart shutdown.
Per report from Bharath Rupireddy.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXAZ5vKxT9P7P89D87i3MDO9bfS+_bjMHgnWJs8uwUOOw@mail.gmail.com
Now that xmin isn't needed for GetSnapshotData() anymore, it leads to
unnecessary cacheline ping-pong to have it in PGXACT, as it is updated
considerably more frequently than the other PGXACT members.
After the changes in dc7420c2c9, this is a very straight-forward change.
For highly concurrent, snapshot acquisition heavy, workloads this change alone
can significantly increase scalability. E.g. plain pgbench on a smaller 2
socket machine gains 1.07x for read-only pgbench, 1.22x for read-only pgbench
when submitting queries in batches of 100, and 2.85x for batches of 100
'SELECT';. The latter numbers are obviously not to be expected in the
real-world, but micro-benchmark the snapshot computation
scalability (previously spending ~80% of the time in GetSnapshotData()).
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
The reason for doing so is that a subsequent commit will need that to
avoid wraparound issues. As the subsequent change is large this was
split out for easier review.
The reason this is not a perfect straight-forward change is that we do
not want track 64bit xids in the procarray or the WAL. Therefore we
need to advance lastestCompletedXid in relation to 32 bit xids. The
code for that is now centralized in MaintainLatestCompletedXid*.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Including Full in variable names duplicates the type information and
leads to overly long names. As FullTransactionId cannot accidentally
be casted to TransactionId that does not seem necessary.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200724011143.jccsyvsvymuiqfxu@alap3.anarazel.de
They are equivalent, except that StrNCpy() zero-fills the entire
destination buffer instead of providing just one trailing zero. For
all but a tiny number of callers, that's just overhead rather than
being desirable.
Remove StrNCpy() as it is now unused.
In some cases, namestrcpy() is the more appropriate function to use.
While we're here, simplify the API of namestrcpy(): Remove the return
value, don't check for NULL input. Nothing was using that anyway.
Also, remove a few unused name-related functions.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/44f5e198-36f6-6cdb-7fa9-60e34784daae%402ndquadrant.com
Any libpq client can use the header. Clients include backend components
postgres_fdw, dblink, and logical replication apply worker. Back-patch
to v10, because another fix needs this. In released branches, just copy
the header and keep the original.
Instead of serializing the transaction to disk after reaching the
logical_decoding_work_mem limit in memory, we consume the changes we have
in memory and invoke stream API methods added by commit 45fdc9738b.
However, sometimes if we have incomplete toast or speculative insert we
spill to the disk because we can't generate the complete tuple and stream.
And, as soon as we get the complete tuple we stream the transaction
including the serialized changes.
We can do this incremental processing thanks to having assignments
(associating subxact with toplevel xacts) in WAL right away, and
thanks to logging the invalidation messages at each command end. These
features are added by commits 0bead9af48 and c55040ccd0 respectively.
Now that we can stream in-progress transactions, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).
We handle such failures by returning ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK
sqlerrcode from system table scan APIs to the backend or WALSender
decoding a specific uncommitted transaction. The decoding logic on the
receipt of such a sqlerrcode aborts the decoding of the current
transaction and continue with the decoding of other transactions.
We have ReorderBufferTXN pointer in each ReorderBufferChange by which we
know which xact it belongs to. The output plugin can use this to decide
which changes to discard in case of stream_abort_cb (e.g. when a subxact
gets discarded).
We also provide a new option via SQL APIs to fetch the changes being
streamed.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, Nikhil Sontakke
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh, Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
This allows AM-specific knowledge to be applied during creation of
pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. Specifically, the AM knows better than
core code which entries to consider as required or optional. Giving
the latter entries the appropriate sort of dependency allows them to
be dropped without taking out the whole opclass or opfamily; which
is something we'd like to have to correct obsolescent entries in
extensions.
This callback also opens the door to performing AM-specific validity
checks during opclass creation, rather than hoping than an opclass
developer will remember to test with "amvalidate". For the most part
I've not actually added any such checks yet; that can happen in a
follow-on patch. (Note that we shouldn't remove any tests from
"amvalidate", as those are still needed to cross-check manually
constructed entries in the initdb data. So adding tests to
"amadjustmembers" will be somewhat duplicative, but it seems like
a good idea anyway.)
Patch by me, reviewed by Alexander Korotkov, Hamid Akhtar, and
Anastasia Lubennikova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4578.1565195302@sss.pgh.pa.us
When reading the code it's not obvious when one should prefer dynahash
over simplehash and vice-versa, so, for programmer-friendliness, add
comments to inform that decision.
Show sample simplehash method signatures.
Author: James Coleman <jtc331@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe_dOF39gAJ8rL-a3YO3Qo96MHMRQ2whFjK5ZcU6YvMQSA%40mail.gmail.com
Create an optional region in the main shared memory segment that can be
used to acquire and release "fast" DSM segments, and can benefit from
huge pages allocated at cluster startup time, if configured. Fall back
to the existing mechanisms when that space is full. The size is
controlled by a new GUC min_dynamic_shared_memory, defaulting to 0.
Main region DSM segments initially contain whatever garbage the memory
held last time they were used, rather than zeroes. That change revealed
that DSA areas failed to initialize themselves correctly in memory that
wasn't zeroed first, so fix that problem.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLAE2QBv-WgGp%2BD9P_J-%3Dyne3zof9nfMaqq1h3EGHFXYQ%40mail.gmail.com
Avoid repeatedly calling lseek(SEEK_END) during recovery by caching
the size of each fork. For now, we can't use the same technique in
other processes, because we lack a shared invalidation mechanism.
Do this by generalizing the pre-existing caching used by FSM and VM
to support all forks.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D3SSw-Ty1DFcK%3D1rU-K6GSzYzfdD4d%2BZwapdN7dTa6%3DnQ%40mail.gmail.com
For pg_attribute, this allows to insert at once a full set of attributes
for a relation (roughly 15% of WAL reduction in extreme cases). For
pg_shdepend, this reduces the work done when creating new shared
dependencies from a database template. The number of slots used for the
insertion is capped at 64kB of data inserted for both, depending on the
number of items to insert and the length of the rows involved.
More can be done for other catalogs, like pg_depend. This part requires
a different approach as the number of slots to use depends also on the
number of entries discarded as pinned dependencies. This is also
related to the rework or dependency handling for ALTER TABLE and CREATE
TABLE, mainly.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190213182737.mxn6hkdxwrzgxk35@alap3.anarazel.de
Create LatchWaitSet at backend startup time, and use it to implement
WaitLatch(). This avoids repeated epoll/kqueue setup and teardown
system calls.
Reorder SubPostmasterMain() slightly so that we restore the postmaster
pipe and Windows signal emulation before we reach InitPostmasterChild(),
to make this work in EXEC_BACKEND builds.
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJAC4Oqao%3DqforhNey20J8CiG2R%3DoBPqvfR0vOJrFysGw%40mail.gmail.com
Add a GUC that acts as a multiplier on work_mem. It gets applied when
sizing executor node hash tables that were previously size constrained
using work_mem alone.
The new GUC can be used to preferentially give hash-based nodes more
memory than the generic work_mem limit. It is intended to enable admin
tuning of the executor's memory usage. Overall system throughput and
system responsiveness can be improved by giving hash-based executor
nodes more memory (especially over sort-based alternatives, which are
often much less sensitive to being memory constrained).
The default value for hash_mem_multiplier is 1.0, which is also the
minimum valid value. This means that hash-based nodes continue to apply
work_mem in the traditional way by default.
hash_mem_multiplier is generally useful. However, it is being added now
due to concerns about hash aggregate performance stability for users
that upgrade to Postgres 13 (which added disk-based hash aggregation in
commit 1f39bce0). While the old hash aggregate behavior risked
out-of-memory errors, it is nevertheless likely that many users actually
benefited. Hash agg's previous indifference to work_mem during query
execution was not just faster; it also accidentally made aggregation
resilient to grouping estimate problems (at least in cases where this
didn't create destabilizing memory pressure).
hash_mem_multiplier can provide a certain kind of continuity with the
behavior of Postgres 12 hash aggregates in cases where the planner
incorrectly estimates that all groups (plus related allocations) will
fit in work_mem/hash_mem. This seems necessary because hash-based
aggregation is usually much slower when only a small fraction of all
groups can fit. Even when it isn't possible to totally avoid hash
aggregates that spill, giving hash aggregation more memory will reliably
improve performance (the same cannot be said for external sort
operations, which appear to be almost unaffected by memory availability
provided it's at least possible to get a single merge pass).
The PostgreSQL 13 release notes should advise users that increasing
hash_mem_multiplier can help with performance regressions associated
with hash aggregation. That can be taken care of by a later commit.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Álvaro Herrera, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200625203629.7m6yvut7eqblgmfo@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmD%2Bi1pG6rc1%2BCjc4V6EaFJ_qSuKCCHVnH%3DoruqD-zqow%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where disk-based hash aggregation was introduced.
When fast promotion was supported in 9.3, non-fast promotion became
undocumented feature and it's basically not available for ordinary users.
However we decided not to remove non-fast promotion at that moment,
to leave it for a release or two for debugging purpose or as an emergency
method because fast promotion might have some issues, and then to
remove it later. Now, several versions were released since that decision
and there is no longer reason to keep supporting non-fast promotion.
Therefore this commit removes non-fast promotion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Hamid Akhtar, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/76066434-648f-f567-437b-54853b43398f@oss.nttdata.com
Use HyperLogLog to estimate the group cardinality in a spilled
partition. This estimate is used to choose the number of partitions if
we recurse.
The previous behavior was to use the number of tuples in a spilled
partition as the estimate for the number of groups, which lead to
overpartitioning. That could cause the number of batches to be much
higher than expected (with each batch being very small), which made it
harder to interpret EXPLAIN ANALYZE results.
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a856635f9284bc36f7a77d02f47bbb6aaf7b59b3.camel@j-davis.com
Backpatch-through: 13
This adds seven methods to the output plugin API, adding support for
streaming changes of large in-progress transactions.
* stream_start
* stream_stop
* stream_abort
* stream_commit
* stream_change
* stream_message
* stream_truncate
Most of this is a simple extension of the existing methods, with
the semantic difference that the transaction (or subtransaction)
is incomplete and may be aborted later (which is something the
regular API does not really need to deal with).
This also extends the 'test_decoding' plugin, implementing these
new stream methods.
The stream_start/start_stop are used to demarcate a chunk of changes
streamed for a particular toplevel transaction.
This commit simply adds these new APIs and the upcoming patch to "allow
the streaming mode in ReorderBuffer" will use these APIs.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Note: This GUC was originally named enable_hashagg_disk when it appeared
in commit 1f39bce0, which added disk-based hash aggregation. It was
subsequently renamed in commit 92c58fd9.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Jeff Davis, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d9d1e1252a52ea1bad84ea40dbebfd54e672a0f.camel%40j-davis.com
Backpatch: 13-, where disk-based hash aggregation was introduced.
Previously we would allocate blocks to parallel workers during a parallel
sequential scan 1 block at a time. Since other workers were likely to
request a block before a worker returns for another block number to work
on, this could lead to non-sequential I/O patterns in each worker which
could cause the operating system's readahead to perform poorly or not at
all.
Here we change things so that we allocate consecutive "chunks" of blocks
to workers and have them work on those until they're done, at which time
we allocate another chunk for the worker. The size of these chunks is
based on the size of the relation.
Initial patch here was by Thomas Munro which showed some good improvements
just having a fixed chunk size of 64 blocks with a simple ramp-down near
the end of the scan. The revisions of the patch to make the chunk size
based on the relation size and the adjusted ramp-down in powers of two was
done by me, along with quite extensive benchmarking to determine the
optimal chunk sizes.
For the most part, benchmarks have shown significant performance
improvements for large parallel sequential scans on Linux, FreeBSD and
Windows using SSDs. It's less clear how this affects the performance of
cloud providers. Tests done so far are unable to obtain stable enough
performance to provide meaningful benchmark results. It is possible that
this could cause some performance regressions on more obscure filesystems,
so we may need to later provide users with some ability to get something
closer to the old behavior. For now, let's leave that until we see that
it's really required.
Author: Thomas Munro, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Ranier Vilela, Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Robert Haas
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kirk Jamison
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ_EErDv41YycXcbMbCBkztA34+z1ts9VQH+ACRuvpxig@mail.gmail.com
Making these leakproof seems helpful since (for example) if you have a
function f(int8) that is leakproof, you don't want it to effectively
become non-leakproof when you apply it to an int4 or int2 column.
But that's what happens today, since the implicit up-coercion will
not be leakproof.
Most of the coercion functions that visibly can't throw errors are
functions that convert numeric datatypes to other, wider ones.
Notable is that float4_numeric and float8_numeric can be marked
leakproof; before commit a57d312a7 they could not have been.
I also marked the functions that coerce strings to "name" as leakproof;
that's okay today because they truncate silently, but if we ever
reconsidered that behavior then they could no longer be leakproof.
I desisted from marking rtrim1() as leakproof; it appears so right now,
but the code seems a little too complex and perhaps subject to change,
since it's shared with other SQL functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/459322.1595607431@sss.pgh.pa.us
It's fairly silly that ignoring NOT subexpressions is TS_execute's
default behavior. It's wrong on its face and it encourages errors
of omission. Moreover, the only two remaining callers that aren't
specifying CALC_NOT are in ts_headline calculations, and it's very
arguable that those are bugs: if you've specified "!foo" in your
query, why would you want to get a headline that includes "foo"?
Hence, rip that out and change the default behavior to be to calculate
NOT accurately. As a concession to the slim chance that there is still
somebody somewhere who needs the incorrect behavior, provide a new
SKIP_NOT flag to explicitly request that.
Back-patch into v13, mainly because it seems better to change this
at the same time as the previous commit's rejiggering of TS_execute
related APIs. Any outside callers affected by this change are
probably also affected by that one.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEE-aLotzBg-pOp2GFTesGWVYzXA3=mZKzRDa_OKnLF7Mg@mail.gmail.com
Text search sometimes failed to find valid matches, for instance
'!crew:A'::tsquery might fail to locate 'crew:1B'::tsvector during
an index search. The root of the issue is that TS_execute's callback
functions were not changed to use ternary (yes/no/maybe) reporting
when we made the search logic itself do so. It's somewhat annoying
to break that API, but on the other hand we now see that any code
using plain boolean logic is almost certainly broken since the
addition of phrase search. There seem to be very few outside callers
of this code anyway, so we'll just break them intentionally to get
them to adapt.
This allows removal of tsginidx.c's private re-implementation of
TS_execute, since that's now entirely duplicative. It's also no
longer necessary to avoid use of CALC_NOT in tsgistidx.c, since
the underlying callbacks can now do something reasonable.
Back-patch into v13. We can't change this in stable branches,
but it seems not quite too late to fix it in v13.
Tom Lane and Pavel Borisov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEE-aLotzBg-pOp2GFTesGWVYzXA3=mZKzRDa_OKnLF7Mg@mail.gmail.com
When wal_level=logical, write invalidations at command end into WAL so
that decoding can use this information.
This patch is required to allow the streaming of in-progress transactions
in logical decoding. The actual work to allow streaming will be committed
as a separate patch.
We still add the invalidations to the cache and write them to WAL at
commit time in RecordTransactionCommit(). This uses the existing
XLOG_INVALIDATIONS xlog record type, from the RM_STANDBY_ID resource
manager (see LogStandbyInvalidations for details).
So existing code relying on those invalidations (e.g. redo) does not need
to be changed.
The invalidations written at command end uses a new xlog record type
XLOG_XACT_INVALIDATIONS, from RM_XACT_ID resource manager. See
LogLogicalInvalidations for details.
These new xlog records are ignored by existing redo procedures, which
still rely on the invalidations written to commit records.
The invalidations are decoded and accumulated in top-transaction, and then
executed during replay. This obviates the need to decode the
invalidations as part of a commit record.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_XACT_INVALIDATIONS.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Add infinities that behave the same as they do in the floating-point
data types. Aside from any intrinsic usefulness these may have,
this closes an important gap in our ability to convert floating
values to numeric and/or replace float-based APIs with numeric.
The new values are represented by bit patterns that were formerly
not used (although old code probably would take them for NaNs).
So there shouldn't be any pg_upgrade hazard.
Patch by me, reviewed by Dean Rasheed and Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/606717.1591924582@sss.pgh.pa.us
Holding just a buffer pin (with no buffer lock) on an nbtree buffer/page
provides very weak guarantees, especially compared to heapam, where it's
often safe to read a page while only holding a buffer pin. This commit
has Valgrind enforce the following rule: it is never okay to access an
nbtree buffer without holding both a pin and a lock on the buffer.
A draft version of this patch detected questionable code that was
cleaned up by commits fa7ff642 and 7154aa16. The code in question used
to access an nbtree buffer page's special/opaque area with no buffer
lock (only a buffer pin). This practice (which isn't obviously unsafe)
is hereby formally disallowed in nbtree. There doesn't seem to be any
reason to allow it, and banning it keeps things simple for Valgrind.
The new checks are implemented by adding custom nbtree client requests
(located in LockBuffer() wrapper functions); these requests are
"superimposed" on top of the generic bufmgr.c Valgrind client requests
added by commit 1e0dfd16. No custom resource management cleanup code is
needed to undo the effects of marking buffers as non-accessible under
this scheme.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova, Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkLgyN3zBvRZ1pkNJThC=xi_0gpWRUb_45eexLH1+k2_Q@mail.gmail.com
The bug fixed in commit 72eab84a5 would not have occurred if initdb
had a less surprising rule about which columns should be marked
NOT NULL by default. Let's make that rule be strictly that the
column must be fixed-width and its predecessors must be fixed-width
and NOT NULL, removing the hacky and unsafe exceptions for oidvector
and int2vector.
Since we do still want all existing oidvector and int2vector columns
to be marked NOT NULL, we have to put BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL labels on
them. But making this less magic and more documented seems like a
good idea, even if it's a shade more verbose.
I didn't bump catversion since the initial catalog contents are
not actually changed by this patch. Note however that the
contents of postgres.bki do change, and feeding an old copy of
that to a new backend will produce wrong results.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/204760.1595181800@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is more consistent with the IEEE 754 spec and our treatment of
NaNs elsewhere; in particular, the case has always acted that way in
"numeric" arithmetic.
Noted by Dean Rasheed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3421746.1594927785@sss.pgh.pa.us
The code has always set this column to NULL when it's not valid,
but the catalog header's description failed to reflect that,
as did the SGML docs, as did some of the code. To prevent future
coding errors of the same ilk, let's hide the field from C code
as though it were variable-length (which, in a sense, it is).
As with commit 72eab84a5, we can only fix this cleanly in HEAD
and v13; the problem extends further back but we'll need some
klugery in the released branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/367660.1595202498@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit b9c130a1f failed to apply the publisher-to-subscriber column
mapping while checking which columns were updated. Perhaps less
significantly, it didn't exclude dropped columns either. This could
result in an incorrect updated-columns bitmap and thus wrong decisions
about whether to fire column-specific triggers on the subscriber while
applying updates. In HEAD (since commit 9de77b545), it could also
result in accesses off the end of the colstatus array, as detected by
buildfarm member skink. Fix the logic, and adjust 003_constraints.pl
so that the problem is exposed in unpatched code.
In HEAD, also add some assertions to check that we don't access off
the ends of these newly variable-sized arrays.
Back-patch to v10, as b9c130a1f was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=79hKQ4++c5A060RYbjTHgiYTHz=fw6mptCtgghH2gJA@mail.gmail.com
max_slot_wal_keep_size that was added in v13 and wal_keep_segments are
the GUC parameters to specify how much WAL files to retain for
the standby servers. While max_slot_wal_keep_size accepts the number of
bytes of WAL files, wal_keep_segments accepts the number of WAL files.
This difference of setting units between those similar parameters could
be confusing to users.
To alleviate this situation, this commit renames wal_keep_segments to
wal_keep_size, and make users specify the WAL size in it instead of
the number of WAL files.
There was also the idea to rename max_slot_wal_keep_size to
max_slot_wal_keep_segments, in the discussion. But we have been moving
away from measuring in segments, for example, checkpoint_segments was
replaced by max_wal_size. So we concluded to rename wal_keep_segments
to wal_keep_size.
Back-patch to v13 where max_slot_wal_keep_size was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/574b4ea3-e0f9-b175-ead2-ebea7faea855@oss.nttdata.com
The logical decoding infrastructure needs to know which top-level
transaction the subxact belongs to, in order to decode all the
changes. Until now that might be delayed until commit, due to the
caching (GPROC_MAX_CACHED_SUBXIDS), preventing features requiring
incremental decoding.
So we also write the assignment info into WAL immediately, as part
of the next WAL record (to minimize overhead) only when wal_level=logical.
We can not remove the existing XLOG_XACT_ASSIGNMENT WAL as that is
required for avoiding overflow in the hot standby snapshot.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLR_BLOCK_ID_TOPLEVEL_XID.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
There was no easy way to find how many times generic and custom plans
have been executed for a prepared statement. This commit exposes those
numbers of times in pg_prepared_statements view.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Tatsuro Yamada, Masahiro Ikeda, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACZ0uYHZ4M=NZpofH6JuPHeX=__5xcDELF8hT8_2T+R55w4RQw@mail.gmail.com
Due to the layout of this catalog, subslotname has to be explicitly
marked BKI_FORCE_NULL, else initdb will default to the assumption
that it's non-nullable. Since, in fact, CREATE/ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
will store null values there, the existing marking is just wrong,
and has been since this catalog was invented.
We haven't noticed because not much in the system actually depends
on attnotnull being truthful. However, JIT'ed tuple deconstruction
does depend on that in some cases, allowing crashes or wrong answers
in queries that inspect pg_subscription. Commit 9de77b545 quite
accidentally exposed this on the buildfarm members that force JIT
activation.
Back-patch to v13. The problem goes further back, but we cannot
force initdb in released branches, so some klugier solution will
be needed there. Before working on that, push this simple fix
to try to get the buildfarm back to green.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4118109.1595096139@sss.pgh.pa.us
This header hasn't changed recently, so the fact that it now fails
headerscheck/cpluspluscheck testing must be due to changes in what
it includes. Probably f21916791 is to blame, but I didn't try to
verify that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3699703.1595016554@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch adds a "binary" option to CREATE/ALTER SUBSCRIPTION.
When that's set, the publisher will send data using the data type's
typsend function if any, rather than typoutput. This is generally
faster, if slightly less robust.
As committed, we won't try to transfer user-defined array or composite
types in binary, for fear that type OIDs won't match at the subscriber.
This might be changed later, but it seems like fit material for a
follow-on patch.
Dave Cramer, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson, Petr Jelinek, and others;
adjusted some by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADK3HH+R3xMn=8t3Ct+uD+qJ1KD=Hbif5NFMJ+d5DkoCzp6Vgw@mail.gmail.com
Teach Valgrind memcheck to maintain the "defined-ness" of each shared
buffer based on whether the backend holds at least one pin at the point
it is accessed by access method code. Bugs like the one fixed by commit
b0229f26 can be detected using this new instrumentation.
Note that backends running with Valgrind naturally have their own
independent ideas about whether any given byte in shared memory is safe
or unsafe to access. There is no risk that concurrent access by
multiple backends to the same shared memory will confuse Valgrind's
instrumentation, because everything already works at the process level
(or at the memory mapping level, if you prefer).
Author: Álvaro Herrera, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150723195349.GW5596@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkLgyN3zBvRZ1pkNJThC=xi_0gpWRUb_45eexLH1+k2_Q@mail.gmail.com
This representation saves 8 bytes per tuple compared to HeapTuple, and
avoids the need to allocate, copy and free on the receiving side.
Gather can emit the returned MinimalTuple directly, but GatherMerge now
needs to make an explicit copy because it buffers multiple tuples at a
time. That should be no worse than before.
Reviewed-by: Soumyadeep Chakraborty <soumyadeep2007@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2B8T_ggoUTAE-U%3DA%2BOcPc4%3DB0nPPHcSfffuQhvXXjML6w%40mail.gmail.com
When using the following functions, users could see various types of
errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that
can only be used for internal errors:
* pg_describe_object()
* pg_identify_object()
* pg_identify_object_as_address()
The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made
smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to
control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL
functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is
missing.
Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where
these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache
lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the
object type requested).
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
Three groups of issues needed to be addressed:
load_external_function() and related functions returned PGFunction,
even though not necessarily all callers are looking for a function of
type PGFunction. Since these functions are really just wrappers
around dlsym(), change to return void * just like dlsym().
In dynahash.c, we are using strlcpy() where a function with a
signature like memcpy() is expected. This should be safe, as the new
comment there explains, but the cast needs to be augmented to avoid
the warning.
In PL/Python, methods all need to be cast to PyCFunction, per Python
API, but this now runs afoul of these warnings. (This issue also
exists in core CPython.)
To fix the second and third case, we add a new type pg_funcptr_t that
is defined specifically so that gcc accepts it as a special function
pointer that can be cast to any other function pointer without the
warning.
Also add -Wcast-function-type to the standard warning flags, subject
to configure check.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1e97628e-6447-b4fd-e230-d109cec2d584%402ndquadrant.com
Incorrect function names were referenced. As this fixes some portions
of tableam.h, that is mentioned in the docs as something to look at when
implementing a table AM, backpatch down to 12 where this has been
introduced.
Author: Hironobu Suzuki
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8fe6d672-28dd-3f1d-7aed-ac2f6d599d3f@interdb.jp
Backpatch-through: 12
The stats with this commit was available only for WALSenders, however,
users might want to see for backends doing logical decoding via SQL API.
Then, users might want to reset and access these stats across server
restart which was not possible with the current patch.
List of commits reverted:
caa3c4242c Don't call elog() while holding spinlock.
e641b2a995 Doc: Update the documentation for spilled transaction
statistics.
5883f5fe27 Fix unportable printf format introduced in commit 9290ad198.
9290ad198b Track statistics for spilling of changes from ReorderBuffer.
Additionaly, remove the release notes entry for this feature.
Backpatch-through: 13, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
This includes two changes:
- Addition of a new function pg_xact_commit_timestamp_origin() able, for
a given transaction ID, to return the commit timestamp and replication
origin of this transaction. An equivalent function existed in
pglogical.
- Addition of the replication origin to pg_last_committed_xact().
The commit timestamp manager includes already APIs able to return the
replication origin of a transaction on top of its commit timestamp, but
the code paths for replication origins were never stressed as those
functions have never looked for a replication origin, and the SQL
functions available have never included this information since their
introduction in 73c986a.
While on it, refactor a test of modules/commit_ts/ to use tstzrange() to
check that a transaction timestamp is within the wanted range, making
the test a bit easier to read.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Movead Li
Reviewed-by: Madan Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2020051116430836450630@highgo.ca
"relkind" normally refers to the char field from pg_class. However, in
the parse nodes AlterTableStmt and CreateTableAsStmt, "relkind" was used
for a field of type enum ObjectType, that could refer to other object
types than those possible for a relkind. Such fields being usually
named "objtype", switch the name in both structures to make things more
consistent. Note that this led to some confusion in functions that
also operate on a RangeTableEntry object, which also has a field named
"relkind".
This naming goes back to commit 09d4e96, where only OBJECT_TABLE and
OBJECT_INDEX were used. This got extended later to use as well
OBJECT_TYPE with e440e12, not really a relation kind.
Author: Mark Dilger
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/609181AE-E399-47C7-9221-856E0F96BF93@enterprisedb.com
Commit f7f70d5e2 left one inconsistency behind: we're still creating
pg_type entries for the composite types of sequences and toast tables,
but not arrays over those composites. But there seems precious little
reason to have named composite types for toast tables, and not much more
to have them for sequences (especially given the thought that sequences
may someday not be standalone relations at all).
So, let's close that inconsistency by removing these composite types,
rather than adding arrays for them. This buys back a little bit of
the initial pg_type bloat added by the previous patch, and could be
a significant savings in a large database with many toast tables.
Aside from a small logic rearrangement in heap_create_with_catalog,
this patch mostly needs to clean up some places that were assuming that
pg_class.reltype always has a valid value. Those are really pre-existing
bugs, given that it's documented otherwise; notably, the plpgsql changes
fix code that gives "cache lookup failed for type 0" on indexes today.
But none of these seem interesting enough to back-patch.
Also, remove the pg_dump/pg_upgrade infrastructure for propagating
a toast table's pg_type OID into the new database, since we no longer
need that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/761F1389-C6A8-4C15-80CE-950C961F5341@gmail.com
The previous definition of the column was almost universally disliked,
so provide this updated definition which is more useful for monitoring
purposes: a large positive value is good, while zero or a negative value
means danger. This should be operationally more convenient.
Backpatch to 13, where the new column to pg_replication_slots (and the
feature it represents) were added.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ddfbf8c-2f67-904d-44ed-cf8bc5916228@oss.nttdata.com
When we invented arrays of composite types (commit bc8036fc6),
we excluded system catalogs, basically just on the grounds of not
wanting to bloat pg_type. However, it's definitely inconsistent that
catalogs' composite types can't be put into arrays when others can.
Another problem is that the exclusion is done by checking
IsUnderPostmaster in heap_create_with_catalog, which means that
(1) If a user tries to create a table in single-user mode, it doesn't
get an array type. That's bad in itself, plus it breaks pg_upgrade.
(2) If someone drops and recreates a system view or information_schema
view (as we occasionally recommend doing), it will now have an array
type where it did not before, making for still more inconsistency.
So this is all pretty messy. Let's just get rid of the inconsistency
and decree that system-created relations should have array types if
similar user-created ones would, i.e. it only depends on the relkind.
As of HEAD, that means that the initial contents of pg_type grow from
411 rows to 605, which is a lot of growth percentage-wise, but it's
still quite a small catalog compared to others.
Wenjing Zeng, reviewed by Shawn Wang, further hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/761F1389-C6A8-4C15-80CE-950C961F5341@gmail.com
This introduces a new set of extended routines for procedure and
operator name lookups, with a flag bitmask argument that can modify the
result. The following options are available:
- Force schema qualification, ignoring search_path. This is similar to
the existing option for format_{operator|procedure}_qualified().
- Force NULL as result instead of a numeric OID for an undefined
object. This option is new.
This is a refactoring similar to 1185c78, that will be used for a future
patch to improve the SQL functions providing information using object
addresses for undefined objects.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
If a type scanned is undefined, type format routines have two behaviors
depending on if FORMAT_TYPE_ALLOW_INVALID is used by the caller or not:
- Issue a cache lookup error
- Return an undefined type name "???", "???[]" or "-"
The current interface is not really helpful for callers willing to
format properly a type name, but still make sure that the type is
defined as there could be types matching the strings generated when
looking for an undefined type, even if that should not be a problem in
practice. In order to counter that, add a new flag called
FORMAT_TYPE_INVALID_AS_NULL that returns a NULL result instead of "???
or "-" which does not generate an error. This flag will be used in a
follow-up patch improving the set of SQL functions showing information
for object addresses when it comes to undefined objects.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
src/backend/replication/README includes since 32bc08b a basic
description of the WAL receiver hooks available in walreceiver.h for a
module like libpqwalreceiver, but the README has never been updated to
reflect changes done to the hooks, so the contents of the README have
rotten with the time. This commit moves the description from the README
to walreceiver.h, where it will be hard to miss that a description
update or addition is needed depending on the modifications done to the
hooks.
Each hook now includes a description of what it does in walreceiver.h,
and the replication's README mentions walreceiver.h.
Thanks also to Amit Kapila for the discussion.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200502024606.GA471944@paquier.xyz
OpenSSL's native reports about problems related to protocol version
restrictions are pretty opaque and inconsistent. When we get an
SSL error that is plausibly due to this, emit a hint message that
includes the range of SSL protocol versions we (think we) are
allowing. This should at least get the user thinking in the right
direction to resolve the problem, even if the hint isn't totally
accurate, which it might not be for assorted reasons.
Back-patch to v13 where we increased the default minimum protocol
version, thereby increasing the risk of this class of failure.
Patch by me, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a9408304-4381-a5af-d259-e55d349ae4ce@2ndquadrant.com
Commit 0d861bbb, which added deduplication to nbtree, had
_bt_check_unique() pass a TID to table_index_fetch_tuple_check() that
isn't safe to mutate. table_index_fetch_tuple_check()'s tid argument is
modified when the TID in question is not the latest visible tuple in a
hot chain, though this wasn't documented.
To fix, go back to using a local copy of the TID in _bt_check_unique(),
and update comments above table_index_fetch_tuple_check().
Backpatch: 13-, where B-Tree deduplication was introduced.
In pg_replication_slot, change output from normal/reserved/lost to
reserved/extended/unreserved/ lost, which better expresses the possible
states particularly near the time where segments are no longer safe but
checkpoint has not run yet.
Under the new definition, reserved means the slot is consuming WAL
that's still under the normal WAL size constraints; extended means it's
consuming WAL that's being protected by wal_keep_segments or the slot
itself, whose size is below max_slot_wal_keep_size; unreserved means the
WAL is no longer safe, but checkpoint has not yet removed those files.
Such as slot is in imminent danger, but can still continue for a little
while and may catch up to the reserved WAL space.
Also, there were some bugs in the calculations used to report the
status; fixed those.
Backpatch to 13.
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200616.120236.1809496990963386593.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
The function has been reading global variable forceSyncCommit, mirroring
the intent of the caller that passed forceSync=forceSyncCommit. The
other caller, RecordTransactionCommitPrepared(), passed false. Since
COMMIT PREPARED can't share a transaction with any command, it certainly
doesn't share a transaction with a command that sets forceSyncCommit.
Reviewed by Michael Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200617032615.GC2916904@rfd.leadboat.com
It was possible for deduplication's single value strategy to mistakenly
believe that a very small duplicate tuple counts as one of the six large
tuples that it aims to leave behind after the page finally splits. This
could cause slightly suboptimal space utilization with very low
cardinality indexes, though only under fairly narrow conditions.
To fix, be particular about what kind of tuple counts as a
maxpostingsize-capped tuple. This avoids confusion in the event of a
small tuple that gets "wedged" between two large tuples, where all
tuples on the page are duplicates of the same value.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=Y+sgSFc-O3LpiZX-POx2bC+okec2KafERHuzdVa7-rQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where deduplication was introduced (by commit 0d861bbb)
Since 1f39bce02, HashAgg nodes have had the ability to spill to disk when
memory consumption exceeds work_mem. That commit added new properties to
EXPLAIN ANALYZE to show the maximum memory usage and disk usage, however,
it didn't quite go as far as showing that information for parallel
workers. Since workers may have experienced something very different from
the main process, we should show this information per worker, as is done
in Sort.
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpEKbfZa18mM1TD7qV6PG+w97pwCWq5tVD0dX7e11gRJw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13, where the hashagg spilling code was added.
On platforms without support for 64bit atomic operations where we also
cannot rely on 64bit reads to have single copy atomicity, such atomics
are implemented using a spinlock based fallback. That means it's not
safe to even read such atomics from within a signal handler (since the
signal handler might run when the spinlock already is held).
To avoid this issue defer global barrier processing out of the signal
handler. Instead of checking local / shared barrier generation to
determine whether to set ProcSignalBarrierPending, introduce
PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER and always set ProcSignalBarrierPending when
receiving such a signal. Additionally avoid redundant work in
ProcessProcSignalBarrier if ProcSignalBarrierPending is unnecessarily.
Also do a small amount of other polishing.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200609193723.eu5ilsjxwdpyxhgz@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 13-, where the code was introduced.
Don't use fread(), since that doesn't necessarily set errno. We could
use read() instead, but it's even better to use pg_pread(), which
allows us to avoid some extra calls to seek to the desired location in
the file.
Also, advertise a wait event while reading from a file, as we do for
most other places where we're reading data from files.
Patch by me, reviewed by Hamid Akhtar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobBw-3573vMosGj06r72ajHsYeKtksT_oTxH8XvTL7DxA@mail.gmail.com
Commit 72d422a522 made xlog.c call
sendTablespace() with the 'sizeonly' argument set to true, which
required basebackup.c to export sendTablespace(). However, that's
kind of ugly, so instead defer the call to sendTablespace() until
basebackup.c regains control. That way, it can still be a static
function.
Patch by me, reviewed by Amit Kapila and Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYq+59SJ2zBbP891ngWPA9fymOqntqYcweSDYXS2a620A@mail.gmail.com
Introduce TAR_BLOCK_SIZE and replace many instances of 512 with
the new constant. Introduce function tarPaddingBytesRequired
and use it to replace numerous repetitions of (x + 511) & ~511.
Add preprocessor guards against multiple inclusion to pgtar.h.
Reformat the prototype for tarCreateHeader so it doesn't extend
beyond 80 characters.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobWbfReO9-XFk8urR1K4wTNwqoHx_v56t7=T8KaiEoKNw@mail.gmail.com
Core by no means makes excessive use of these functions, but quite a large
number of those usages do require the caller to call strlen() on the
returned string. This is quite wasteful since these functions do already
have a good idea of the length of the string, so we might as well just
have them return that.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrm2A5x2uHYxsqriO2cUaGcFvND%2BksC9e7Tjep0t2RK_A%40mail.gmail.com
In passing, also remove a few surplus empty lines from pg_ltoa and
pg_ulltoa_n in numutils.c
Reported-by: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87y2ou3xuh.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Backpatch-through: 13, where these changes were introduced
plpgsql has always executed the query given in a RETURN QUERY command
by opening it as a cursor and then fetching a few rows at a time,
which it turns around and dumps into the function's result tuplestore.
The point of this was to keep from blowing out memory with an oversized
SPITupleTable result (note that while a tuplestore can spill tuples
to disk, SPITupleTable cannot). However, it's rather inefficient, both
because of extra data copying and because of executor entry/exit
overhead. In recent versions, a new performance problem has emerged:
use of a cursor prevents use of a parallel plan for the executed query.
We can improve matters by skipping use of a cursor and having the
executor push result tuples directly into the function's result
tuplestore. However, a moderate amount of new infrastructure is needed
to make that idea work:
* We can use the existing tstoreReceiver.c DestReceiver code to funnel
executor output to the tuplestore, but it has to be extended to support
plpgsql's requirement for possibly applying a tuple conversion map.
* SPI needs to be extended to allow use of a caller-supplied
DestReceiver instead of its usual receiver that puts tuples into
a SPITupleTable. Two new API calls are needed to handle both the
RETURN QUERY and RETURN QUERY EXECUTE cases.
I also felt that I didn't want these new API calls to use the legacy
method of specifying query parameter values with "char" null flags
(the old ' '/'n' convention); rather they should accept ParamListInfo
objects containing the parameter type and value info. This required
a bit of additional new infrastructure since we didn't yet have any
parse analysis callback that would interpret $N parameter symbols
according to type data supplied in a ParamListInfo. There seems to be
no harm in letting makeParamList install that callback by default,
rather than leaving a new ParamListInfo's parserSetup hook as NULL.
(Indeed, as of HEAD, I couldn't find anyplace that was using the
parserSetup field at all; plpgsql was using parserSetupArg for its
own purposes, but parserSetup seemed to be write-only.)
We can actually get plpgsql out of the business of using legacy null
flags altogether, and using ParamListInfo instead of its ad-hoc
PreparedParamsData structure; but this requires inventing one more
SPI API call that can replace SPI_cursor_open_with_args. That seems
worth doing, though.
SPI_execute_with_args and SPI_cursor_open_with_args are now unused
anywhere in the core PG distribution. Perhaps someday we could
deprecate/remove them. But cleaning up the crufty bits of the SPI
API is a task for a different patch.
Per bug #16040 from Jeremy Smith. This is unfortunately too invasive to
consider back-patching. Patch by me; thanks to Hamid Akhtar for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16040-eaacad11fecfb198@postgresql.org
Eliminate enable_groupingsets_hash_disk, which was primarily useful
for testing grouping sets that use HashAgg and spill. Instead, hack
the table stats to convince the planner to choose hashed aggregation
for grouping sets that will spill to disk. Suggested by Melanie
Plageman.
Rename enable_hashagg_disk to hashagg_avoid_disk_plan, and invert the
meaning of on/off. The new name indicates more strongly that it only
affects the planner. Also, the word "avoid" is less definite, which
should avoid surprises when HashAgg still needs to use the
disk. Change suggested by Justin Pryzby, though I chose a different
GUC name.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aisiENMsPM2gC4oUY1hHG3yrCwY-fXUg22C6_MJUwQdA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200610021544.GA14879@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 13
fe_archive.c was compiled only for the frontend in src/common/, but as
it will never share anything with the backend, it makes most sense to
move this file to src/fe_utils/.
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e9766d71-8655-ac86-bdf6-77e0e7169977@2ndquadrant.com
Backpatch-through: 13
There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are
essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog
they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The
information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already
available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was
easily added.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
Previously we used pg_atomic_write_64_impl inside
pg_atomic_init_u64. That works correctly, but on platforms without
64bit single copy atomicity it could trigger spurious valgrind errors
about uninitialized memory, because we use compare_and_swap for atomic
writes on such platforms.
I previously suppressed one instance of this problem (6c878edc1d),
but as Tom reports that wasn't enough. As the atomic variable cannot
yet be concurrently accessible during initialization, it seems better
to have pg_atomic_init_64_impl set the value directly.
Change pg_atomic_init_u32_impl for symmetry.
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1714601.1591503815@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 9.5-
Since database connections can be used with WAL senders in 9.4, it is
possible to use physical replication. This commit fixes a crash when
starting physical replication with a WAL sender using a database
connection, caused by the refactoring done in 850196b.
There have been discussions about forbidding the use of physical
replication in a database connection, but this is left for later,
taking care only of the crash new to 13.
While on it, add a test to check for a failure when attempting logical
replication if the WAL sender does not have a database connection. This
part is extracted from a larger patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Reported-by: Vladimir Sitnikov
Author: Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-GOWMj1PTPkeUhjqQp-4W3=nW-pXe2Hjax6rJFffB5_Aw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
ineq_histogram_selectivity() can be invoked in situations where the
ordering we care about is not that of the column's histogram. We could
be considering some other collation, or even more drastically, the
query operator might not agree at all with what was used to construct
the histogram. (We'll get here for anything using scalarineqsel-based
estimators, so that's quite likely to happen for extension operators.)
Up to now we just ignored this issue and assumed we were dealing with
an operator/collation whose sort order exactly matches the histogram,
possibly resulting in junk estimates if the binary search gets confused.
It's past time to improve that, since the use of nondefault collations
is increasing. What we can do is verify that the given operator and
collation match what's recorded in pg_statistic, and use the existing
code only if so. When they don't match, instead execute the operator
against each histogram entry, and take the fraction of successes as our
selectivity estimate. This gives an estimate that is probably good to
about 1/histogram_size, with no assumptions about ordering. (The quality
of the estimate is likely to degrade near the ends of the value range,
since the two orderings probably don't agree on what is an extremal value;
but this is surely going to be more reliable than what we did before.)
At some point we might further improve matters by storing more than one
histogram calculated according to different orderings. But this code
would still be good fallback logic when no matches exist, so that is
not an argument for not doing this.
While here, also improve get_variable_range() to deal more honestly
with non-default collations.
This isn't back-patchable, because it requires adding another argument
to ineq_histogram_selectivity, and because it might have significant
impact on the estimation results for extension operators relying on
scalarineqsel --- mostly for the better, one hopes, but in any case
destabilizing plan choices in back branches is best avoided.
Per investigation of a report from James Lucas.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAFmbbOvfi=wMM=3qRsPunBSLb8BFREno2oOzSBS=mzfLPKABw@mail.gmail.com
Commit 5e0928005 changed the planner so that, instead of blindly using
DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID when invoking operators for selectivity estimation,
it would use the collation of the column whose statistics we're
considering. This was recognized as still being not quite the right
thing, but it seemed like a good incremental improvement. However,
shortly thereafter we introduced nondeterministic collations, and that
creates cases where operators can fail if they're passed the wrong
collation. We don't want planning to fail in cases where the query itself
would work, so this means that we *must* use the query's collation when
invoking operators for estimation purposes.
The only real problem this creates is in ineq_histogram_selectivity, where
the binary search might produce a garbage answer if we perform comparisons
using a different collation than the column's histogram is ordered with.
However, when the query's collation is significantly different from the
column's default collation, the estimate we previously generated would be
pretty irrelevant anyway; so it's not clear that this will result in
noticeably worse estimates in practice. (A follow-on patch will improve
this situation in HEAD, but it seems too invasive for back-patch.)
The patch requires changing the signatures of mcv_selectivity and allied
functions, which are exported and very possibly are used by extensions.
In HEAD, I just did that, but an API/ABI break of this sort isn't
acceptable in stable branches. Therefore, in v12 the patch introduces
"mcv_selectivity_ext" and so on, with signatures matching HEAD, and makes
the old functions into wrappers that assume DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID should
be used. That does not match the prior behavior, but it should avoid risk
of failure in most cases. (In practice, I think most extension datatypes
aren't collation-aware, so the change probably doesn't matter to them.)
Per report from James Lucas. Back-patch to v12 where the problem was
introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAFmbbOvfi=wMM=3qRsPunBSLb8BFREno2oOzSBS=mzfLPKABw@mail.gmail.com
It's intentional that we don't allow values greater than 24 hours,
while we do allow "24:00:00" as well as "23:59:60" as inputs.
However, the range check was miscoded in such a way that it would
accept "23:59:60.nnn" with a nonzero fraction. For time or timetz,
the stored result would then be greater than "24:00:00" which would
fail dump/reload, not to mention possibly confusing other operations.
Fix by explicitly calculating the result and making sure it does not
exceed 24 hours. (This calculation is redundant with what will happen
later in tm2time or tm2timetz. Maybe someday somebody will find that
annoying enough to justify refactoring to avoid the duplication; but
that seems too invasive for a back-patched bug fix, and the cost is
probably unmeasurable anyway.)
Note that this change also rejects such input as the time portion
of a timestamp(tz) value.
Back-patch to v10. The bug is far older, but to change this pre-v10
we'd need to ensure that the logic behaves sanely with float timestamps,
which is possibly nontrivial due to roundoff considerations.
Doesn't really seem worth troubling with.
Per report from Christoph Berg.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200520125807.GB296739@msg.df7cb.de
Fix some more violations of the "only straight-line code inside a
spinlock" rule. These are hazardous not only because they risk
holding the lock for an excessively long time, but because it's
possible for palloc to throw elog(ERROR), leaving a stuck spinlock
behind.
copy_replication_slot() had two separate places that did pallocs
while holding a spinlock. We can make the code simpler and safer
by copying the whole ReplicationSlot struct into a local variable
while holding the spinlock, and then referencing that copy.
(While that's arguably more cycles than we really need to spend
holding the lock, the struct isn't all that big, and this way seems
far more maintainable than copying fields piecemeal. Anyway this
is surely much cheaper than a palloc.) That bug goes back to v12.
InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots() not only did a palloc while
holding a spinlock, but for extra sloppiness then leaked the memory
--- probably for the lifetime of the checkpointer process, though
I didn't try to verify that. Fortunately that silliness is new
in HEAD.
pg_get_replication_slots() had a cosmetic violation of the rule,
in that it only assumed it's safe to call namecpy() while holding
a spinlock. Still, that's a hazard waiting to bite somebody, and
there were some other cosmetic coding-rule violations in the same
function, so clean it up. I back-patched this as far as v10; the
code exists before that but it looks different, and this didn't
seem important enough to adapt the patch further back.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200602.161518.1399689010416646074.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Synchronize the event names for parallel hash join waits with other
event names, by getting rid of the slashes and dropping "-ing"
suffixes. Rename ClogGroupUpdate to XactGroupUpdate, to match the
new SLRU name. Move the ProcSignalBarrier event to the IPC category;
it doesn't belong under IO.
Also a bit more wordsmithing in the wait event documentation tables.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4505.1589640417@sss.pgh.pa.us
d140f2f3 has renamed receivedUpto to flushedUpto, and has added
writtenUpto to the WAL receiver's shared memory information, but
pg_stat_wal_receiver was not consistent with that. This commit renames
received_lsn to flushed_lsn, and adds a new column called written_lsn.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200515090817.GA212736@paquier.xyz
This was mostly confusing, especially since some wait events in
this class had the suffix and some did not.
While at it, stop exposing MainLWLockNames[] as a globally visible
name; any code using that directly is almost certainly wrong, as
its name has been misleading for some time.
(GetLWLockIdentifier() is what to use instead.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
Choose names that fit into the conventions for wait event names
(particularly, that multi-word names are in the style MultiWordName)
and hopefully convey more information to non-hacker users than the
previous names did.
Also rename SerializablePredicateLockListLock to
SerializablePredicateListLock; the old name was long enough to cause
table formatting problems, plus the double occurrence of "Lock" seems
confusing/error-prone.
Also change a couple of particularly opaque LWLock field names.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
Originally, the names assigned to SLRUs had no purpose other than
being shmem lookup keys, so not a lot of thought went into them.
As of v13, though, we're exposing them in the pg_stat_slru view and
the pg_stat_reset_slru function, so it seems advisable to take a bit
more care. Rename them to names based on the associated on-disk
storage directories (which fortunately we *did* think about, to some
extent; since those are also visible to DBAs, consistency seems like
a good thing). Also rename the associated LWLocks, since those names
are likewise user-exposed now as wait event names.
For the most part I only touched symbols used in the respective modules'
SimpleLruInit() calls, not the names of other related objects. This
renaming could have been taken further, and maybe someday we will do so.
But for now it seems undesirable to change the names of any globally
visible functions or structs, so some inconsistency is unavoidable.
(But I *did* terminate "oldserxid" with prejudice, as I found that
name both unreadable and not descriptive of the SLRU's contents.)
Table 27.12 needs re-alphabetization now, but I'll leave that till
after the other LWLock renamings I have in mind.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
Includes some manual cleanup of places that pgindent messed up,
most of which weren't per project style anyway.
Notably, it seems some people didn't absorb the style rules of
commit c9d297751, because there were a bunch of new occurrences
of function calls with a newline just after the left paren, all
with faulty expectations about how the rest of the call would get
indented.
Instead of re-identifying which statistics bucket to use for a given
SLRU on every counter increment, do it once during shmem initialization.
This saves a fair number of cycles, and there's no real cost because
we could not have a bucket assignment that varies over time or across
backends anyway.
Also, get rid of the ill-considered decision to let pgstat.c pry
directly into SLRU's shared state; it's cleaner just to have slru.c
pass the stats bucket number.
In consequence of these changes, there's no longer any need to store
an SLRU's LWLock tranche info in shared memory, so get rid of that,
making this a net reduction in shmem consumption. (That partly
reverts fe702a7b3.)
This is basically code review for 28cac71bd, so I also cleaned up
some comments, removed a dangling extern declaration, fixed some
things that should be static and/or const, etc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3618.1589313035@sss.pgh.pa.us
* Have both physical and logical walsender share a 'xlogreader' state
struct for tracking state. This replaces the existing globals sendSeg
and sendCxt.
* Change WALRead not to receive XLogReaderState->seg and ->segcxt as
separate arguments anymore; just use the ones from 'state'. This is
made possible by the above change.
* have the XLogReader segment_open contract require the callbacks to
install the file descriptor in the state struct themselves instead of
returning it. xlogreader was already ignoring any possible failed
return from the callbacks, relying solely on them never returning.
(This point is not altogether excellent, as it means the callbacks
have to know more of XLogReaderState; but to really improve on that
we would have to pass back error info from the callbacks to
xlogreader. And the complexity would not be saved but instead just
transferred to the callers of WALRead, which would have to learn how
to throw errors from the open_segment callback in addition of, as
currently, from pg_pread.)
* segment_open no longer receives the 'segcxt' as a separate argument,
since it's part of the XLogReaderState argument.
Per comments from Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200511203336.GA9913@alvherre.pgsql
Run renumber_oids.pl to move high-numbered OIDs down, as per pre-beta
tasks specified by RELEASE_CHANGES. For reference, the command was
./renumber_oids.pl --first-mapped-oid=8000 --target-oid=5032
Also run reformat_dat_file.pl while I'm here.
Renumbering recently-added types changed some results in the opr_sanity
test. To make those a bit easier to eyeball-verify, change the queries
to show regtype not just bare type OIDs. (I think we didn't have
regtype when these queries were written.)
Restructure the function that locates the root of the to-be-deleted
subtree during nbtree page deletion. Handle the conditions that make
page deletion unsafe in a slightly more uniform way, and acknowledge the
fact that the behavior with incomplete splits on internal pages is
different (as pointed out in the nbtree README as of commit 35bc0ec7).
Also invent new terminology that avoids ambiguity around which pages are
about to be deleted. Consistently use the term "to-be-deleted subtree",
not the ambiguous term "branch".
We were calling the subtree parent page the "top parent page", but that
was quite misleading. The top parent page usually refers to a page
unlinked from its siblings and marked deleted (during the second stage
of page deletion). There was one kind of top parent page that we merely
removed a downlink from, and another kind of top parent page that we
actually marked deleted. Eliminate the ambiguity by inventing a new
term ("subtree parent page") that refers to the former kind of page
only.
The one in xlogreader.h was pointed out by Antonin Houska; I (Álvaro) noticed the
others by grepping.
Author: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28250.1589186654@antos
Code review for 0dc8ead463, prompted by a bug closed by 91c40548d5.
XLogReader's system for opening and closing segments had gotten too
complicated, with callbacks being passed at both the XLogReaderAllocate
level (read_page) as well as at the WALRead level (segment_open). This
was confusing and hard to follow, so restructure things so that these
callbacks are passed together at XLogReaderAllocate time, and add
another callback to the set (segment_close) to make it a coherent whole.
Also, ensure XLogReaderState is an argument to all the callbacks, so
that they can grab at the ->private data if necessary.
Document the whole arrangement more clearly.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200422175754.GA19858@alvherre.pgsql
We were acquiring object locks then deleting objects one by one, instead
of acquiring all object locks first, ignoring those that did not exist,
and then deleting all objects together. The latter is the correct
protocol to use, and what this commits changes to code to do. Failing
to follow that leads to "cache lookup failed for relation XYZ" error
reports when DROP OWNED runs concurrently with other DDL -- for example,
a session termination that removes some temp tables.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reported-by: Mithun Chicklore Yogendra (Mithun CY)
Reviewed-by: Ahsan Hadi, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADq3xVZTbzK4ZLKq+dn_vB4QafXXbmMgDP3trY-GuLnib2Ai1w@mail.gmail.com
In commit 33e05f89c5, we have added the option to display WAL usage
statistics in Explain and auto_explain. The display format used two spaces
between each field which is inconsistent with Buffer usage statistics which
is using one space between each field. Change the format to make WAL usage
statistics consistent with Buffer usage statistics.
This commit also changed the usage of "full page writes" to
"full page images" for WAL usage statistics to make it consistent with
other parts of code and docs.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Kyotaro Horiguchi and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
Writing a trailing semicolon in a macro is almost never the right thing,
because you almost always want to write a semicolon after each macro
call instead. (Even if there was some reason to prefer not to, pgindent
would probably make a hash of code formatted that way; so within PG the
rule should basically be "don't do it".) Thus, if we have a semi inside
the macro, the compiler sees "something;;". Much of the time the extra
empty statement is harmless, but it could lead to mysterious syntax
errors at call sites. In perhaps an overabundance of neatnik-ism, let's
run around and get rid of the excess semicolons whereever possible.
The only thing worse than a mysterious syntax error is a mysterious
syntax error that only happens in the back branches; therefore,
backpatch these changes where relevant, which is most of them because
most of these mistakes are old. (The lack of reported problems shows
that this is largely a hypothetical issue, but still, it could bite
us in some future patch.)
John Naylor and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCs0qWTqJ2QUSGJ07B7uvAvzMb-KbG2q+oo+J3tsWN5cqw@mail.gmail.com
The logic for determining how many nbtree pages in an index are deleted
pages sometimes undercounted pages. Pages that were deleted by the
current VACUUM operation (as opposed to some previous VACUUM operation
whose deleted pages have yet to be reused) were sometimes overlooked.
The final count is exposed to users through VACUUM VERBOSE's "%u index
pages have been deleted" output.
btvacuumpage() avoided double-counting when _bt_pagedel() deleted more
than one page by assuming that only one page was deleted, and that the
additional deleted pages would get picked up during a future call to
btvacuumpage() by the same VACUUM operation. _bt_pagedel() can
legitimately delete pages that the btvacuumscan() scan will not visit
again, though, so that assumption was slightly faulty.
Fix the accounting by teaching _bt_pagedel() about its caller's
requirements. It now only reports on pages that it knows btvacuumscan()
won't visit again (including the current btvacuumpage() page), so
everything works out in the end.
This bug has been around forever. Only backpatch to v11, though, to
keep _bt_pagedel() is sync on the branches that have today's bugfix
commit b0229f26da. Note that this commit changes the signature of
_bt_pagedel(), just like commit b0229f26da.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkrXBcMQWAYUJMFTTvzx_r4q=pYSjDe07JnUXhe+OZnJA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-
Commit 857f9c36cd (which taught nbtree VACUUM to skip a scan of the
index from btcleanup in situations where it doesn't seem worth it) made
VACUUM maintain the oldest btpo.xact among all deleted pages for the
index as a whole. It failed to handle all the details surrounding pages
that are deleted by the current VACUUM operation correctly (though pages
deleted by some previous VACUUM operation were processed correctly).
The most immediate problem was that the special area of the page was
examined without a buffer pin at one point. More fundamentally, the
handling failed to account for the full range of _bt_pagedel()
behaviors. For example, _bt_pagedel() sometimes deletes internal pages
in passing, as part of deleting an entire subtree with btvacuumpage()
caller's page as the leaf level page. The original leaf page passed to
_bt_pagedel() might not be the page that it deletes first in cases where
deletion can take place.
It's unclear how disruptive this bug may have been, or what symptoms
users might want to look out for. The issue was spotted during
unrelated code review.
To fix, push down the logic for maintaining the oldest btpo.xact to
_bt_pagedel(). btvacuumpage() is now responsible for pages that were
fully deleted by a previous VACUUM operation, while _bt_pagedel() is now
responsible for pages that were deleted by the current VACUUM operation
(this includes half-dead pages from a previous interrupted VACUUM
operation that become fully deleted in _bt_pagedel()). Note that
_bt_pagedel() should never encounter an existing deleted page.
This commit theoretically breaks the ABI of a stable release by changing
the signature of _bt_pagedel(). However, if any third party extension
is actually affected by this, then it must already be completely broken
(since there are numerous assumptions made in _bt_pagedel() that cannot
be met outside of VACUUM). It seems highly unlikely that such an
extension actually exists, in any case.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkrXBcMQWAYUJMFTTvzx_r4q=pYSjDe07JnUXhe+OZnJA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-, where the "skip full scan" feature was introduced.
Commit 32ff26911 introduced use of rank() into the triggers view to
calculate the spec-mandated action_order column. As written, this
prevents query constraints on the table-name column from being pushed
below the window aggregate step. That's bad for performance of this
typical usage pattern, since the view now has to be evaluated for all
tables not just the one(s) the user wants to see. It's also the cause
of some recent buildfarm failures, in which trying to evaluate the view
rows for triggers in process of being dropped resulted in "cache lookup
failed for function NNN" errors. Those rows aren't of interest to the
test script doing the query, but the filter that would eliminate them
is being applied too late. None of this happened before the rank()
call was there, so it's a regression compared to v10 and before.
We can improve matters by changing the rank() call so that instead of
partitioning by OIDs, it partitions by nspname and relname, casting
those to sql_identifier so that they match the respective view output
columns exactly. The planner has enough intelligence to know that
constraints on partitioning columns are safe to push down, so this
eliminates the performance problem and the regression test failure
risk. We could make the other partitioning columns match view outputs
as well, but it'd be more complicated and the performance benefits
are questionable.
Side note: as this stands, the planner will push down constraints on
event_object_table and trigger_schema, but not on event_object_schema,
because it checks for ressortgroupref matches not expression
equivalence. That might be worth improving someday, but it's not
necessary to fix the immediate concern.
Back-patch to v11 where the rank() call was added. Ordinarily we'd not
change information_schema in released branches, but the test failure has
been seen in v12 and presumably could happen in v11 as well, so we need
to do this to keep the buildfarm happy. The change is harmless so far
as users are concerned. Some might wish to apply it to existing
installations if performance of this type of query is of concern,
but those who don't are no worse off.
I bumped catversion in HEAD as a pro forma matter (there's no
catalog incompatibility that would really require a re-initdb).
Obviously that can't be done in the back branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5891.1587594470@sss.pgh.pa.us
78ea8b5 has fixed an issue related to the recycling of WAL segments on
standbys depending on archive_mode. However, it has introduced a
regression with the handling of WAL segments ready to be archived during
crash recovery, causing those files to be recycled without getting
archived.
This commit fixes the regression by tracking in shared memory if a live
cluster is either in crash recovery or archive recovery as the handling
of WAL segments ready to be archived is different in both cases (those
WAL segments should not be removed during crash recovery), and by using
this new shared memory state to decide if a segment can be recycled or
not. Previously, it was not possible to know if a cluster was in crash
recovery or archive recovery as the shared state was able to track only
if recovery was happening or not, leading to the problem.
A set of TAP tests is added to close the gap here, making sure that WAL
segments ready to be archived are correctly handled when a cluster is in
archive or crash recovery with archive_mode set to "on" or "always", for
both standby and primary.
Reported-by: Benoît Lobréau
Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200331172229.40ee00dc@firost
Backpatch-through: 9.5
In the footsteps of aaf069aa3, remove ACLDEBUG, which was the only
other remaining undocumented symbol in pg_config_manual.h. The fact
that nobody had bothered to document it in seventeen years is a good
clue to its usefulness. In practice, none of the tracing logic it
enabled would be of any value without additional effort.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6631.1587565046@sss.pgh.pa.us
Function names declared "extern" now use BackupManifest in the name
rather than just Manifest, and data types use backup_manifest
rather than just manifest.
Per note from Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20200418125713.GG350229@paquier.xyz
The mask was added by commit 8224de4f, which introduced INCLUDE nbtree
indexes. The status bits really were reserved initially. We now use 2
out of 4 of the bits for additional tuple metadata, though. Rename the
mask to BT_STATUS_OFFSET_MASK.
Also consolidate related nbtree.h code comments about the format of
pivot tuples and posting list tuples.
index.c supposed that it could just use a PG_TRY block to clean up the
state associated with an active REINDEX operation. However, that code
doesn't run if we do a FATAL exit --- for example, due to a SIGTERM
shutdown signal --- while the REINDEX is happening. And that state does
get consulted during catalog accesses, which makes it problematic if we
do any catalog accesses during shutdown --- for example, to clean up any
temp tables created in the session.
If this combination of circumstances occurred, we could find ourselves
trying to access already-freed memory. In debug builds that'd fairly
reliably cause an assertion failure. In production we might often
get away with it, but with some bad luck it could cause a core dump.
Another possible bad outcome is an erroneous conclusion that an
index-to-be-accessed is being reindexed; but it looks like that would
be unlikely to have any consequences worse than failing to drop temp
tables right away. (They'd still get dropped by the next session that
uses that temp schema.)
To fix, get rid of the use of PG_TRY here, and instead hook into
the transaction abort mechanisms to clean up reindex state.
Per bug #16378 from Alexander Lakhin. This has been wrong for a
very long time, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16378-7a70ca41b3ec2009@postgresql.org
Working on commit 1c455078b led me to check through FunctionCallInvoke
call sites to see if every one was being honest about (a) making sure
that fcinfo.isnull is initially false, and (b) checking its state after
the call. Sure enough, I found some violations.
The main one is that finalize_partialaggregate re-used serialfn_fcinfo
without resetting isnull, even though it clearly intends to cater for
serialfns that return NULL. There would only be an issue with a
non-strict serialfn, since it's unlikely that a serialfn would return
NULL for non-null input. We have no non-strict serialfns in core, and
there may be none in the wild either, which would account for the lack
of complaints. Still, it's clearly wrong, so back-patch that fix to
9.6 where finalize_partialaggregate was introduced.
Also, arrayfuncs.c and rowtypes.c contained various callers that were
not bothering to check for result nulls. While what's being called is
a comparison or hash function that probably *shouldn't* return null,
that's a lousy excuse for not having any check at all. There are
existing places that just Assert(!fcinfo->isnull) in comparable
situations, so I added that to the places that were calling btree
comparison or hash support functions. In the places calling
boolean-returning equality functions, it's quite cheap to have them
treat isnull as FALSE, so make those places do that. Also remove some
"locfcinfo->isnull = false" assignments that are unnecessary given the
assumption that no previous call returned null. These changes seem like
mostly neatnik-ism or debugging support, so I didn't back-patch.
Older gcc versions don't like duplicate typedefs, so get rid of
that in favor of doing it like we do it elsewhere, ie just use
a "struct" declaration when trying to avoid importing a whole
header file.
Also, there seems no reason to include stringinfo.h here at all,
so get rid of that addition too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27239.1587415696@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit f2fcad27d5 (9.6 era) added the ability to mark objects as
dependent an extension, but forgot to add a way for such dependencies to
be removed. This commit fixes that oversight.
Strictly speaking this should be backpatched to 9.6, but due to lack of
demand we're not doing so at this time.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217225333.GA30974@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: ahsan hadi <ahsan.hadi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed <ibrar.ahmad@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
We have repeatedly seen the buildfarm reach the Assert(false) in
SyncRepGetSyncStandbysPriority. This apparently is due to failing to
consider the possibility that the sync_standby_priority values in
shared memory might be inconsistent; but they will be whenever only
some of the walsenders have updated their values after a change in
the synchronous_standby_names setting. That function is vastly too
complex for what it does, anyway, so rewriting it seems better than
trying to apply a band-aid fix.
Furthermore, the API of SyncRepGetSyncStandbys is broken by design:
it returns a list of WalSnd array indexes, but there is nothing
guaranteeing that the contents of the WalSnd array remain stable.
Thus, if some walsender exits and then a new walsender process
takes over that WalSnd array slot, a caller might make use of
WAL position data that it should not, potentially leading to
incorrect decisions about whether to release transactions that
are waiting for synchronous commit.
To fix, replace SyncRepGetSyncStandbys with a new function
SyncRepGetCandidateStandbys that copies all the required data
from shared memory while holding the relevant mutexes. If the
associated walsender process then exits, this data is still safe to
make release decisions with, since we know that that much WAL *was*
sent to a valid standby server. This incidentally means that we no
longer need to treat sync_standby_priority as protected by the
SyncRepLock rather than the per-walsender mutex.
SyncRepGetSyncStandbys is no longer used by the core code, so remove
it entirely in HEAD. However, it seems possible that external code is
relying on that function, so do not remove it from the back branches.
Instead, just remove the known-incorrect Assert. When the bug occurs,
the function will return a too-short list, which callers should treat
as meaning there are not enough sync standbys, which seems like a
reasonably safe fallback until the inconsistent state is resolved.
Moreover it's bug-compatible with what has been happening in non-assert
builds. We cannot do anything about the walsender-replacement race
condition without an API/ABI break.
The bogus assertion exists back to 9.6, but 9.6 is sufficiently
different from the later branches that the patch doesn't apply at all.
I chose to just remove the bogus assertion in 9.6, feeling that the
probability of a bad outcome from the walsender-replacement race
condition is too low to justify rewriting the whole patch for 9.6.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21519.1585272409@sss.pgh.pa.us
An nbtree split point can be thought of as a point between two adjoining
tuples from an imaginary version of the page being split that includes
the incoming/new item (in addition to the items that really are on the
page). These adjoining tuples are called the lastleft and firstright
tuples.
The variables that represent split points contained a field called
firstright, which is an offset number of the first data item from the
original page that goes on the new right page. The corresponding tuple
from origpage was usually the same thing as the actual firstright tuple,
but not always: the firstright tuple is sometimes the new/incoming item
instead. This situation seems unnecessarily confusing.
Make things clearer by renaming the origpage offset returned by
_bt_findsplitloc() to "firstrightoff". We now have a firstright tuple
and a firstrightoff offset number which are comparable to the
newitem/lastleft tuples and the newitemoff/lastleftoff offset numbers
respectively. Also make sure that we are consistent about how we
describe nbtree page split point state.
Push the responsibility for dealing with pg_upgrade'd !heapkeyspace
indexes down to lower level code, relieving _bt_split() from dealing
with it directly. This means that we always have a palloc'd left page
high key on the leaf level, no matter what. This enables simplifying
some of the code (and code comments) within _bt_split().
Finally, restructure the page split code to make it clearer why suffix
truncation (which only takes place during leaf page splits) is
completely different to the first data item truncation that takes place
during internal page splits. Tuples are marked as having fewer
attributes stored in both cases, and the firstright tuple is truncated
in both cases, so it's easy to imagine somebody missing the distinction.
Before discarding the old hash table in ExecReScanHashJoin, capture
its statistics, ensuring that we report the maximum hashtable size
across repeated rescans of the hash input relation. We can repurpose
the existing code for reporting hashtable size in parallel workers
to help with this, making the patch pretty small. This also ensures
that if rescans happen within parallel workers, we get the correct
maximums across all instances.
Konstantin Knizhnik and Tom Lane, per diagnosis by Thomas Munro
of a trouble report from Alvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200323165059.GA24950@alvherre.pgsql
GetWalRcvWriteRecPtr() previously reported the latest *flushed*
location. Adopt the conventional terminology used elsewhere in the tree
by renaming it to GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(), and likewise for some related
variables that used the term "received".
Add a new definition of GetWalRcvWriteRecPtr(), which returns the latest
*written* value. This will allow later patches to use the value for
non-data-integrity purposes, without having to wait for the flush
pointer to advance.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
To control whether partition changes are replicated using their own
identity and schema or an ancestor's, add a new parameter that can be
set per publication named 'publish_via_partition_root'.
This allows replicating a partitioned table into a different partition
structure on the subscriber.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
0f5ca02f53 introduces 3 new keywords. It appears to be too much for relatively
small feature. Given now we past feature freeze, it's already late for
discussion of the new syntax. So, revert.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28209.1586294824%40sss.pgh.pa.us
First pass of modifying various places that obtain the next power of 2 of
a number and make them use the new functions added in pg_bitutils.h
instead.
This also removes the _hash_log2() function. There are no longer any
callers in core. Other users can swap their _hash_log2(n) call to make use
of pg_ceil_log2_32(n).
Author: David Fetter, with some minor adjustments by me
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Jesse Zhang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114173553.GE32763%40fetter.org
If the memory context's maxBlockSize is too big, a single block
allocation can suddenly exceed work_mem. For Hash Aggregation, this
can mean spilling to disk too early or reporting a confusing memory
usage number for EXPLAN ANALYZE.
Introduce CreateWorkExprContext(), which is like CreateExprContext(),
except that it creates the AllocSet with a maxBlockSize that is
reasonable in proportion to work_mem.
Right now, CreateWorkExprContext() is only used by Hash Aggregation,
but it may be generally useful in the future.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/412a3fbf306f84d8d78c4009e11791867e62b87c.camel@j-davis.com
There are many areas in the code where we need to determine the next
highest power of 2 of a given number. We tend to always do that in an
ad-hoc way each time, generally with some tight for loop which performs a
bitshift left once per loop and goes until it finds a number above the
given number.
Here we add two generic functions which make use of the existing
pg_leftmost_one_pos* functions which, when available, will allow us to
calculate the next power of 2 without any looping.
Here we don't add any code which uses these new functions. That will be
done in follow-up commits.
Author: David Fetter, with some minor adjustments by me
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Jesse Zhang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114173553.GE32763%40fetter.org
Provide PrefetchSharedBuffer(), a variant that takes SMgrRelation, for
use in recovery. Rename LocalPrefetchBuffer() to PrefetchLocalBuffer()
for consistency.
Add a return value to all of these. In recovery, tolerate and report
missing files, so we can handle relations unlinked before crash recovery
began. Also report cache hits and misses, so that callers can do faster
buffer lookups and better I/O accounting.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
This case didn't work because columns merged by FULL JOIN USING are
represented in the parse tree by COALESCE expressions, and the logic
for recognizing a partitionable join failed to match upper-level join
clauses to such expressions. To fix, synthesize suitable COALESCE
expressions and add them to the nullable_partexprs lists. This is
pretty ugly and brute-force, but it gets the job done. (I have
ambitions of rethinking the way outer-join output Vars are
represented, so maybe that will provide a cleaner solution someday.
For now, do this.)
Amit Langote, reviewed by Justin Pryzby, Richard Guo, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the partitionwise join technique only allowed partitionwise
join when input partitioned tables had exactly the same partition
bounds. This commit extends the technique to some cases when the tables
have different partition bounds, by using an advanced partition-matching
algorithm introduced by this commit. For both the input partitioned
tables, the algorithm checks whether every partition of one input
partitioned table only matches one partition of the other input
partitioned table at most, and vice versa. In such a case the join
between the tables can be broken down into joins between the matching
partitions, so the algorithm produces the pairs of the matching
partitions, plus the partition bounds for the join relation, to allow
partitionwise join for computing the join. Currently, the algorithm
works for list-partitioned and range-partitioned tables, but not
hash-partitioned tables. See comments in partition_bounds_merge().
Ashutosh Bapat and Etsuro Fujita, most of regression tests by Rajkumar
Raghuwanshi, some of the tests by Mark Dilger and Amul Sul, reviewed by
Dmitry Dolgov and Amul Sul, with additional review at various points by
Ashutosh Bapat, Mark Dilger, Robert Haas, Antonin Houska, Amit Langote,
Justin Pryzby, and Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRdjQvaUEV5DJX3TW6pU5eq54NCkadtxHX2JiJG_GvbrCA@mail.gmail.com
The goal of separating hotly accessed per-backend data from PGPROC
into PGXACT is to make accesses fast (GetSnapshotData() in
particular). But delayChkpt is not actually accessed frequently; only
when starting a checkpoint. As it is frequently modified (multiple
times in the course of a single transaction), storing it in the same
cacheline as hotly accessed data unnecessarily dirties a contended
cacheline.
Therefore move delayChkpt to PGPROC.
This is part of a larger series of patches intending to improve
GetSnapshotData() scalability. It is committed and pushed separately,
as it is independently beneficial (small but measurable win, limited
by the other frequent modifications of PGXACT).
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Since heap TID is supposed to be just another key attribute to the
implementation, it doesn't make much sense to have separate
BTreeTupleSetNAtts() and BTreeTupleSetAltHeapTID() functions. Merge the
two functions together. This slightly simplifies _bt_truncate().
Replication slots are useful to retain data that may be needed by a
replication system. But experience has shown that allowing them to
retain excessive data can lead to the primary failing because of running
out of space. This new feature allows the user to configure a maximum
amount of space to be reserved using the new option
max_slot_wal_keep_size. Slots that overrun that space are invalidated
at checkpoint time, enabling the storage to be released.
Author: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI <horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170228.122736.123383594.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
This commit adds following optional clause to BEGIN and START TRANSACTION
commands.
WAIT FOR LSN lsn [ TIMEOUT timeout ]
New clause pospones transaction start till given lsn is applied on standby.
This clause allows user be sure, that changes previously made on primary would
be visible on standby.
New shared memory struct is used to track awaited lsn per backend. Recovery
process wakes up backend once required lsn is applied.
Author: Ivan Kartyshov, Anna Akenteva
Reviewed-by: Craig Ringer, Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Ants Aasma, Dmitry Ivanov, Simon Riggs
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0240c26c-9f84-30ea-fca9-93ab2df5f305%40postgrespro.ru
WITH TIES is an option to the FETCH FIRST N ROWS clause (the SQL
standard's spelling of LIMIT), where you additionally get rows that
compare equal to the last of those N rows by the columns in the
mandatory ORDER BY clause.
There was a proposal by Andrew Gierth to implement this functionality in
a more powerful way that would yield more features, but the other patch
had not been finished at this time, so we decided to use this one for
now in the spirit of incremental development.
Author: Surafel Temesgen <surafel3000@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALAY4q9ky7rD_A4vf=FVQvCGngm3LOes-ky0J6euMrg=_Se+ag@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8wvz253.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Since the existing bit number argument can't exceed INT32_MAX, it's
not possible for these functions to manipulate bits beyond the first
256MB of a bytea value. Lift that restriction by redeclaring the
bit number arguments as int8 (which requires a catversion bump,
hence is not back-patchable).
The similarly-named functions for bit/varbit don't really have a
problem because we restrict those types to at most VARBITMAXLEN bits;
hence leave them alone.
While here, extend the encode/decode functions in utils/adt/encode.c
to allow dealing with values wider than 1GB. This is not a live bug
or restriction in current usage, because no input could be more than
1GB, and since none of the encoders can expand a string more than 4X,
the result size couldn't overflow uint32. But it might be desirable
to support more in future, so make the input length values size_t
and the potential-output-length values uint64.
Also add some test cases to improve the miserable code coverage
of these functions.
Movead Li, editorialized some by me; also reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200312115135445367128@highgo.ca
Commit d2d8a229bc introduced Incremental Sort, but it was considered
only in create_ordered_paths() as an alternative to regular Sort. There
are many other places that require sorted input and might benefit from
considering Incremental Sort too.
This patch modifies a number of those places, but not all. The concern
is that just adding Incremental Sort to any place that already adds
Sort may increase the number of paths considered, negatively affecting
planning time, without any benefit. So we've taken a more conservative
approach, based on analysis of which places do affect a set of queries
that did seem practical. This means some less common queries may not
benefit from Incremental Sort yet.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: James Coleman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
It turns out that the code did indeed rely on a zeroed
TuplesortInstrumentation.sortMethod field to indicate
"this worker never did anything", although it seems the
issue only comes up during certain race-condition-y cases.
Hence, rearrange the TuplesortMethod enum to restore
SORT_TYPE_STILL_IN_PROGRESS to having the value zero,
and add some comments reinforcing that that isn't optional.
Also future-proof a loop over the possible values of the enum.
sizeof(bits32) happened to be the correct limit value,
but only by purest coincidence.
Per buildfarm and local investigation.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12222.1586223974@sss.pgh.pa.us
The txid_XXX family of fmgr functions exposes 64 bit transaction IDs to
users as int8. Now that we have an SQL type xid8 for FullTransactionId,
define a new set of functions including pg_current_xact_id() and
pg_current_snapshot() based on that. Keep the old functions around too,
for now.
It's a bit sneaky to use the same C functions for both, but since the
binary representation is identical except for the signedness of the
type, and since older functions are the ones using the wrong signedness,
and since we'll presumably drop the older ones after a reasonable period
of time, it seems reasonable to switch to FullTransactionId internally
and share the code for both.
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Takao Fujii <btfujiitkp@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai <imai.yoshikazu@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190725000636.666m5mad25wfbrri%40alap3.anarazel.de
Similar to xid, but 64 bits wide. This new type is suitable for use in
various system views and administration functions.
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Takao Fujii <btfujiitkp@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai <imai.yoshikazu@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190725000636.666m5mad25wfbrri%40alap3.anarazel.de
Incremental Sort is an optimized variant of multikey sort for cases when
the input is already sorted by a prefix of the requested sort keys. For
example when the relation is already sorted by (key1, key2) and we need
to sort it by (key1, key2, key3) we can simply split the input rows into
groups having equal values in (key1, key2), and only sort/compare the
remaining column key3.
This has a number of benefits:
- Reduced memory consumption, because only a single group (determined by
values in the sorted prefix) needs to be kept in memory. This may also
eliminate the need to spill to disk.
- Lower startup cost, because Incremental Sort produce results after each
prefix group, which is beneficial for plans where startup cost matters
(like for example queries with LIMIT clause).
We consider both Sort and Incremental Sort, and decide based on costing.
The implemented algorithm operates in two different modes:
- Fetching a minimum number of tuples without check of equality on the
prefix keys, and sorting on all columns when safe.
- Fetching all tuples for a single prefix group and then sorting by
comparing only the remaining (non-prefix) keys.
We always start in the first mode, and employ a heuristic to switch into
the second mode if we believe it's beneficial - the goal is to minimize
the number of unnecessary comparions while keeping memory consumption
below work_mem.
This is a very old patch series. The idea was originally proposed by
Alexander Korotkov back in 2013, and then revived in 2017. In 2018 the
patch was taken over by James Coleman, who wrote and rewrote most of the
current code.
There were many reviewers/contributors since 2013 - I've done my best to
pick the most active ones, and listed them in this commit message.
Author: James Coleman, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andreas Karlsson, Marti Raudsepp, Peter Geoghegan, Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Antonin Houska, Andres Freund, Alexander Kuzmenkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdscOX5an71nHd8WSUH6GNOCf=V7wgDaTXdDd9=goN-gfA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
Mainly, this adds support code in logical/worker.c for applying
replicated operations whose target is a partitioned table to its
relevant partitions.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds a new option WAL similar to existing option BUFFERS in the
EXPLAIN command. This option allows to include information on WAL record
generation added by commit df3b181499 in EXPLAIN output.
This also allows the WAL usage information to be displayed via
the auto_explain module. A new parameter auto_explain.log_wal controls
whether WAL usage statistics are printed when an execution plan is logged.
This parameter has no effect unless auto_explain.log_analyze is enabled.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
A table rewritten by ALTER TABLE would lose tracking of an index usable
for CLUSTER. This setting is tracked by pg_index.indisclustered and is
controlled by ALTER TABLE, so some extra work was needed to restore it
properly. Note that ALTER TABLE only marks the index that can be used
for clustering, and does not do the actual operation.
Author: Amit Langote, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200202161718.GI13621@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this. If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY. See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules. Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.
To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL. A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice. If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold. Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.
Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode. Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid. Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node. Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN.
Future servers accept older WAL, so this bump is discretionary.
Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas. Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem. Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs. Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
This allows gathering the WAL generation statistics for each statement
execution. The three statistics that we collect are the number of WAL
records, the number of full page writes and the amount of WAL bytes
generated.
This helps the users who have write-intensive workload to see the impact
of I/O due to WAL. This further enables us to see approximately what
percentage of overall WAL is due to full page writes.
In the future, we can extend this functionality to allow us to compute the
the exact amount of WAL data due to full page writes.
This patch in itself is just an infrastructure to compute WAL usage data.
The upcoming patches will expose this data via explain, auto_explain,
pg_stat_statements and verbose (auto)vacuum output.
Author: Kirill Bychik, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Fujii Masao and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
Don't try to be precise about it, just use a constant 16 bytes of
chunk overhead. Being smarter would require knowing the memory context
where the chunk will be allocated, which is not known by all callers.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200325220936.il3ni2fj2j2b45y5@alap3.anarazel.de
Move have_partkey_equi_join and match_expr_to_partition_keys to
relnode.c, since they're used only there. Refactor
build_joinrel_partition_info to split out the code that fills the
joinrel's partition key lists; this doesn't have any non-cosmetic
impact, but it seems like a useful separation of concerns.
Improve assorted nearby comments.
Amit Langote, with a little further editorialization by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
A manifest is a JSON document which includes (1) the file name, size,
last modification time, and an optional checksum for each file backed
up, (2) timelines and LSNs for whatever WAL will need to be replayed
to make the backup consistent, and (3) a checksum for the manifest
itself. By default, we use CRC-32C when checksumming data files,
because we are trying to detect corruption and user error, not foil an
adversary. However, pg_basebackup and the server-side BASE_BACKUP
command now have options to select a different algorithm, so users
wanting a cryptographic hash function can select SHA-224, SHA-256,
SHA-384, or SHA-512. Users not wanting file checksums at all can
disable them, or disable generating of the backup manifest altogether.
Using a cryptographic hash function in place of CRC-32C consumes
significantly more CPU cycles, which may slow down backups in some
cases.
A new tool called pg_validatebackup can validate a backup against the
manifest. If no checksums are present, it can still check that the
right files exist and that they have the expected sizes. If checksums
are present, it can also verify that each file has the expected
checksum. Additionally, it calls pg_waldump to verify that the
expected WAL files are present and parseable. Only plain format
backups can be validated directly, but tar format backups can be
validated after extracting them.
Robert Haas, with help, ideas, review, and testing from David Steele,
Stephen Frost, Andrew Dunstan, Rushabh Lathia, Suraj Kharage, Tushar
Ahuja, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Mark Dilger, Davinder Singh, Jeevan
Chalke, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, and Noah Misch.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZV8dw1H2bzZ9xkKwdrk8+XYa+DC9H=F7heO2zna5T6qg@mail.gmail.com
When BUFFERS option is enabled, EXPLAIN command includes the information
on buffer usage during each plan node, in its output. In addition to that,
this commit makes EXPLAIN command include also the information on
buffer usage during planning phase, in its output. This feature makes it
easier to discern the cases where lots of buffer access happen during
planning.
This commit revives the original commit ed7a509571 that was reverted by
commit 19db23bcbd. The original commit had to be reverted because
it caused the regression test failure on the buildfarm members prion and
dory. But since commit c0885c4c30 got rid of the caues of the test failure,
the original commit can be safely introduced again.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, slightly revised by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16109-26a1a88651e90608@postgresql.org
This commit introduces new wait events RecoveryConflictSnapshot and
RecoveryConflictTablespace. The former is reported while waiting for
recovery conflict resolution on a vacuum cleanup. The latter is reported
while waiting for recovery conflict resolution on dropping tablespace.
Also this commit changes the code so that the wait event Lock is reported
while waiting in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs() for recovery
conflict resolution on a lock. Basically the wait event Lock is reported
during that wait, but previously was not reported only when that wait
happened in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs().
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k4mXWTwfQLS3RPwGr4xnfAEs1ysFfgYHvmmoUgv6Zxvmg@mail.gmail.com
When BUFFERS option is enabled, EXPLAIN command includes the information
on buffer usage during each plan node, in its output. In addition to that,
this commit makes EXPLAIN command include also the information on
buffer usage during planning phase, in its output. This feature makes it
easier to discern the cases where lots of buffer access happen during
planning.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, slightly revised by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16109-26a1a88651e90608@postgresql.org
This patch replaces the boolean GUC log_parameters_on_error introduced
by commit ba79cb5dc with an integer log_parameter_max_length_on_error,
adding the ability to specify how many bytes to trim each logged
parameter value to. (The previous coding hard-wired that choice at
64 bytes.)
In addition, add a new parameter log_parameter_max_length that provides
similar control over truncation of query parameters that are logged in
response to statement-logging options, as opposed to errors. Previous
releases always logged such parameters in full, possibly causing log
bloat.
For backwards compatibility with prior releases,
log_parameter_max_length defaults to -1 (log in full), while
log_parameter_max_length_on_error defaults to 0 (no logging).
Per discussion, log_parameter_max_length is SUSET since the DBA should
control routine logging behavior, but log_parameter_max_length_on_error
is USERSET because it also affects errcontext data sent back to the
client.
Alexey Bashtanov, editorialized a little by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b10493cc-a399-a03a-67c7-068f2791ee50@imap.cc
This adds SQL expressions NORMALIZE() and IS NORMALIZED to convert and
check Unicode normal forms, per SQL standard.
To support fast IS NORMALIZED tests, we pull in a new data file
DerivedNormalizationProps.txt from Unicode and build a lookup table
from that, using techniques similar to ones already used for other
Unicode data. make update-unicode will keep it up to date. We only
build and use these tables for the NFC and NFKC forms, because they
are too big for NFD and NFKD and the improvement is not significant
enough there.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1909f27-c269-2ed9-12f8-3ab72c8caf7a@2ndquadrant.com
There's a number of SLRU caches used to access important data like clog,
commit timestamps, multixact, asynchronous notifications, etc. Until now
we had no easy way to monitor these shared caches, compute hit ratios,
number of reads/writes etc.
This commit extends the statistics collector to track this information
for a predefined list of SLRUs, and also introduces a new system view
pg_stat_slru displaying the data.
The list of built-in SLRUs is fixed, but additional SLRUs may be defined
in extensions. Unfortunately, there's no suitable registry of SLRUs, so
this patch simply defines a fixed list of SLRUs with entries for the
built-in ones and one entry for all additional SLRUs. Extensions adding
their own SLRU are fairly rare, so this seems acceptable.
This patch only allows monitoring of SLRUs, not tuning. The SLRU sizes
are still fixed (hard-coded in the code) and it's not entirely clear
which of the SLRUs might need a GUC to tune size. In a way, allowing us
to determine that is one of the goals of this patch.
Bump catversion as the patch introduces new functions and system view.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200119143707.gyinppnigokesjok@development
Quite a few matching operators such as JSONB's @> used "contsel" and
"contjoinsel" as their selectivity estimators. That was a bad idea,
because (a) contsel is only a stub, yielding a fixed default estimate,
and (b) that default is 0.001, meaning we estimate these operators as
five times more selective than equality, which is surely pretty silly.
There's a good model for improving this in ltree's ltreeparentsel():
for any "var OP constant" query, we can try applying the operator
to all of the column's MCV and histogram values, taking the latter
as being a random sample of the non-MCV values. That code is
actually 100% generic, except for the question of exactly what
default selectivity ought to be plugged in when we don't have stats.
Hence, migrate the guts of ltreeparentsel() into the core code, provide
wrappers "matchingsel" and "matchingjoinsel" with a more-appropriate
default estimate, and use those for the non-geometric operators that
formerly used contsel (mostly JSONB containment operators and tsquery
matching).
Also apply this code to some match-like operators in hstore, ltree, and
pg_trgm, including the former users of ltreeparentsel as well as ones
that improperly used contsel. Since commit 911e70207 just created new
versions of those extensions that we haven't released yet, we can sneak
this change into those new versions instead of having to create an
additional generation of update scripts.
Patch by me, reviewed by Alexey Bashtanov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12237.1582833074@sss.pgh.pa.us
pg_rewind needs to copy from the source cluster to the target cluster a
set of relation blocks changed from the previous checkpoint where WAL
forked up to the end of WAL on the target. Building this list of
relation blocks requires a range of WAL segments that may not be present
anymore on the target's pg_wal, causing pg_rewind to fail. It is
possible to work around this issue by copying manually the WAL segments
needed but this may lead to some extra and actually useless work.
This commit introduces a new option allowing pg_rewind to use a
restore_command while doing the rewind by grabbing the parameter value
of restore_command from the target cluster configuration. This allows
the rewind operation to be more reliable, so as only the WAL segments
needed by the rewind are restored from the archives.
In order to be able to do that, a new routine is added to src/common/ to
allow frontend tools to restore files from archives using an
already-built restore command. This version is more simple than the
backend equivalent as there is no need to handle the non-recovery case.
Author: Alexey Kondratov
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Alexander
Korotkov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
The definitions of the routines defined in xlogarchive.c have been part
of xlog_internal.h which is included by several frontend tools, but all
those routines are only called by the backend. More cleanup could be
done within xlog_internal.h, but that's already a nice cut.
This will help a follow-up patch for pg_rewind where handling of
restore_command is added for frontends.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
PostgreSQL provides set of template index access methods, where opclasses have
much freedom in the semantics of indexing. These index AMs are GiST, GIN,
SP-GiST and BRIN. There opclasses define representation of keys, operations on
them and supported search strategies. So, it's natural that opclasses may be
faced some tradeoffs, which require user-side decision. This commit implements
opclass parameters allowing users to set some values, which tell opclass how to
index the particular dataset.
This commit doesn't introduce new storage in system catalog. Instead it uses
pg_attribute.attoptions, which is used for table column storage options but
unused for index attributes.
In order to evade changing signature of each opclass support function, we
implement unified way to pass options to opclass support functions. Options
are set to fn_expr as the constant bytea expression. It's possible due to the
fact that opclass support functions are executed outside of expressions, so
fn_expr is unused for them.
This commit comes with some examples of opclass options usage. We parametrize
signature length in GiST. That applies to multiple opclasses: tsvector_ops,
gist__intbig_ops, gist_ltree_ops, gist__ltree_ops, gist_trgm_ops and
gist_hstore_ops. Also we parametrize maximum number of integer ranges for
gist__int_ops. However, the main future usage of this feature is expected
to be json, where users would be able to specify which way to index particular
json parts.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d22c3a18-31c7-1879-fc11-4c1ce2f5e5af%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, revised by me
Reviwed-by: Nikolay Shaplov, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
When certain parameters are changed on a physical replication primary,
this is communicated to standbys using the XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE WAL
record. The standby then checks whether its own settings are at least
as big as the ones on the primary. If not, the standby shuts down
with a fatal error.
The correspondence of settings between primary and standby is required
because those settings influence certain shared memory sizings that
are required for processing WAL records that the primary might send.
For example, if the primary sends a prepared transaction, the standby
must have had max_prepared_transaction set appropriately or it won't
be able to process those WAL records.
However, fatally shutting down the standby immediately upon receipt of
the parameter change record might be a bit of an overreaction. The
resources related to those settings are not required immediately at
that point, and might never be required if the activity on the primary
does not exhaust all those resources. If we just let the standby roll
on with recovery, it will eventually produce an appropriate error when
those resources are used.
So this patch relaxes this a bit. Upon receipt of
XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE, we still check the settings but only issue a
warning and set a global flag if there is a problem. Then when we
actually hit the resource issue and the flag was set, we issue another
warning message with relevant information. At that point we pause
recovery, so a hot standby remains usable. We also repeat the last
warning message once a minute so it is harder to miss or ignore.
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4ad69a4c-cc9b-0dfe-0352-8b1b0cd36c7b@2ndquadrant.com
This commit adds query_string argument into the planner-related functions
and hook and allows us to pass the query string to them.
Currently there is no user of the query string passed. But the upcoming patch
for the planning counters will add the planning hook function into
pg_stat_statements and the function will need the query string. So this change
will be necessary for that patch.
Also this change is useful for some extensions that want to use the query
string in their planner hook function.
Author: Pascal Legrand, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai, Tom Lane, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_bU1m3_XF5qKYtSj1ua4dxd=FWDyh2SH4rSJAUUfsGmAQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1583789487074-0.post@n3.nabble.com
Previously pg_stat_statements calculated the difference of buffer counters
by its own code even while BufferUsageAccumDiff() had the same code.
This commit expose BufferUsageAccumDiff() and makes pg_stat_statements
use it for the calculation, in order to simply the code.
This change also would be useful for the upcoming patch for the planning
counters in pg_stat_statements because the patch will add one more code
for the calculation of difference of buffer counters and that can easily be
done by using BufferUsageAccumDiff().
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bdfee4e0-a304-2498-8da5-3cb52c0a193e@oss.nttdata.com
As of Windows 10 version 1803, Unix-domain sockets are supported on
Windows. But it's not automatically detected by configure because it
looks for struct sockaddr_un and Windows doesn't define that. So we
just make our own definition on Windows and override the configure
result.
Set DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR to empty on Windows so by default no
Unix-domain socket is used, because there is no good standard
location.
In pg_upgrade, we have to do some extra tweaking to preserve the
existing behavior of not using Unix-domain sockets on Windows. Adding
support would be desirable, but it needs further work, in particular a
way to select whether to use Unix-domain sockets from the command-line
or with a run-time test.
The pg_upgrade test script needs a fix. The previous code passed
"localhost" to postgres -k, which only happened to work because
Windows used to ignore the -k argument value altogether. We instead
need to pass an empty string to get the desired effect.
The test suites will continue to not use Unix-domain sockets on
Windows. This requires a small tweak in pg_regress.c. The TAP tests
don't need to be changed because they decide by the operating system
rather than HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/54bde68c-d134-4eb8-5bd3-8af33b72a010@2ndquadrant.com
Traditionally autovacuum has only ever invoked a worker based on the
estimated number of dead tuples in a table and for anti-wraparound
purposes. For the latter, with certain classes of tables such as
insert-only tables, anti-wraparound vacuums could be the first vacuum that
the table ever receives. This could often lead to autovacuum workers being
busy for extended periods of time due to having to potentially freeze
every page in the table. This could be particularly bad for very large
tables. New clusters, or recently pg_restored clusters could suffer even
more as many large tables may have the same relfrozenxid, which could
result in large numbers of tables requiring an anti-wraparound vacuum all
at once.
Here we aim to reduce the work required by anti-wraparound and aggressive
vacuums in general, by triggering autovacuum when the table has received
enough INSERTs. This is controlled by adding two new GUCs and reloptions;
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold and
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_scale_factor. These work exactly the same as the
existing scale factor and threshold controls, only base themselves off the
number of inserts since the last vacuum, rather than the number of dead
tuples. New controls were added rather than reusing the existing
controls, to allow these new vacuums to be tuned independently and perhaps
even completely disabled altogether, which can be done by setting
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold to -1.
We make no attempt to skip index cleanup operations on these vacuums as
they may trigger for an insert-mostly table which continually doesn't have
enough dead tuples to trigger an autovacuum for the purpose of removing
those dead tuples. If we were to skip cleaning the indexes in this case,
then it is possible for the index(es) to become bloated over time.
There are additional benefits to triggering autovacuums based on inserts,
as tables which never contain enough dead tuples to trigger an autovacuum
are now more likely to receive a vacuum, which can mark more of the table
as "allvisible" and encourage the query planner to make use of Index Only
Scans.
Currently, we still obey vacuum_freeze_min_age when triggering these new
autovacuums based on INSERTs. For large insert-only tables, it may be
beneficial to lower the table's autovacuum_freeze_min_age so that tuples
are eligible to be frozen sooner. Here we've opted not to zero that for
these types of vacuums, since the table may just be insert-mostly and we
may otherwise freeze tuples that are still destined to be updated or
removed in the near future.
There was some debate to what exactly the new scale factor and threshold
should default to. For now, these are set to 0.2 and 1000, respectively.
There may be some motivation to adjust these before the release.
Author: Laurenz Albe, Darafei Praliaskouski
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Masahiko Sawada, Chris Travers, Andres Freund, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC8Q8t%2Bj36G_bLF%3D%2B0iMo6jGNWnLnWb1tujXuJr-%2Bx8ZCCTqoQ%40mail.gmail.com
The parameters primary_conninfo, primary_slot_name and
wal_receiver_create_temp_slot can now be changed with a simple "reload"
signal, no longer requiring a server restart. This is achieved by
signalling the walreceiver process to terminate and having it start
again with the new values.
Thanks to Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao for discussion.
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19513901543181143@sas1-19a94364928d.qloud-c.yandex.net
Commit 3297308278 gave walreceiver the ability to create and use a
temporary replication slot, and made it controllable by a GUC (enabled
by default) that can be changed with SIGHUP. That's useful but has two
problems: one, it's possible to cause the origin server to fill its disk
if the slot doesn't advance in time; and also there's a disconnect
between state passed down via the startup process and GUCs that
walreceiver reads directly.
We handle the first problem by setting the option to disabled by
default. If the user enables it, its on their head to make sure that
disk doesn't fill up.
We handle the second problem by passing the flag via startup rather than
having walreceiver acquire it directly, and making it PGC_POSTMASTER
(which ensures a walreceiver always has the fresh value). A future
commit can relax this (to PGC_SIGHUP again) by having the startup
process signal walreceiver to shutdown whenever the value changes.
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200122055510.GH174860@paquier.xyz
Buildfarm experience shows what probably should've occurred to me before:
if a cache flush occurs partway through building a generic plan, then
the plansource may have is_valid = false even though the plan is valid.
We need to accept this case, use the generated plan, and then try to
replan the next time. We can't try to replan immediately, because that
would produce an infinite loop in CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS builds; moreover
it's really overkill. (We can assume that the plan is valid, it's just
possibly a bit stale. Note that the pre-existing code behaved this way,
and the non-simple-expression code paths do too.) Conversely, not using
the generated plan would drop us into the not-a-simple-expression code
path, which is bad for performance and would also cause regression-test
failures due to visibly different error-reporting behavior.
Hence, refactor the validity-check functions so that the initial check
and recheck cases can react differently to plansource->is_valid.
This makes their usage a bit simpler, too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7072.1585332104@sss.pgh.pa.us
For relatively simple expressions (say, "x + 1" or "x > 0"), plpgsql's
management overhead exceeds the cost of evaluating the expression.
This patch substantially improves that situation, providing roughly
2X speedup for such trivial expressions.
First, add infrastructure in the plancache to allow fast re-validation
of cached plans that contain no table access, and hence need no locks.
Teach plpgsql to use this infrastructure for expressions that it's
already deemed "simple" (which in particular will never contain table
references).
The fast path still requires checking that search_path hasn't changed,
so provide a fast path for OverrideSearchPathMatchesCurrent by
counting changes that have occurred to the active search path in the
current session. This is simplistic but seems enough for now, seeing
that PushOverrideSearchPath is not used in any performance-critical
cases.
Second, manage the refcounts on simple expressions' cached plans using
a transaction-lifespan resource owner, so that we only need to take
and release an expression's refcount once per transaction not once per
expression evaluation. The management of this resource owner exactly
parallels the existing management of plpgsql's simple-expression EState.
Add some regression tests covering this area, in particular verifying
that expression caching doesn't break semantics for search_path changes.
Patch by me, but it owes something to previous work by Amit Langote,
who recognized that getting rid of plancache-related overhead would
be a useful thing to do here. Also thanks to Andres Freund for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDRVfLdAxsWeVLzCAbkLFZhW549K+67tpOc-faC8uH8zw@mail.gmail.com
Some platforms require libssl to be linked explicitly in the new
SSL test module. Borrow contrib/sslinfo's code for that.
Since src/test/modules/Makefile now has a variable SUBDIRS list,
it needs to follow the ALWAYS_SUBDIRS protocol for that (cf.
comments in Makefile.global.in).
Blindly try to fix MSVC build failures by adding PGDLLIMPORT.
The default hook function sets the default password callback function.
In order to allow preloaded libraries to have an opportunity to override
the default, TLS initialization if now delayed slightly until after
shared preloaded libraries have been loaded.
A test module is provided which contains a trivial example that decodes
an obfuscated password for an SSL certificate.
Author: Andrew Dunstan
Reviewed By: Andreas Karlsson, Asaba Takanori
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04116472-818b-5859-1d74-3d995aab2252@2ndQuadrant.com
This reverts the parts of commit 17a28b0364
that changed ereport's auxiliary functions from returning dummy integer
values to returning void. It turns out that a minority of compilers
complain (not entirely unreasonably) about constructs such as
(condition) ? errdetail(...) : 0
if errdetail() returns void rather than int. We could update those
call sites to say "(void) 0" perhaps, but the expectation for this
patch set was that ereport callers would not have to change anything.
And this aspect of the patch set was already the most invasive and
least compelling part of it, so let's just drop it.
Per buildfarm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
It was for unclear reasons defined in a separate location, which makes
it more cumbersome to override for testing, and it also did not have
any prominent documentation. Move to pg_config_manual.h, where
similar things are already collected.
The previous definition on the command-line had the effect of defining
it to the value 1, but now that we don't need that anymore we just
define it to empty, to simplify manual editing a bit.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b7053ba8-b008-5335-31de-2fe4fe41ef0f%402ndquadrant.com
Change all the auxiliary error-reporting routines to return void,
now that we no longer need to pretend they are passing something
useful to errfinish(). While this probably doesn't save anything
significant at the machine-code level, it allows detection of some
additional types of mistakes.
Pass the error location details (__FILE__, __LINE__, PG_FUNCNAME_MACRO)
to errfinish not errstart. This shaves a few cycles off the case where
errstart decides we're not going to emit anything.
Re-implement elog() as a trivial wrapper around ereport(), removing
the separate support infrastructure it used to have. Aside from
getting rid of some now-surplus code, this means that elog() now
really does have exactly the same semantics as ereport(), in particular
that it can skip evaluation work if the message is not to be emitted.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
Now that we require C99, we can depend on __VA_ARGS__ to work, and
revising ereport() to use it has several significant benefits:
* The extra parentheses around the auxiliary function calls are now
optional. Aside from being a bit less ugly, this removes a common
gotcha for new contributors, because in some cases the compiler errors
you got from forgetting them were unintelligible.
* The auxiliary function calls are now evaluated as a comma expression
list rather than as extra arguments to errfinish(). This means that
compilers can be expected to warn about no-op expressions in the list,
allowing detection of several other common mistakes such as forgetting
to add errmsg(...) when converting an elog() call to ereport().
* Unlike the situation with extra function arguments, comma expressions
are guaranteed to be evaluated left-to-right, so this removes platform
dependency in the order of the auxiliary function calls. While that
dependency hasn't caused us big problems in the past, this change does
allow dropping some rather shaky assumptions around errcontext() domain
handling.
There's no intention to make wholesale changes of existing ereport
calls, but as proof-of-concept this patch removes the extra parens
from a couple of calls in postgres.c.
While new code can be written either way, code intended to be
back-patched will need to use extra parens for awhile yet. It seems
worth back-patching this change into v12, so as to reduce the window
where we have to be careful about that by one year. Hence, this patch
is careful to preserve ABI compatibility; a followup HEAD-only patch
will make some additional simplifications.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
It previously only supported NFKC, for use by SASLprep. This expands
the API to offer the choice of all four normalization forms. Right
now, there are no internal users of the forms other than NFKC.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1909f27-c269-2ed9-12f8-3ab72c8caf7a@2ndquadrant.com
Previously if a promotion was triggered while recovery was paused,
the paused state continued. Also recovery could be paused by executing
pg_wal_replay_pause() even while a promotion was ongoing. That is,
recovery pause had higher priority over a standby promotion.
But this behavior was not desirable because most users basically wanted
the recovery to complete as soon as possible and the server to become
the master when they requested a promotion.
This commit changes recovery so that it prefers a promotion over
recovery pause. That is, if a promotion is triggered while recovery
is paused, the paused state ends and a promotion continues. Also
this commit makes recovery pause functions like pg_wal_replay_pause()
throw an error if they are executed while a promotion is ongoing.
Internally, this commit adds new internal function PromoteIsTriggered()
that returns true if a promotion is triggered. Since the name of
this function and the existing function IsPromoteTriggered() are
confusingly similar, the commit changes the name of IsPromoteTriggered()
to IsPromoteSignaled, as more appropriate name.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/00c194b2-dbbb-2e8a-5b39-13f14048ef0a@oss.nttdata.com
restore_command has only been used until now by the backend, but there
is a pending patch for pg_rewind to make use of that in the frontend.
Author: Alexey Kondratov
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Alexander
Korotkov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
This commit introduces new wait events BackupWaitWalArchive and
RecoveryPause. The former is reported while waiting for the WAL files
required for the backup to be successfully archived. The latter is
reported while waiting for recovery in pause state to be resumed.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Atsushi Torikoshi, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f0651f8c-9c96-9f29-0ff9-80414a15308a@oss.nttdata.com
Previously 0 was reported in pg_stat_progress_basebackup.total_backup
if the total backup size was not estimated. Per discussion, our consensus
is that NULL is better choise as the value in total_backup in that case.
So this commit makes pg_stat_progress_basebackup view report NULL
in total_backup column if the estimation is disabled.
Bump catversion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Magnus Hagander, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevExnhOD89zBDuPvfAAh243RzNpwCPEWNLtMYpKHMB8gbAQ@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commit b7f64c6, which broke the fallback implementation for
C++. We have discussed a couple of alternatives to reduce the number of
implementations for those asserts, but nothing allowing to reduce the
number of implementations down to three instead of four, so there is no
benefit in keeping this patch.
Thanks to Tom Lane for the discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200313115033.GA183471@paquier.xyz
headerscheck and cpluspluscheck should skip the recently-added
cmdtaglist.h header, since (like kwlist.h and some other similarly-
designed headers) it's not meant to be included standalone.
evtcache.h was missing an #include to support its usage of Bitmapset.
typecmds.h was missing an #include to support its usage of ParseState.
The first two of these were evidently oversights in commit 2f9661311.
I didn't track down exactly which change broke typecmds.h, but it
must have been some rearrangement in one of its existing inclusions,
because it's referenced ParseState for quite a long time and there
were not complaints from these checking programs before.
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this. If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY. See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules. Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.
To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL. A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice. If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold. Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.
Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode. Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid. Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node. Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.
Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions). This introduces a new WAL
record type, XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN, without bumping XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC. As
always, update standby systems before master systems. This changes
sizeof(RelationData) and sizeof(IndexStmt), breaking binary
compatibility for affected extensions. (The most recent commit to
affect the same class of extensions was
089e4d405d0f3b94c74a2c6a54357a84a681754b.)
Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas. Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem. Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs. Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
Remove an obsolete comment from AtEOXact_cleanup(). Restore formatting
of a comment in struct RelationData, mangled by the pgindent run in
commit 9af4159fce. Back-patch to 9.5 (all
supported versions), because another fix stacks on this.
This is required as it is no safer for two related processes to extend the
same relation at a time than for unrelated processes to do the same. We
don't acquire a heavyweight lock on any other object after relation
extension lock which means such a lock can never participate in the
deadlock cycle. So, avoid checking wait edges from this lock.
This provides an infrastructure to allow parallel operations like insert,
copy, etc. which were earlier not possible as parallel group members won't
conflict for relation extension lock.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCmT3cFQUN4aVvzy5chw7DuzXrJCbrjTU05B+Ss=Gn1LA@mail.gmail.com
This patch adds the pseudo-types anycompatible, anycompatiblearray,
anycompatiblenonarray, and anycompatiblerange. They work much like
anyelement, anyarray, anynonarray, and anyrange respectively, except
that the actual input values need not match precisely in type.
Instead, if we can find a common supertype (using the same rules
as for UNION/CASE type resolution), then the parser automatically
promotes the input values to that type. For example,
"myfunc(anycompatible, anycompatible)" can match a call with one
integer and one bigint argument, with the integer automatically
promoted to bigint. With anyelement in the definition, the user
would have had to cast the integer explicitly.
The new types also provide a second, independent set of type variables
for function matching; thus with "myfunc(anyelement, anyelement,
anycompatible) returns anycompatible" the first two arguments are
constrained to be the same type, but the third can be some other
type, and the result has the type of the third argument. The need
for more than one set of type variables was foreseen back when we
first invented the polymorphic types, but we never did anything
about it.
Pavel Stehule, revised a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDna7VqNi8gR+Tt2Ktmz0cq5G93guc3Sbn_NVPLdXAkqA@mail.gmail.com
This by itself doesn't change any functionality but prepares the way
for having relations other than base tables in publications.
Make arrangements for COPY handling the initial table sync. For
non-tables we have to use COPY (SELECT ...) instead of directly
copying from the table, but then we have to take care to omit
generated columns from the column list.
Also, remove a hardcoded reference to relkind = 'r' and rely on the
publisher to send only what it can actually publish, which will be
correct even in future cross-version scenarios.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit renames RecoveryWalAll and RecoveryWalStream wait events to
RecoveryWalStream and RecoveryRetrieveRetryInterval, respectively,
in order to make the names and what they are more consistent. For example,
previously RecoveryWalAll was reported as a wait event while the recovery
was waiting for WAL from a stream, and which was confusing because the name
was very different from the situation where the wait actually could happen.
The names of macro variables for those wait events also are renamed
accordingly.
This commit also changes the category of RecoveryRetrieveRetryInterval to
Timeout from Activity because the wait event is reported while waiting based
on wal_retrieve_retry_interval.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/124997ee-096a-5d09-d8da-2c7a57d0816e@oss.nttdata.com
While performing hash aggregation, track memory usage when adding new
groups to a hash table. If the memory usage exceeds work_mem, enter
"spill mode".
In spill mode, new groups are not created in the hash table(s), but
existing groups continue to be advanced if input tuples match. Tuples
that would cause a new group to be created are instead spilled to a
logical tape to be processed later.
The tuples are spilled in a partitioned fashion. When all tuples from
the outer plan are processed (either by advancing the group or
spilling the tuple), finalize and emit the groups from the hash
table. Then, create new batches of work from the spilled partitions,
and select one of the saved batches and process it (possibly spilling
recursively).
Author: Jeff Davis
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Adam Lee, Justin Pryzby, Taylor Vesely, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/507ac540ec7c20136364b5272acbcd4574aa76ef.camel@j-davis.com
An AllocSet doubles the size of allocated blocks (up to maxBlockSize),
which means that the current block can represent half of the total
allocated space for the memory context. But the free space in the
current block may never have been touched, so don't count the
untouched memory as allocated for the purposes of
MemoryContextMemAllocated().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ec63d70b668818255486a83ffadc3aec492c1f57.camel@j-davis.com
relation extension lock.
The only exception to the rule is that we can try to acquire the same
relation extension lock more than once. This is allowed as we are not
creating any new lock for this case. This restriction implies that the
relation extension lock won't ever participate in the deadlock cycle
because we can never wait for any other heavyweight lock after acquiring
this lock.
Such a restriction is okay for relation extension locks as unlike other
heavyweight locks these are not held till the transaction end. These are
taken for a short duration to extend a particular relation and then
released.
Author: Dilip Kumar, with few changes by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCmT3cFQUN4aVvzy5chw7DuzXrJCbrjTU05B+Ss=Gn1LA@mail.gmail.com
pg_proc.c and pg_aggregate.c had near-duplicate copies of the logic
to decide whether a function or aggregate's signature is legal.
This seems like a bad thing even without the problem that the
upcoming "anycompatible" patch would roughly double the complexity
of that logic. Hence, refactor so that the rules are localized
in new subroutines supplied by parse_coerce.c. (One could quibble
about just where to add that code, but putting it beside
enforce_generic_type_consistency seems not totally unreasonable.)
The fact that the rules are about to change would mandate some
changes in the wording of the associated error messages in any case.
I ended up spelling things out in a fairly literal fashion in the
errdetail messages, eg "A result of type anyelement requires at
least one input of type anyelement, anyarray, anynonarray, anyenum,
or anyrange." Perhaps this is overkill, but once there's more than
one subgroup of polymorphic types, people might get confused by
more-abstract messages.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24137.1584139352@sss.pgh.pa.us
It devolved into a content-less wrapper over read_local_xlog_page, with
nothing to add, plus it's easily confused with walsender's
logical_read_xlog_page. There doesn't seem to be any reason for it to
stay.
src/include/replication/logicalfuncs.h becomes empty, so remove it too.
The prototypes it initially had were absorbed by generated fmgrprotos.h.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191115214102.GA15616@alvherre.pgsql
This extends the fixes made in commit 085b6b667 to other SRFs with the
same bug, namely pg_logdir_ls(), pgrowlocks(), pg_timezone_names(),
pg_ls_dir(), and pg_tablespace_databases().
Also adjust various comments and documentation to warn against
expecting to clean up resources during a ValuePerCall SRF's final
call.
Back-patch to all supported branches, since these functions were
all born broken.
Justin Pryzby, with cosmetic tweaks by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200308173103.GC1357@telsasoft.com
Introduce a GUC and a tablespace option to control I/O prefetching, much
like effective_io_concurrency, but for work that is done on behalf of
many client sessions.
Use the new setting in heapam.c instead of the hard-coded formula
effective_io_concurrency + 10 introduced by commit 558a9165e0. Go with
a default value of 10 for now, because it's a round number pretty close
to the value used for that existing case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJUw08dPs_3EUcdO6M90GnjofPYrWp4YSLaBkgYwS-AqA%40mail.gmail.com
The effective_io_concurrency GUC and equivalent tablespace option were
previously passed through a formula based on a theory about RAID
spindles and probabilities, to arrive at the number of pages to prefetch
in bitmap heap scans. Tomas Vondra, Andres Freund and others argued
that it was anachronistic and hard to justify, and commit 558a9165e0
already started down the path of bypassing it in new code. We agreed to
drop that logic and use the value directly.
For the default setting of 1, there is no change in effect. Higher
settings can be converted from the old meaning to the new with:
select round(sum(OLD / n::float)) from generate_series(1, OLD) s(n);
We might want to consider renaming the GUC before the next release given
the change in meaning, but it's not clear that many users had set it
very carefully anyway. That decision is deferred for now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJUw08dPs_3EUcdO6M90GnjofPYrWp4YSLaBkgYwS-AqA%40mail.gmail.com
resolve_polymorphic_tupdesc() and resolve_polymorphic_argtypes() failed to
cover the case of having to resolve anyarray given only an anyrange input.
The bug was masked if anyelement was also used (as either input or
output), which probably helps account for our not having noticed.
While looking at this I noticed that resolve_generic_type() would produce
the wrong answer if asked to make that same resolution. ISTM that
resolve_generic_type() is confusingly defined and overly complex, so
rather than fix it, let's just make funcapi.c do the specific lookups
it requires for itself.
With this change, resolve_generic_type() is not used anywhere, so remove
it in HEAD. In the back branches, leave it alone (complete with bug)
just in case any external code is using it.
While we're here, make some other refactoring adjustments in funcapi.c
with an eye to upcoming future expansion of the set of polymorphic types:
* Simplify quick-exit tests by adding an overall have_polymorphic_result
flag. This is about a wash now but will be a win when there are more
flags.
* Reduce duplication of code between resolve_polymorphic_tupdesc() and
resolve_polymorphic_argtypes().
* Don't bother to validate correct matching of anynonarray or anyenum;
the parser should have done that, and even if it didn't, just doing
"return false" here would lead to a very confusing, off-point error
message. (Really, "return false" in these two functions should only
occur if the call_expr isn't supplied or we can't obtain data type
info from it.)
* For the same reason, throw an elog rather than "return false" if
we fail to resolve a polymorphic type.
The bug's been there since we added anyrange, so back-patch to
all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6093.1584202130@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 8f321bd16c added support for estimating ScalarArrayOpExpr clauses
(IN/ANY) clauses using functional dependencies. There's no good reason
not to support estimation of these clauses using multi-variate MCV lists
too, so this commits implements that. That makes the behavior consistent
and MCV lists can estimate all variants (ANY/ALL, inequalities, ...).
Author: Tomas Vondra
Review: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/13902317.Eha0YfKkKy%40pierred-pdoc
Use the new MyBackendType instead. More similar changes for other "am
something" variables are possible. This one was just particularly
simple.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
Add a new global variable MyBackendType that uses the same BackendType
enum that was previously only used by the stats collector. That way
several duplicate ways of checking what type a particular process is
can be simplified. Since it's no longer just for stats, move to
miscinit.c and rename existing functions to match the expanded
purpose.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
If an index was explicitly set as replica identity index, this setting
was lost when a table was rewritten by ALTER TABLE. Because this
setting is part of pg_index but actually controlled by ALTER
TABLE (not part of CREATE INDEX, say), we have to do some extra work
to restore it.
Based-on-patch-by: Quan Zongliang <quanzongliang@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira <euler.taveira@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c70fcab2-4866-0d9f-1d01-e75e189db342@gmail.com
This commit refactors and simplifies the definitions of StaticAssertStmt,
StaticAssertExpr and StaticAssertDecl. By unifying the C and C++
fallback implementations, this reduces the number of different
implementations from four to three.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Georgios Kokolatos, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200204081503.GF2287@paquier.xyz
The init_ps_display() arguments were mostly lies by now, so to match
typical usage, just use one argument and let the caller assemble it
from multiple sources if necessary. The only user of the additional
arguments is BackendInitialize(), which was already doing string
assembly on the caller side anyway.
Remove the second argument of set_ps_display() ("force") and just
handle that in init_ps_display() internally.
BackendInitialize() also used to set the initial status as
"authentication", but that was very far from where authentication
actually happened. So now it's set to "initializing" and then
"authentication" just before the actual call to
ClientAuthentication().
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
If the command is attempted for an extension that the object already
depends on, silently do nothing.
In particular, this means that if a database containing multiple such
entries is dumped, the restore will silently do the right thing and
record just the first one. (At least, in a world where pg_dump does
dump such entries -- which it doesn't currently, but it will.)
Backpatch to 9.6, where this kind of dependency was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed, Tom Lane (offlist)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217225333.GA30974@alvherre.pgsql
The code around InitPostmasterChild() from commit 31c453165b somehow
ended up in the middle of a block of code related to "User ID state".
Move it into its own block instead.
Previously, hard links were not used on Windows and Cygwin, but they
support them just fine in currently supported OS versions, so we can
use them there as well.
Since all supported platforms now support hard links, we can remove
the alternative code paths.
Rename durable_link_or_rename() to durable_rename_excl() to make the
purpose more clear without referencing the implementation details.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/72fff73f-dc9c-4ef4-83e8-d2e60c98df48%402ndquadrant.com
This catalog-handling code was previously together with the rest of
CastCreate() in src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c. A future patch
will need a way to add casts internally, so this will be useful to have
separate.
Also, move the nearby get_cast_oid() function from functioncmds.c to
lsyscache.c, which seems a more natural place for it.
Author: Paul Jungwirth, minor edits by Álvaro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200309210003.GA19992@alvherre.pgsql
This removes another relic from the old nmake-based Windows build.
version_stamp.pl put version number information into win32ver.rc. But
win32ver.rc already gets other version number information from the
preprocessor at build time, so it would make more sense if all version
number information would be handled in the same way and we don't have
two places that do it.
What we need for this is having the major version number and the minor
version number as separate integer symbols. Both configure and
Solution.pm already have that logic, because they compute
PG_VERSION_NUM. So we just keep all the logic there now. Put the
minor version number into a new symbol PG_MINORVERSION_NUM. Also, add
a symbol PG_MAJORVERSION_NUM, which is a number, alongside the
existing PG_MAJORVERSION, which is a string.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1ee46ac4-a9b2-4531-bf54-5ec2e374634d@2ndquadrant.com
The need for this was removed by
8b9e9644dc.
A number of files now need to include utils/acl.h or
parser/parse_node.h explicitly where they previously got it indirectly
somehow.
Since parser/parse_node.h already includes nodes/parsenodes.h, the
latter is then removed where the former was added. Also, remove
nodes/pg_list.h from objectaddress.h, since that's included via
nodes/parsenodes.h.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/7601e258-26b2-8481-36d0-dc9dca6f28f1%402ndquadrant.com
When a partitioned table is added to a publication, changes of all of
its partitions (current or future) are published via that publication.
This change only affects which tables a publication considers as its
members. The receiving side still sees the data coming from the
individual leaf partitions. So existing restrictions that partition
hierarchies can only be replicated one-to-one are not changed by this.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
Such indexes can only be duplicated leftovers of a previously failed
REINDEX CONCURRENTLY command, and a valid equivalent is guaranteed to
exist. As toast indexes can only be dropped if invalid, reindexing
these would lead to useless duplicated indexes that can't be dropped
anymore, except if the parent relation is dropped.
Thanks to Justin Pryzby for reminding that this problem was reported
long ago during the review of the original patch of REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY, but the issue was never addressed.
Reported-by: Sergei Kornilov, Justin Pryzby
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36712441546604286%40sas1-890ba5c2334a.qloud-c.yandex.net
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200216190835.GA21832@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Increases the number of tapes in a logical tape set. This will be
important for disk-based hash aggregation, because the maximum number
of tapes is not known ahead of time.
While discussing this change, it was observed to regress the
performance of Sort for at least one test case. The performance
regression was because some versions of GCC switch to an inlined
version of memcpy() in LogicalTapeWrite() after this change. No
performance regression for clang was observed.
Because the regression is due to an arbitrary decision by the
compiler, I decided it shouldn't hold up this change. If it needs to
be fixed, we can find a workaround.
Author: Adam Lee, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e54bfec11c59689890f277722aaaabd05f78e22c.camel%40j-davis.com
SQL includes provisions for numeric Unicode escapes in string
literals and identifiers. Previously we only accepted those
if they represented ASCII characters or the server encoding
was UTF-8, making the conversion to internal form trivial.
This patch adjusts things so that we'll call the appropriate
encoding conversion function in less-trivial cases, allowing
the escape sequence to be accepted so long as it corresponds
to some character available in the server encoding.
This also applies to processing of Unicode escapes in JSONB.
However, the old restriction still applies to client-side
JSON processing, since that hasn't got access to the server's
encoding conversion infrastructure.
This patch includes some lexer infrastructure that simplifies
throwing errors with error cursors pointing into the middle of
a string (or other complex token). For the moment I only used
it for errors relating to Unicode escapes, but we might later
expand the usage to some other cases.
Patch by me, reviewed by John Naylor.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2393.1578958316@sss.pgh.pa.us
Specifically, this patch allows ALTER TYPE to:
* Change the default TOAST strategy for a toastable base type;
* Promote a non-toastable type to toastable;
* Add/remove binary I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove typmod I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove a custom ANALYZE statistics functions for a type.
The first of these can be done by the type's owner; all the others
require superuser privilege since misuse could cause problems.
The main motivation for this patch is to allow extensions to
upgrade the feature sets of their data types, so the set of
alterable properties is biased towards that use-case. However
it's also true that changing some other properties would be
a lot harder, as they get baked into physical storage and/or
stored expressions that depend on the type.
Along the way, refactor GenerateTypeDependencies() to make it easier
to call, refactor DefineType's volatility checks so they can be shared
by AlterType, and teach typcache.c that it might have to reload data
from the type's pg_type row, a scenario it never handled before.
Also rearrange alter_type.sgml a bit for clarity (put the
composite-type operations together).
Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228004440.b23ein4qvmxnlpht@development
A long time ago, it was necessary to declare datatype I/O functions,
triggers, and language handler support functions in a very type-unsafe
way involving a single pseudo-type "opaque". We got rid of those
conventions in 7.3, but there was still support in various places to
automatically convert such functions to the modern declaration style,
to be able to transparently re-load dumps from pre-7.3 servers.
It seems unnecessary to continue to support that anymore, so take out
the hacks; whereupon the "opaque" pseudo-type itself is no longer
needed and can be dropped.
This is part of a group of patches removing various server-side kluges
for transparently upgrading pre-8.0 dump files. Since we've had few
complaints about dropping pg_dump's support for dumping from pre-8.0
servers (commit 64f3524e2), it seems okay to now remove these kluges.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4110.1583255415@sss.pgh.pa.us
This does not matter much when compiling Postgres proper as many
warnings exist when enabling this compilation flag, but it can be
annoying for external modules willing to use both.
Author: David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/91d86c8a-11fc-7b88-43eb-5ca3f6fb8bd3@pgmasters.net
Optionally push a step to check for a NULL pointer to the pergroup
state.
This will be important for disk-based hash aggregation in combination
with grouping sets. When memory limits are reached, a given tuple may
find its per-group state for some grouping sets but not others. For
the former, it advances the per-group state as normal; for the latter,
it skips evaluation and the calling code will have to spill the tuple
and reprocess it in a later batch.
Add the NULL check as a separate expression step because in some
common cases it's not needed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200221202212.ssb2qpmdgrnx52sj%40alap3.anarazel.de
Our usual practice for "poor man's enum" catalog columns is to define
macros for the possible values and use those, not literal constants,
in C code. But for some reason lost in the mists of time, this was
never done for typalign/attalign or typstorage/attstorage. It's never
too late to make it better though, so let's do that.
The reason I got interested in this right now is the need to duplicate
some uses of the TYPSTORAGE constants in an upcoming ALTER TYPE patch.
But in general, this sort of change aids greppability and readability,
so it's a good idea even without any specific motivation.
I may have missed a few places that could be converted, and it's even
more likely that pending patches will re-introduce some hard-coded
references. But that's not fatal --- there's no expectation that
we'd actually change any of these values. We can clean up stragglers
over time.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16457.1583189537@sss.pgh.pa.us
to_char() has long allowed the TM (translation mode) prefix to
specify output of translated month or day names; but that prefix
had no effect in input format strings. Now it does. to_date()
and to_timestamp() will now recognize the same month or day names
that to_char() would output for the same format code. Matching is
case-insensitive (per the active collation's notion of what that
means), just as it has always been for English month/day names
without the TM prefix.
(As per the discussion thread, there are lots of cases that this
feature will not handle, such as alternate day names. But being
able to accept what to_char() will output seems useful enough.)
In passing, fix some shaky English and violations of message
style guidelines in jsonpath errors for the .datetime() method,
which depends on this code.
Juan José Santamaría Flecha, reviewed and modified by me,
with other commentary from Alvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra,
Arthur Zakirov, Peter Eisentraut, Mark Dilger.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC+AXB3u1jTngJcoC1nAHBf=M3v-jrEfo86UFtCqCjzbWS9QhA@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds pg_stat_progress_basebackup view that reports
the progress while an application like pg_basebackup is taking
a base backup. This uses the progress reporting infrastructure
added by c16dc1aca5, adding support for streaming base backup.
Bump catversion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Langote, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ed8b801-8215-1f3d-62d7-65bff53f6e94@oss.nttdata.com
The backend was using strings to represent command tags and doing string
comparisons in multiple places, but that's slow and unhelpful. Create a
new command list with a supporting structure to use instead; this is
stored in a tag-list-file that can be tailored to specific purposes with
a caller-definable C macro, similar to what we do for WAL resource
managers. The first first such uses are a new CommandTag enum and a
CommandTagBehavior struct.
Replace numerous occurrences of char *completionTag with a
QueryCompletion struct so that the code no longer stores information
about completed queries in a cstring. Only at the last moment, in
EndCommand(), does this get converted to a string.
EventTriggerCacheItem no longer holds an array of palloc’d tag strings
in sorted order, but rather just a Bitmapset over the CommandTags.
Author: Mark Dilger, with unsolicited help from Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/981A9DB4-3F0C-4DA5-88AD-CB9CFF4D6CAD@enterprisedb.com
Add a cast to size_t to silence "comparison between signed and unsigned
integer expressions" cpluspluscheck warning.
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7971.1583171266@sss.pgh.pa.us
Such an access became possible when commit 246a6c8f7 added more
aggressive cleanup of orphaned temp relations by autovacuum.
Since autovacuum's snapshot might be slightly stale, it could
attempt to access an already-dropped temp namespace, resulting in
an assertion failure or null-pointer dereference. (In practice,
since we don't drop temp namespaces automatically but merely
recycle them, this situation could only arise if a superuser does
a manual drop of a temp namespace. Still, that should be allowed.)
The core of the bug, IMO, is that isTempNamespaceInUse and its callers
failed to think hard about whether to treat "temp namespace isn't there"
differently from "temp namespace isn't in use". In hopes of forestalling
future mistakes of the same ilk, replace that function with a new one
checkTempNamespaceStatus, which makes the same tests but returns a
three-way enum rather than just a bool. isTempNamespaceInUse is gone
entirely in HEAD; but just in case some external code is relying on it,
keep it in the back branches, as a bug-compatible wrapper around the
new function.
Per report originally from Prabhat Kumar Sahu, investigated by Mahendra
Singh and Michael Paquier; the final form of the patch is my fault.
This replaces the failed fix attempt in a052f6cbb.
Backpatch as far as v11, as 246a6c8f7 was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKYtNAr9Zq=1-ww4etHo-VCC-k120YxZy5OS01VkaLPaDbv2tg@mail.gmail.com
This also involves renaming src/include/utils/hashutils.h, which
becomes src/include/common/hashfn.h. Perhaps an argument can be
made for keeping the hashutils.h name, but it seemed more
consistent to make it match the name of the file, and also more
descriptive of what is actually going on here.
Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger. Off-list
advice on how not to break the Windows build from Davinder Singh
and Amit Kapila.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ruhttps://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
Invent the concept of a B-Tree equalimage ("equality implies image
equality") support function, registered as support function 4. This
indicates whether it is safe (or not safe) to apply optimizations that
assume that any two datums considered equal by an operator class's order
method must be interchangeable without any loss of semantic information.
This is static information about an operator class and a collation.
Register an equalimage routine for almost all of the existing B-Tree
opclasses. We only need two trivial routines for all of the opclasses
that are included with the core distribution. There is one routine for
opclasses that index non-collatable types (which returns 'true'
unconditionally), plus another routine for collatable types (which
returns 'true' when the collation is a deterministic collation).
This patch is infrastructure for an upcoming patch that adds B-Tree
deduplication.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn3Ee49Gmxb7V1VJ3-AC8fWn-Fr8pfWQebHe8rYRxt5OQ@mail.gmail.com
Do so by combining the various steps that are part of aggregate
transition function invocation into one larger step. As some of the
current steps are only necessary for some aggregates, have one variant
of the aggregate transition step for each possible combination.
To avoid further manual copies of code in the different transition
step implementations, move most of the code into helper functions
marked as "always inline".
The benefit of this change is an increase in performance when
aggregating lots of rows. This comes in part due to the reduced number
of indirect jumps due to the reduced number of steps, and in part by
reducing redundant setup code across steps. This mainly benefits
interpreted execution, but the code generated by JIT is also improved
a bit.
As a nice side-effect it also ends up making the code a bit simpler.
A small additional optimization is removing the need to set
aggstate->curaggcontext before calling ExecAggInitGroup, choosing to
instead passign curaggcontext as an argument. It was, in contrast to
other aggregate related functions, only needed to fetch a memory
context to copy the transition value into.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/5c371df7cee903e8cd4c685f90c6c72086d3a2dc.camel@j-davis.com
The comments in fd.c have long claimed that all file allocations should
go through that module, but in reality that's not always practical.
fd.c doesn't supply APIs for invoking some FD-producing syscalls like
pipe() or epoll_create(); and the APIs it does supply for non-virtual
FDs are mostly insistent on releasing those FDs at transaction end;
and in some cases the actual open() call is in code that can't be made
to use fd.c, such as libpq.
This has led to a situation where, in a modern server, there are likely
to be seven or so long-lived FDs per backend process that are not known
to fd.c. Since NUM_RESERVED_FDS is only 10, that meant we had *very*
few spare FDs if max_files_per_process is >= the system ulimit and
fd.c had opened all the files it thought it safely could. The
contrib/postgres_fdw regression test, in particular, could easily be
made to fall over by running it under a restrictive ulimit.
To improve matters, invent functions Acquire/Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD
that allow outside callers to tell fd.c that they have or want to allocate
a FD that's not directly managed by fd.c. Add calls to track all the
fixed FDs in a standard backend session, so that we are honestly
guaranteeing that NUM_RESERVED_FDS FDs remain unused below the EMFILE
limit in a backend's idle state. The coding rules for these functions say
that there's no need to call them in code that just allocates one FD over
a fairly short interval; we can dip into NUM_RESERVED_FDS for such cases.
That means that there aren't all that many places where we need to worry.
But postgres_fdw and dblink must use this facility to account for
long-lived FDs consumed by libpq connections. There may be other places
where it's worth doing such accounting, too, but this seems like enough
to solve the immediate problem.
Internally to fd.c, "external" FDs are limited to max_safe_fds/3 FDs.
(Callers can choose to ignore this limit, but of course it's unwise
to do so except for fixed file allocations.) I also reduced the limit
on "allocated" files to max_safe_fds/3 FDs (it had been max_safe_fds/2).
Conceivably a smarter rule could be used here --- but in practice,
on reasonable systems, max_safe_fds should be large enough that this
isn't much of an issue, so KISS for now. To avoid possible regression
in the number of external or allocated files that can be opened,
increase FD_MINFREE and the lower limit on max_files_per_process a
little bit; we now insist that the effective "ulimit -n" be at least 64.
This seems like pretty clearly a bug fix, but in view of the lack of
field complaints, I'll refrain from risking a back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1izCmM-0005pV-Co@gemulon.postgresql.org
hash_any() and its various variants are defined to return Datum,
which is a backend-only concept, but the underlying functions
actually want to return uint32 and uint64, and only return Datum
because it's convenient for callers who are using them to
implement a hash function for some SQL datatype.
However, changing these functions to return uint32 and uint64
seems like it might lead to programming errors or back-patching
difficulties, both because they are widely used and because
failure to use UInt{32,64}GetDatum() might not provoke a
compilation error. Instead, rename the existing functions as
well as changing the return type, and add static inline wrappers
for those callers that need the previous behavior.
Although this commit adapts hashutils.h and hashfn.c so that they
can be compiled as frontend code, it does not actually do
anything that would cause them to be so compiled. That is left
for another commit.
Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
The closely-related function bms_hash_value is already defined in that
file, and this change means that hashfn.c no longer needs to depend on
nodes/bitmapset.h. That gets us closer to allowing use of the hash
functions in hashfn.c in frontend code.
Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
These compiler features are required by C99, so remove the configure
probes for them.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm; it's been required by POSIX since SUSv2. So remove the
configure probe and tests of HAVE_WCHAR_H.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
These are required by POSIX since SUSv2, and no live platforms fail
to provide them. On Windows, utime() exists and we bring our own
<utime.h>, so we're good there too. So remove the configure probes
and ad-hoc substitute code. We don't need to check for utimes()
anymore either, since that was only used as a substitute.
In passing, make the Windows build include <sys/utime.h> only where
we need it, not everywhere.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this since _MSC_VER >= 1200, and so do all other live
platforms according to the buildfarm, so remove the configure probe
and src/port/ substitution.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm, so remove the configure probe and c.h's substitute code.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm, so remove the configure probe and float.c's substitute code.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm, so remove the configure probe and src/port/ substitution.
This also lets us get rid of some configure probes that existed only
to support src/port/isinf.c. I kept the port.h hack to force using
__builtin_isinf() on clang, though.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm, so remove the configure probe and src/port/ substitution.
Keep the probe that detects whether _LARGEFILE_SOURCE has to be
defined to get that, though ... that seems to be still relevant in
some places.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
stdint.h belongs to the compiler (as opposed to inttypes.h), so by
requiring a C99 compiler we can also require stdint.h
unconditionally. Remove configure checks and other workarounds for
it.
This also removes a few steps in the required portability adjustments
to the imported time zone code, which can be applied on the next
import.
When using GCC on a platform that is otherwise pre-C99, this will now
require at least GCC 4.5, which is the first release that supplied a
standard-conforming stdint.h if the native platform didn't have it.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5d398bbb-262a-5fed-d839-d0e5cff3c0d7%402ndquadrant.com
When updating a table row with generated columns, only recompute those
generated columns whose base columns have changed in this update and
keep the rest unchanged. This can result in a significant performance
benefit. The required information was already kept in
RangeTblEntry.extraUpdatedCols; we just have to make use of it.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b05e781a-fa16-6b52-6738-761181204567@2ndquadrant.com
The extraUpdatedCols field of the target RTE records which generated
columns are affected by an update. This is used in a variety of
places, including per-column triggers and foreign data wrappers. When
an update was initiated by a logical replication subscription, this
field was not filled in, so such an update would not affect generated
columns in a way that is consistent with normal updates. To fix,
factor out some code from analyze.c to fill in extraUpdatedCols in the
logical replication worker as well.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b05e781a-fa16-6b52-6738-761181204567@2ndquadrant.com
This commit also updates wait event enum into alphabetical order.
Previously the enum entry for GSSOpenServer was added out-of-order.
Back-patch to v12 where commit b0b39f72b9 introduced
GSSOpenServer wait event. In v12, the commit doesn't include
the update of wait event enum, not to break ABI.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/949931aa-4ed4-d867-a7b5-de9c02b2292b@oss.nttdata.com
Practically everybody who's ever added a column to one of the bootstrap
catalogs has been burnt by the need to update the relnatts field in the
initial pg_class data to match. Now that we use Perl scripts to
generate postgres.bki, we can have the machines take care of that,
by filling the field during genbki.pl.
While at it, use the BKI_DEFAULTS mechanism to eliminate repetitive
specifications of other column values in pg_class.dat, too. They
weren't particularly a maintenance problem, but this way is prettier
(certainly the spotty previous usage of BKI_DEFAULTS wasn't pretty).
No catversion bump needed, since this doesn't actually change the
contents of postgres.bki.
Per gripe from Justin Pryzby, though this is quite different from
his originally proposed solution.
Amit Langote, John Naylor, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200212182337.GZ1412@telsasoft.com
Commit 6bf0bc842 replaced float.c's CHECKFLOATVAL() macro with static
inline subroutines, but that wasn't too well thought out. In the original
coding, the unlikely condition (isinf(result) or result == 0) was checked
first, and the inf_is_valid or zero_is_valid condition only afterwards.
The inline-subroutine coding caused that to be swapped around, which is
pretty horrid for performance because (a) in common cases the is_valid
condition is twice as expensive to evaluate (e.g., requiring two isinf()
calls not one) and (b) in common cases the is_valid condition is false,
requiring us to perform the unlikely-condition check anyway. Net result
is that one isinf() call becomes two or three, resulting in visible
performance loss as reported by Keisuke Kuroda.
The original fix proposal was to revert the replacement of the macro,
but on second thought, that macro was just a bad idea from the beginning:
if anything it's a net negative for readability of the code. So instead,
let's just open-code all the overflow/underflow tests, being careful to
test the unlikely condition first (and mark it unlikely() to help the
compiler get the point).
Also, rather than having N copies of the actual ereport() calls, collapse
those into out-of-line error subroutines to save some code space. This
does mean that the error file/line numbers won't be very helpful for
figuring out where the issue really is --- but we'd already burned that
bridge by putting the ereports into static inlines.
In HEAD, check_float[48]_val() are gone altogether. In v12, leave them
present in float.h but unused in the core code, just in case some
extension is depending on them.
Emre Hasegeli, with some kibitzing from me and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANDwggLe1Gc1OrRqvPfGE=kM9K0FSfia0hbeFCEmwabhLz95AA@mail.gmail.com
The previous system had configure put the value into the makefiles and
then have the makefiles pass them to the build of pg_config. That was
put in place when pg_config was a shell script. We can simplify that
by having configure put the value into pg_config.h directly. This
also makes the standard build system match how the MSVC build system
already does it.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6e457870-cef5-5f1d-b57c-fc89cfb8a788%402ndquadrant.com
Commit 4eaea3db introduced TupleHashTableHash(), but the signature
didn't match the other exposed functions. Separate it into internal
and external versions. The external version hides the details behind
an API more consistent with the other external functions, and the
internal version is still suitable for simplehash.
Commit 147e3722f7 changed Tid scan so that it calls table_beginscan()
and uses the scan option for seq scan. This change caused two issues.
(1) The change caused Tid scan to take a predicate lock on the entire
relation in serializable transaction even when relation-level
lock is not necessary. This could lead to an unexpected
serialization error.
(2) The change caused Tid scan to increment the number of seq_scan
in pg_stat_*_tables views even though it's not seq scan. This
could confuse the users.
This commit adds the scan option for Tid scan and makes Tid scan
use it, to avoid those issues.
Back-patch to v12, where the bug was introduced.
Author: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP0=ZVKy+gTbFmB6X_UW0pP3WaeJ-fkUWHoD-pExS=at3CY76g@mail.gmail.com
The main benefit of doing so is that this allows llvm to ensure that
types match - previously that'd only be detected by a crash within the
called function. There were a number of cases where we passed a
superfluous parameter...
To avoid needing to add all the functions to llvmjit.{c,h}, instead
get them from the llvm module for llvmjit_types.c. Also use that for
the functions from llvmjit_types already in llvmjit.h.
Author: Soumyadeep Chakraborty and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADwEdooww3wZv-sXSfatzFRwMuwa186LyTwkBfwEW6NjtooBPA@mail.gmail.com
Expose two new entry points: one for only calculating the hash value
of a tuple, and another for looking up a hash entry when the hash
value is already known. This will be useful for disk-based Hash
Aggregation to avoid recomputing the hash value for the same tuple
after saving and restoring it from disk.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37091115219dd522fd9ed67333ee8ed1b7e09443.camel%40j-davis.com
It's already tracked via ExprState->parent, so we don't need to also
include it in ExprEvalStep. When that code originally was written
ExprState->parent didn't exist, but it since has been introduced in
6719b238e8.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.de
This new field tracks the PID of the group leader used with parallel
query. For parallel workers and the leader, the value is set to the
PID of the group leader. So, for the group leader, the value is the
same as its own PID. Note that this reflects what PGPROC stores in
shared memory, so as leader_pid is NULL if a backend has never been
involved in parallel query. If the backend is using parallel query or
has used it at least once, the value is set until the backend exits.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov, Guillaume Lelarge, Michael Paquier, Tomas
Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_Yy5bt0vTPZ2_LUM6cUcGeqmYNoJ8-Rgto+c2+w3defYA@mail.gmail.com
Using 32 bit counters means they can now realistically wrap around when
vacuuming extremely large tables. Because they're signed integers,
stats printed by vacuum look very odd when they do.
We'd love to backpatch this, but refrain because the variables are
exported and could cause third-party code to break.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200131205926.GA16367@alvherre.pgsql
Use kevent(2) to wait for events on the BSD family of operating
systems and macOS. This is similar to the epoll(2) support added
for Linux by commit 98a64d0bd.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Marko Tiikkaja, Tom Lane
Tested-by: Mateusz Guzik, Matteo Beccati, Keith Fiske, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier, Peter Eisentraut, Rui DeSousa, Tom Lane, Mark Wong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D37oF84-iXDTQ9MrGjENwVGds%2B5zTr38ca73kWR7ez_tA%40mail.gmail.com
Those new assertions can be used at file scope, outside of any function
for compilation checks. This commit provides implementations for C and
C++, and fallback implementations.
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker,
Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201DD0641B056142AC8C6645EC1B5F62014B8E8030@SYD1217
Using a lookup table of digit pairs reduces the number of divisions
needed, and calculating the length upfront saves some work; these
ideas are taken from the code previously committed for floats.
David Fetter, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tels, and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190924052620.GP31596%40fetter.org
Commit fc7695891 changed CheckAttributeType to recurse into ranges,
but made it pass down the wrong collation (always InvalidOid, since
ranges as such have no collation). This would result in guaranteed
failure when considering a range type whose subtype is collatable.
Embarrassingly, we lack any regression tests that would expose such
a problem (but fortunately, somebody noticed before we shipped this
bug in any release).
Fix it to pass down the range's subtype collation property instead,
and add some regression test cases to exercise collatable-subtype
ranges a bit more. Back-patch to all supported branches, as the
previous patch was.
Report and patch by Julien Rouhaud, test cases tweaked by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aBWqNweiGUFX0guzBKkcfJ8mnnyyGC_KBQmO12Mj5f_A@mail.gmail.com
We have code paths for Unix socket support and no Unix socket support.
Now add a third variant: Unix socket support but do not use a Unix
socket by default in the client or the server, only if you explicitly
specify one. This will be useful when we enable Unix socket support
on Windows.
To implement this, tweak things so that setting DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR
to "" has the desired effect. This mostly already worked like that;
only a few places needed to be adjusted. Notably, the reference to
DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR in UNIXSOCK_PATH() could be removed because all
callers already resolve an empty socket directory setting with a
default if appropriate.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/75f72249-8ae6-322a-63df-4fe03eeccb9f@2ndquadrant.com
This patch creates a new extension property, "trusted". An extension
that's marked that way in its control file can be installed by a
non-superuser who has the CREATE privilege on the current database,
even if the extension contains objects that normally would have to be
created by a superuser. The objects within the extension will (by
default) be owned by the bootstrap superuser, but the extension itself
will be owned by the calling user. This allows replicating the old
behavior around trusted procedural languages, without all the
special-case logic in CREATE LANGUAGE. We have, however, chosen to
loosen the rules slightly: formerly, only a database owner could take
advantage of the special case that allowed installation of a trusted
language, but now anyone who has CREATE privilege can do so.
Having done that, we can delete the pg_pltemplate catalog, moving the
knowledge it contained into the extension script files for the various
PLs. This ends up being no change at all for the in-core PLs, but it is
a large step forward for external PLs: they can now have the same ease
of installation as core PLs do. The old "trusted PL" behavior was only
available to PLs that had entries in pg_pltemplate, but now any
extension can be marked trusted if appropriate.
This also removes one of the stumbling blocks for our Python 2 -> 3
migration, since the association of "plpythonu" with Python 2 is no
longer hard-wired into pg_pltemplate's initial contents. Exactly where
we go from here on that front remains to be settled, but one problem
is fixed.
Patch by me, reviewed by Peter Eisentraut, Stephen Frost, and others.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5889.1566415762@sss.pgh.pa.us
To make this work, (1) makeJsonLexContextCstringLen now takes the
encoding to be used as an argument; (2) check_stack_depth() is made to
do nothing in frontend code, and (3) elog(ERROR, ...) is changed to
pg_log_fatal + exit in frontend code.
Mark Dilger, reviewed and slightly revised by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
The following changes make the predicate locking functions more
generic and suitable for use by future access methods:
- PredicateLockTuple() is renamed to PredicateLockTID(). It takes
ItemPointer and inserting transaction ID instead of HeapTuple.
- CheckForSerializableConflictIn() takes blocknum instead of buffer.
- CheckForSerializableConflictOut() no longer takes HeapTuple or buffer.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kuntal Ghosh, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiv0k3hkEb3Oqk%3DziWqtyk2Jys1UOK5hwRBNeANT_yX%2Bng%40mail.gmail.com
Specifically, move those functions that depend on ereport()
from jsonapi.c to jsonfuncs.c, in preparation for allowing
jsonapi.c to be used from frontend code.
A few cases where elog(ERROR, ...) is used for can't-happen
conditions are left alone; we can handle those in some other
way in frontend code.
Reviewed by Mark Dilger and Andrew Dunstan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
Instead, it now returns a value indicating either success or the
type of error which occurred. The old behavior is still available
by calling pg_parse_json_or_ereport(). If the new interface is
used, an error can be thrown by passing the return value of
pg_parse_json() to json_ereport_error().
pg_parse_json() can still elog() in can't-happen cases, but it
seems like that issue is best handled separately.
Adjust json_lex() and json_count_array_elements() to return an
error code, too.
This is all in preparation for making the backend's json parser
available to frontend code.
Reviewed and/or tested by Mark Dilger and Andrew Dunstan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
The signature of XLogReadRecord() required the caller to pass the starting
WAL position as argument, or InvalidXLogRecPtr to continue reading at the
end of previous record. That's slightly awkward to the callers, as most
of them don't want to randomly jump around in the WAL stream, but start
reading at one position and then read everything from that point onwards.
Remove the 'RecPtr' argument and add a new function XLogBeginRead() to
specify the starting position instead. That's more convenient for the
callers. Also, xlogreader holds state that is reset when you change the
starting position, so having a separate function for doing that feels like
a more natural fit.
This changes XLogFindNextRecord() function so that it doesn't reset the
xlogreader's state to what it was before the call anymore. Instead, it
positions the xlogreader to the found record, like XLogBeginRead().
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5382a7a3-debe-be31-c860-cb810c08f366%40iki.fi
Previously, it was possible for EXPLAIN ANALYZE of a parallel query
to produce several different "Workers" fields for a single plan node,
because different portions of explain.c independently generated
per-worker data and wrapped that output in separate fields. This
is pretty bogus, especially for the structured output formats: even
if it's not technically illegal, most programs would have a hard time
dealing with such data.
To improve matters, add infrastructure that allows redirecting
per-worker values into a side data structure, and then collect that
data into a single "Workers" field after we've finished running all
the relevant code for a given plan node.
There are a few visible side-effects:
* In text format, instead of something like
Sort Method: external merge Disk: 4920kB
Worker 0: Sort Method: external merge Disk: 5880kB
Worker 1: Sort Method: external merge Disk: 5920kB
Buffers: shared hit=682 read=10188, temp read=1415 written=2101
Worker 0: actual time=130.058..130.324 rows=1324 loops=1
Buffers: shared hit=337 read=3489, temp read=505 written=739
Worker 1: actual time=130.273..130.512 rows=1297 loops=1
Buffers: shared hit=345 read=3507, temp read=505 written=744
you get
Sort Method: external merge Disk: 4920kB
Buffers: shared hit=682 read=10188, temp read=1415 written=2101
Worker 0: actual time=130.058..130.324 rows=1324 loops=1
Sort Method: external merge Disk: 5880kB
Buffers: shared hit=337 read=3489, temp read=505 written=739
Worker 1: actual time=130.273..130.512 rows=1297 loops=1
Sort Method: external merge Disk: 5920kB
Buffers: shared hit=345 read=3507, temp read=505 written=744
* When JIT is enabled, any relevant per-worker JIT stats are attached
to the child node of the Gather or Gather Merge node, which is where
the other per-worker output has always been. Previously, that info
was attached directly to a Gather node, or missed entirely for Gather
Merge.
* A query's summary JIT data no longer includes a bogus
"Worker Number: -1" field.
A notable code-level change is that indenting for lines of text-format
output should now be handled by calling "ExplainIndentText(es)",
instead of hard-wiring how much space to emit. This seems a good deal
cleaner anyway.
This patch also adds a new "explain.sql" regression test script that's
dedicated to testing EXPLAIN. There is more that can be done in that
line, certainly, but for now it just adds some coverage of the XML and
YAML output formats, which had been completely untested.
Although this is surely a bug fix, it's not clear that people would
be happy with rearranging EXPLAIN output in a minor release, so apply
to HEAD only.
Maciek Sakrejda and Tom Lane, based on an idea of Andres Freund's;
reviewed by Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOtHd0AvAA8CLB9Xz0wnxu1U=zJCKrr1r4QwwXi_kcQsHDVU=Q@mail.gmail.com
Keep the code that pertains to the 'json' data type in json.c, but
move the lexing and parsing code to a new file jsonapi.c, a name
I chose because the corresponding prototypes are in jsonapi.h.
This seems like a logical division, because the JSON lexer and parser
are also used by the 'jsonb' data type, but the SQL-callable functions
in json.c are a separate thing. Also, the new jsonapi.c file needs to
include far fewer header files than json.c, which seems like a good
sign that this is an appropriate place to insert an abstraction
boundary. I took the opportunity to remove a few apparently-unneeded
includes from json.c at the same time.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele, Mark Dilger, and Andrew
Dunstan. The previous commit was, too, but I forgot to note it
in the commit message.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
The major change here is that we no longer include jsonb.h into
jsonapi.h. The reason that was necessary is that jsonapi.h included
several prototypes functions in jsonfuncs.c that depend on the Jsonb
type. Move those prototypes to a new header, jsonfuncs.h, and include
it where needed.
The other change is that JsonEncodeDateTime is now declared in
json.h rather than jsonapi.h.
Taken together, these steps eliminate all dependencies of jsonapi.h
on backend-only data types and header files, so that it can
potentially be included in frontend code.
This function allows us to fsync the specified file or directory.
It's useful, for example, when we want to sync the file that
pg_file_write() writes out or that COPY TO exports the data into,
for durability.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud, Arthur Zakirov, Michael Paquier, Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwGY8uzZ_k8dHRoW1zDcy1Z7=5GQ+So4ZkVy2u=nLsk=hA@mail.gmail.com
I had supposed that all versions of Readline that have filename
quoting hooks also have the rl_completion_suppress_quote variable.
But it seems OpenBSD managed to find a version someplace that does
not, so we'll have to expend a separate configure probe for that.
(Light testing suggests that this version also lacks the bugs that
make it necessary to frob that variable. Hooray!)
Per buildfarm.
The Readline library contains a fair amount of knowledge about how to
tab-complete filenames, but it turns out that that doesn't work too well
unless we follow its expectation that we use its filename quoting hooks
to quote and de-quote filenames. We were trying to do such quote handling
within complete_from_files(), and that's still what we have to do if we're
using libedit, which lacks those hooks. But for Readline, it works a lot
better if we tell Readline that single-quote is a quoting character and
then provide hooks that know the details of the quoting rules for SQL
and psql meta-commands.
Hence, resurrect the quoting hook functions that existed in the original
version of tab-complete.c (and were disabled by commit f6689a328 because
they "didn't work so well yet"), and whack on them until they do seem to
work well.
Notably, this fixes bug #16059 from Steven Winfield, who pointed out
that the previous coding would strip quote marks from filenames in SQL
COPY commands, even though they're syntactically necessary there.
Now, we not only don't do that, but we'll add a quote mark when you
tab-complete, even if you didn't type one.
Getting this to work across a range of libedit versions (and, to a
lesser extent, libreadline versions) was depressingly difficult.
It will be interesting to see whether the new regression test cases
pass everywhere in the buildfarm.
Some future patch might try to handle quoted SQL identifiers with
similar explicit quoting/dequoting logic, but that's for another day.
Patch by me, reviewed by Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16059-8836946734c02b84@postgresql.org
This helps integration of extensions with Windows. The following
parameters are changed:
- idle_in_transaction_session_timeout (9.6 and newer versions)
- lock_timeout
- statement_timeout
- track_activities
- track_counts
- track_functions
Author: Pascal Legrand
Reviewed-by: Amit Kamila, Julien Rouhaud, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1579298868581-0.post@n3.nabble.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
This feature allows the vacuum to leverage multiple CPUs in order to
process indexes. This enables us to perform index vacuuming and index
cleanup with background workers. This adds a PARALLEL option to VACUUM
command where the user can specify the number of workers that can be used
to perform the command which is limited by the number of indexes on a
table. Specifying zero as a number of workers will disable parallelism.
This option can't be used with the FULL option.
Each index is processed by at most one vacuum process. Therefore parallel
vacuum can be used when the table has at least two indexes.
The parallel degree is either specified by the user or determined based on
the number of indexes that the table has, and further limited by
max_parallel_maintenance_workers. The index can participate in parallel
vacuum iff it's size is greater than min_parallel_index_scan_size.
Author: Masahiko Sawada and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, Tomas Vondra,
Mahendra Singh and Sergei Kornilov
Tested-by: Mahendra Singh and Prabhat Sahu
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDTPMgzSkV4E3SFo1CH_x50bf5PqZFQf4jmqjk-C03BWg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1J-VoR9gzS5E75pcD-OH0mEyCdp8RihcwKrcuw7J-Q0+w@mail.gmail.com
The strategy of GIN index scan is driven by opclass-specific extract_query
method. This method that needed search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL. This
mode means that matching tuple may contain none of extracted entries. Simple
example is '!term' tsquery, which doesn't need any term to exist in matching
tsvector.
In order to handle such scan key GIN calculates virtual entry, which contains
all TIDs of all entries of attribute. In fact this is full scan of index
attribute. And typically this is very slow, but allows to handle some queries
correctly in GIN. However, current algorithm calculate such virtual entry for
each GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL scan key even if they are multiple for the same
attribute. This is clearly not optimal.
This commit improves the situation by introduction of "exclude only" scan keys.
Such scan keys are not capable to return set of matching TIDs. Instead, they
are capable only to filter TIDs produced by normal scan keys. Therefore,
each attribute should contain at least one normal scan key, while rest of them
may be "exclude only" if search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL.
The same optimization might be applied to the whole scan, not per-attribute.
But that leads to NULL values elimination problem. There is trade-off between
multiple possible ways to do this. We probably want to do this later using
some cost-based decision algorithm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_YGP5-BEt5Cc0%3DzMve92vocPzD%2BXiZgiZs1kjY0cj%3DXBg%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov, Tom Lane, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane
Commit 9b63c13f0 turns out to have been fundamentally misguided:
the parent node's subPlan list is by no means the only way in which
a child SubPlan node can be hooked into the outer execution state.
As shown in bug #16213 from Matt Jibson, we can also get short-lived
tuple table slots added to the outer es_tupleTable list. At this point
I have little faith that there aren't other possible connections as
well; the long time it took to notice this problem shows that this
isn't a heavily-exercised situation.
Therefore, revert that fix, returning to the coding that passed a
NULL parent plan pointer down to the transiently-built subexpressions.
That gives us a pretty good guarantee that they won't hook into the
outer executor state in any way. But then we need some other solution
to make SubPlans work. Adopt the solution speculated about in the
previous commit's log message: do expression initialization at plan
startup for just those VALUES rows containing SubPlans, abandoning the
goal of reclaiming memory intra-query for those rows. In practice it
seems unlikely that queries containing a vast number of VALUES rows
would be using SubPlans in them, so this should not give up much.
(BTW, this test case also refutes my claim in connection with the prior
commit that the issue only arises with use of LATERAL. That was just
wrong: some variants of SubLink always produce SubPlans.)
As with previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16213-871ac3bc208ecf23@postgresql.org
... specifically, set it incrementally as each individual change is
spilled down to disk. This way, it is set correctly when the
transaction disappears without trace, ie. without leaving an XACT_ABORT
wal record. (This happens when the server crashes midway through a
transaction.)
Failing to have final_lsn prevents ReorderBufferRestoreCleanup() from
working, since it needs the final_lsn in order to know the endpoint of
its iteration through spilled files.
Commit df9f682c7b already tried to fix the problem, but it didn't set
the final_lsn in all cases. Revert that, since it's no longer needed.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2CLk+K9JDwjYST0sPbGg5AQdvhUt0jbKyX_HdAE0jk3A@mail.gmail.com
jsonb_set_lax() is the same as jsonb_set, except that it takes and extra
argument that specifies what to do if the value argument is NULL. The
default is 'use_json_null'. Other possibilities are 'raise_exception',
'return_target' and 'delete_key', all these behaviours having been
suggested as reasonable by various users.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/375873e2-c957-3a8d-64f9-26c43c2b16e7@2ndQuadrant.com
Reviewed by: Pavel Stehule
Two routines have been added in OpenSSL 1.1.0 to set the protocol bounds
allowed within a given SSL context:
- SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version
- SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version
As Postgres supports OpenSSL down to 1.0.1 (as of HEAD), equivalent
replacements exist in the tree, which are only available for the
backend. A follow-up patch is planned to add control of the SSL
protocol bounds for libpq, so move those routines to src/common/ so as
libpq can use them.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4F246AE3-A7AE-471E-BD3D-C799D3748E03@yesql.se
Move all the backend-only code that'd crept into wchar.c and encnames.c
into mbutils.c.
To remove the last few #ifdef dependencies from wchar.c and encnames.c,
also make the following changes:
* Adjust get_encoding_name_for_icu to return NULL, not throw an error,
for unsupported encodings. Its sole caller can perfectly well throw an
error instead. (While at it, I also made this function and its sibling
is_encoding_supported_by_icu proof against out-of-range encoding IDs.)
* Remove the overlength-name error condition from pg_char_to_encoding.
It's completely silly not to treat that just like any other
the-name-is-not-in-the-table case.
Also, get rid of pg_mic_mblen --- there's no obvious reason why
conv.c shouldn't call pg_mule_mblen instead.
Other than that, this is just code movement and comment-polishing with
no functional changes. Notably, I reordered declarations in pg_wchar.h
to show which functions are frontend-accessible and which are not.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYO8oq-iy8E02rD8eX25T-9SmyxKWqqks5OMHxKvGXpXQ@mail.gmail.com
Formerly, various frontend directories symlinked these two sources
and then built them locally. That's an ancient, ugly hack, and
we now have a much better way: put them into libpgcommon.
So do that. (The immediate motivation for this is the prospect
of having to introduce still more symlinking if we don't.)
This commit moves these two files absolutely verbatim, for ease of
reviewing the git history. There's some follow-on work to be done
that will modify them a bit.
Robert Haas, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYO8oq-iy8E02rD8eX25T-9SmyxKWqqks5OMHxKvGXpXQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously, check_xact_readonly() was responsible for determining
which types of queries could not be run in a read-only transaction,
standard_ProcessUtility() was responsibility for prohibiting things
which were allowed in read only transactions but not in recovery, and
utility commands were basically prohibited in bulk in parallel mode by
calls to CommandIsReadOnly() in functions.c and spi.c. This situation
was confusing and error-prone. Accordingly, move all the checks to a
new function ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly(), which determines the
degree to which a given statement is read only.
In the old code, check_xact_readonly() inadvertently failed to handle
several statement types that actually should have been prohibited,
specifically T_CreatePolicyStmt, T_AlterPolicyStmt, T_CreateAmStmt,
T_CreateStatsStmt, T_AlterStatsStmt, and T_AlterCollationStmt. As a
result, thes statements were erroneously allowed in read only
transactions, parallel queries, and standby operation. Generally, they
would fail anyway due to some lower-level error check, but we
shouldn't rely on that. In the new code structure, future omissions
of this type should cause ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly() to
complain about an unrecognized node type.
As a fringe benefit, this means we can allow certain types of utility
commands in parallel mode, where it's safe to do so. This allows
ALTER SYSTEM, CALL, DO, CHECKPOINT, COPY FROM, EXPLAIN, and SHOW.
It might be possible to allow additional commands with more work
and thought.
Along the way, document the thinking process behind the current set
of checks, as per discussion especially with Peter Eisentraut. There
is some interest in revising some of these rules, but that seems
like a job for another patch.
Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane, Stephen Frost, and Peter
Eisentraut.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ_rLqJt5sYkvh+JpQnfX0Y+B2R+qfi820xNih6x-FQOQ@mail.gmail.com
We've had numerous bug reports about how (1) IF NOT EXISTS clauses in
ALTER TABLE don't behave as-expected, and (2) combining certain actions
into one ALTER TABLE doesn't work, though executing the same actions as
separate statements does. This patch cleans up all of the cases so far
reported from the field, though there are still some oddities associated
with identity columns.
The core problem behind all of these bugs is that we do parse analysis
of ALTER TABLE subcommands too soon, before starting execution of the
statement. The root of the bugs in group (1) is that parse analysis
schedules derived commands (such as a CREATE SEQUENCE for a serial
column) before it's known whether the IF NOT EXISTS clause should cause
a subcommand to be skipped. The root of the bugs in group (2) is that
earlier subcommands may change the catalog state that later subcommands
need to be parsed against.
Hence, postpone parse analysis of ALTER TABLE's subcommands, and do
that one subcommand at a time, during "phase 2" of ALTER TABLE which
is the phase that does catalog rewrites. Thus the catalog effects
of earlier subcommands are already visible when we analyze later ones.
(The sole exception is that we do parse analysis for ALTER COLUMN TYPE
subcommands during phase 1, so that their USING expressions can be
parsed against the table's original state, which is what we need.
Arguably, these bugs stem from falsely concluding that because ALTER
COLUMN TYPE must do early parse analysis, every other command subtype
can too.)
This means that ALTER TABLE itself must deal with execution of any
non-ALTER-TABLE derived statements that are generated by parse analysis.
Add a suitable entry point to utility.c to accept those recursive
calls, and create a struct to pass through the information needed by
the recursive call, rather than making the argument lists of
AlterTable() and friends even longer.
Getting this to work correctly required a little bit of fiddling
with the subcommand pass structure, in particular breaking up
AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR into multiple passes. But otherwise it's mostly
a pretty straightforward application of the above ideas.
Fixing the residual issues for identity columns requires refactoring of
where the dependency link from an identity column to its sequence gets
set up. So that seems like suitable material for a separate patch,
especially since this one is pretty big already.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10365.1558909428@sss.pgh.pa.us
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for ANALYZE.
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Co-authored-by: Tatsuro Yamada <tatsuro.yamada.tf@nttcom.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Robert Haas, Anthony Nowocien, Kyotaro Horiguchi,
Vignesh C, Amit Langote
Introduce new fields amusemaintenanceworkmem and amparallelvacuumoptions
in IndexAmRoutine for parallel vacuum. The amusemaintenanceworkmem tells
whether a particular IndexAM uses maintenance_work_mem or not. This will
help in controlling the memory used by individual workers as otherwise,
each worker can consume memory equal to maintenance_work_mem. The
amparallelvacuumoptions tell whether a particular IndexAM participates in
a parallel vacuum and if so in which phase (bulkdelete, vacuumcleanup) of
vacuum.
Author: Masahiko Sawada and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Tomas Vondra and Robert Haas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDTPMgzSkV4E3SFo1CH_x50bf5PqZFQf4jmqjk-C03BWg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LmcD5aPogzwim5Nn58Ki+74a6Edghx4Wd8hAskvHaq5A@mail.gmail.com
If no permanent replication slot is configured using
primary_slot_name, the walreceiver now creates and uses a temporary
replication slot. A new setting wal_receiver_create_temp_slot can be
used to disable this behavior, for example, if the remote instance is
out of replication slots.
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2Bfd4k4dM0iEPLxyVyme2RAFsn8SUgrNtBJOu81YqTY4V%2BnqZA%40mail.gmail.com
Previously, the core scanner's yy_transition[] array had 37045 elements.
Since that number is larger than INT16_MAX, Flex generated the array to
contain 32-bit integers. By reimplementing some of the bulkier scanner
rules, this patch reduces the array to 20495 elements. The much smaller
total length, combined with the consequent use of 16-bit integers for
the array elements reduces the binary size by over 200kB. This was
accomplished in two ways:
1. Consolidate handling of quote continuations into a new start condition,
rather than duplicating that logic for five different string types.
2. Treat Unicode strings and identifiers followed by a UESCAPE sequence
as three separate tokens, rather than one. The logic to de-escape
Unicode strings is moved to the filter code in parser.c, which already
had the ability to provide special processing for token sequences.
While we could have implemented the conversion in the grammar, that
approach was rejected for performance and maintainability reasons.
Performance in microbenchmarks of raw parsing seems equal or slightly
faster in most cases, and it's reasonable to expect that in real-world
usage (with more competition for the CPU cache) there will be a larger
win. The exception is UESCAPE sequences; lexing those is about 10%
slower, primarily because the scanner now has to be called three times
rather than one. This seems acceptable since that feature is very
rarely used.
The psql and epcg lexers are likewise modified, primarily because we
want to keep them all in sync. Since those lexers don't use the
space-hogging -CF option, the space savings is much less, but it's
still good for perhaps 10kB apiece.
While at it, merge the ecpg lexer's handling of C-style comments used
in SQL and in C. Those have different rules regarding nested comments,
but since we already have the ability to keep track of the previous
start condition, we can use that to handle both cases within a single
start condition. This matches the core scanner more closely.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCvaoa3EgVWm5yZhcSTX6RAtaLgniCPcBVOCwm8h3xpWkw@mail.gmail.com
The core idea of this patch is to make the parser generate join alias
Vars (that is, ones with varno pointing to a JOIN RTE) only when the
alias Var is actually different from any raw join input, that is a type
coercion and/or COALESCE is necessary to generate the join output value.
Otherwise just generate varno/varattno pointing to the relevant join
input column.
In effect, this means that the planner's flatten_join_alias_vars()
transformation is already done in the parser, for all cases except
(a) columns that are merged by JOIN USING and are transformed in the
process, and (b) whole-row join Vars. In principle that would allow
us to skip doing flatten_join_alias_vars() in many more queries than
we do now, but we don't have quite enough infrastructure to know that
we can do so --- in particular there's no cheap way to know whether
there are any whole-row join Vars. I'm not sure if it's worth the
trouble to add a Query-level flag for that, and in any case it seems
like fit material for a separate patch. But even without skipping the
work entirely, this should make flatten_join_alias_vars() faster,
particularly where there are nested joins that it previously had to
flatten recursively.
An essential part of this change is to replace Var nodes'
varnoold/varoattno fields with varnosyn/varattnosyn, which have
considerably more tightly-defined meanings than the old fields: when
they differ from varno/varattno, they identify the Var's position in
an aliased JOIN RTE, and the join alias is what ruleutils.c should
print for the Var. This is necessary because the varno change
destroyed ruleutils.c's ability to find the JOIN RTE from the Var's
varno.
Another way in which this change broke ruleutils.c is that it's no
longer feasible to determine, from a JOIN RTE's joinaliasvars list,
which join columns correspond to which columns of the join's immediate
input relations. (If those are sub-joins, the joinaliasvars entries
may point to columns of their base relations, not the sub-joins.)
But that was a horrid mess requiring a lot of fragile assumptions
already, so let's just bite the bullet and add some more JOIN RTE
fields to make it more straightforward to figure that out. I added
two integer-List fields containing the relevant column numbers from
the left and right input rels, plus a count of how many merged columns
there are.
This patch depends on the ParseNamespaceColumn infrastructure that
I added in commit 5815696bc. The biggest bit of code change is
restructuring transformFromClauseItem's handling of JOINs so that
the ParseNamespaceColumn data is propagated upward correctly.
Other than that and the ruleutils fixes, everything pretty much
just works, though some processing is now inessential. I grabbed
two pieces of low-hanging fruit in that line:
1. In find_expr_references, we don't need to recurse into join alias
Vars anymore. There aren't any except for references to merged USING
columns, which are more properly handled when we scan the join's RTE.
This change actually fixes an edge-case issue: we will now record a
dependency on any type-coercion function present in a USING column's
joinaliasvar, even if that join column has no references in the query
text. The odds of the missing dependency causing a problem seem quite
small: you'd have to posit somebody dropping an implicit cast between
two data types, without removing the types themselves, and then having
a stored rule containing a whole-row Var for a join whose USING merge
depends on that cast. So I don't feel a great need to change this in
the back branches. But in theory this way is more correct.
2. markRTEForSelectPriv and markTargetListOrigin don't need to recurse
into join alias Vars either, because the cases they care about don't
apply to alias Vars for USING columns that are semantically distinct
from the underlying columns. This removes the only case in which
markVarForSelectPriv could be called with NULL for the RTE, so adjust
the comments to describe that hack as being strictly internal to
markRTEForSelectPriv.
catversion bump required due to changes in stored rules.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7115.1577986646@sss.pgh.pa.us
This tells you about allocations that have been made from the main
shared memory segment. The original patch also tried to show information
about dynamic shared memory allocation as well, but I decided to
leave that problem for another time.
Andres Freund and Robert Haas, reviewed by Michael Paquier, Marti
Raudsepp, Tom Lane, Álvaro Herrera, and Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20140504114417.GM12715@awork2.anarazel.de
We currently have several sets of files generated from data provided
by Unicode. These all have ad hoc rules and instructions for updating
when new Unicode versions appear, and it's not done consistently.
This patch centralizes and automates the process and makes it part of
the release checklist. The Unicode and CLDR versions are specified in
Makefile.global.in. There is a new make target "update-unicode" that
downloads all the relevant files and runs the generation script.
There is also a new script for generating the table of combining
characters for ucs_wcwidth(). That table is now in a separate include
file rather than hardcoded into the middle of other code. This is
based on the script that was used for generating
d8594d123c, but the script itself wasn't
committed at that time.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c8d05f42-443e-6c23-819b-05b31759a37c@2ndquadrant.com
Use the parser's standard type coercion machinery to convert the
output column(s) of a SQL function's final SELECT or RETURNING
to the type(s) they should have according to the function's declared
result type. We'll allow any case where an assignment-level
coercion is available. Previously, we failed unless the required
coercion was a binary-compatible one (and the documentation ignored
this, falsely claiming that the types must match exactly).
Notably, the coercion now accounts for typmods, so that cases where
a SQL function is declared to return a composite type whose columns
are typmod-constrained now behave as one would expect. Arguably
this aspect is a bug fix, but the overall behavioral change here
seems too large to consider back-patching.
A nice side-effect is that functions can now be inlined in a
few cases where we previously failed to do so because of type
mismatches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18929.1574895430@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of always calling heap_fetch_toast_slice during detoasting,
invoke a table AM callback which, when the toast table is a heap
table, will be heap_fetch_toast_slice.
This makes it possible for a table AM other than heap to be used
as a TOAST table. It also completes the series of commits intended
to improve the interaction of tableam with TOAST that began with
commit 8b94dab06617ef80a0901ab103ebd8754427ef5a; detoast.c is
now, hopefully, fully AM-independent.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the toast table had to be implemented by the same AM that
was used for the main table, which was bad, because the detoasting
code won't work with anything but heap. This commit doesn't fix the
latter problem, although there's another patch coming which does,
but it does let you pick something that works (i.e. heap, right now).
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Pass ParseState into the functions called from
standard_ProcessUtility() instead passing the query string and query
environment separately. No functionality change, but it makes the
notation consistent. We had already started moving things into
that direction piece by piece, and this completes it.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6e7aa4a1-be6a-1a75-b1f9-83a678e5184a@2ndquadrant.com
Commit 558a9165e0 taught _bt_delitems_delete() to produce its own XID
horizon on the primary. Standbys no longer needed to generate their own
latestRemovedXid, since they could just use the explicitly logged value
from the primary instead. The deleted offset numbers array from the
xl_btree_delete WAL record was no longer used by the REDO routine for
anything other than deleting the items.
This enables a minor optimization: We now treat the array as buffer
state, not generic WAL data, following _bt_delitems_vacuum()'s example.
This should be a minor win, since it allows us to avoid including the
deleted items array in cases where XLogInsert() stores the whole buffer
anyway. The primary goal here is to make the code more maintainable,
though. Removing inessential differences between the two functions
highlights the fundamental differences that remain.
Also change xl_btree_delete to use uint32 for the size of the array of
item offsets being deleted. This brings xl_btree_delete closer to
xl_btree_vacuum. Furthermore, it seems like a good idea to use an
explicit-width integer type (the field was previously an "int").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_delete changed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkz4TjmezzfAbaV1zYrh=fr0bCpzuJTvBe5iUQ3aUPsCQ@mail.gmail.com
When I added the ParseNamespaceItem data structure (in commit 5ebaaa494),
it wasn't very tightly integrated into the parser's APIs. In the wake of
adding p_rtindex to that struct (commit b541e9acc), there is a good reason
to make more use of it: by passing around ParseNamespaceItem pointers
instead of bare RTE pointers, we can get rid of various messy methods for
passing back or deducing the rangetable index of an RTE during parsing.
Hence, refactor the addRangeTableEntryXXX functions to build and return
a ParseNamespaceItem struct, not just the RTE proper; and replace
addRTEtoQuery with addNSItemToQuery, which is passed a ParseNamespaceItem
rather than building one internally.
Also, add per-column data (a ParseNamespaceColumn array) to each
ParseNamespaceItem. These arrays are built during addRangeTableEntryXXX,
where we have column type data at hand so that it's nearly free to fill
the data structure. Later, when we need to build Vars referencing RTEs,
we can use the ParseNamespaceColumn info to avoid the rather expensive
operations done in get_rte_attribute_type() or expandRTE().
get_rte_attribute_type() is indeed dead code now, so I've removed it.
This makes for a useful improvement in parse analysis speed, around 20%
in one moderately-complex test query.
The ParseNamespaceColumn structs also include Var identity information
(varno/varattno). That info isn't actually being used in this patch,
except that p_varno == 0 is a handy test for a dropped column.
A follow-on patch will make more use of it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2461.1577764221@sss.pgh.pa.us
This follows multiple complains from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund and
Alvaro Herrera that this issue ought to be dug more before actually
happening, if it happens.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226144606.GA5659@alvherre.pgsql
Instead of passing around a pointer to the RangeTblEntry that
provides the desired column, pass a pointer to the associated
ParseNamespaceItem. The RTE is trivially reachable from the nsitem,
and having the ParseNamespaceItem allows access to additional
information. As proof of concept for that, add the rangetable index
to ParseNamespaceItem, and use that to get rid of RTERangeTablePosn
searches.
(I have in mind to teach the parser to generate some different
representation for Vars that are nullable by outer joins, and
keeping the necessary information in ParseNamespaceItems seems
like a reasonable approach to that. But whether that ever
happens or not, this seems like good cleanup.)
Also refactor the code around scanRTEForColumn so that the
"fuzzy match" stuff does not leak out of parse_relation.c.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26144.1576858373@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 5b9312378, there's no particular reason
for this restriction (previously, it was problematic because of
the implied rowtype reference). A simple constraint on a whole-row
Var probably isn't that useful, but conceivably somebody would want
to pass one to a function that extracts a partitioning key. Besides
which, we're expending much more code to enforce the restriction than
we save by having it, since the latter quantity is now zero.
So drop the restriction.
Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFUzjfj9HEsJtYWcr1SgQ_=iCAvQ=O2Sx6aQxoDu4OiHw@mail.gmail.com
Formerly the rd_partkey and rd_partdesc data structures were always
populated immediately when a relcache entry was built or rebuilt.
This patch changes things so that they are populated only when they
are first requested. (Hence, callers *must* now always use
RelationGetPartitionKey or RelationGetPartitionDesc; just fetching
the pointer directly is no longer acceptable.)
This seems to have some performance benefits, but the main reason to do
it is that it eliminates a recursive-reload failure that occurs if the
partkey or partdesc expressions contain any references to the relation's
rowtype (as discovered by Amit Langote). In retrospect, since loading
these data structures might result in execution of nearly-arbitrary code
via eval_const_expressions, it was a dumb idea to require that to happen
during relcache entry rebuild.
Also, fix things so that old copies of a relcache partition descriptor
will be dropped when the cache entry's refcount goes to zero. In the
previous coding it was possible for such copies to survive for the
lifetime of the session, as I'd complained of in a previous discussion.
(This management technique still isn't perfect, but it's better than
before.) Improve the commentary explaining how that works and why
it's safe to hand out direct pointers to these relcache substructures.
In passing, improve RelationBuildPartitionDesc by using the same
memory-context-parent-swap approach used by RelationBuildPartitionKey,
thereby making it less dependent on strong assumptions about what
partition_bounds_copy does. Avoid doing get_rel_relkind in the
critical section, too.
Patch by Amit Langote and Tom Lane; Robert Haas deserves some credit
for prior work in the area, too. Although this is a pre-existing
problem, no back-patch: the patch seems too invasive to be safe to
back-patch, and the bug it fixes is a corner case that seems
relatively unlikely to cause problems in the field.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFUzjfj9HEsJtYWcr1SgQ_=iCAvQ=O2Sx6aQxoDu4OiHw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY3bRmGB6-DUnoVy5fJoreiBJ43rwMrQRCdPXuKt4Ykaw@mail.gmail.com
The following renaming is done so as source files related to index
access methods are more consistent with table access methods (the
original names used for index AMs ware too generic, and could be
confused as including features related to table AMs):
- amapi.h -> indexam.h.
- amapi.c -> indexamapi.c. Here we have an equivalent with
backend/access/table/tableamapi.c.
- amvalidate.c -> indexamvalidate.c.
- amvalidate.h -> indexamvalidate.h.
- genam.c -> indexgenam.c.
- genam.h -> indexgenam.h.
This has been discussed during the development of v12 when table AM was
worked on, but the renaming never happened.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191223053434.GF34339@paquier.xyz
Our algorithm for choosing batch numbers turned out not to work
effectively for multi-billion key inner relations. We would use
more hash bits than we have, and effectively concentrate all tuples
into a smaller number of batches than we intended. While ideally
we should switch to wider hashes, for now, change the algorithm to
one that effectively gives up bits from the bucket number when we
don't have enough bits. That means we'll finish up with longer
bucket chains than would be ideal, but that's better than having
batches that don't fit in work_mem and can't be divided.
Batch-patch to all supported releases.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, thanks also to Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund for testing and discussion
Reported-by: James Coleman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16104-dc11ed911f1ab9df%40postgresql.org
This wasn't checked originally, but it should have been, because
in general pseudo-types can't be stored to and retrieved from disk.
Notably, partition bound values of type "record" would not be
interpretable by another session.
In v12 and HEAD, add another flag to CheckAttributeType's repertoire
so that it can produce a specific error message for this case. That's
infeasible in older branches without an ABI break, so fall back to
a slightly-less-nicely-worded error message in v10 and v11.
Problem noted by Amit Langote, though this patch is not his initial
solution. Back-patch to v10 where partitioning was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFUzjfj9HEsJtYWcr1SgQ_=iCAvQ=O2Sx6aQxoDu4OiHw@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the Windows MSVC build generated pg_config.h from a
hard-coded pg_config.h.win32 with some ad hoc postprocessing. The
pg_config.h.win32 file required manual maintenance and was as a result
frequently out of date.
Instead, have the MSVC build scripts emulate what configure and
config.status do: collect a list of defines and then create
pg_config.h from pg_config.h.in by changing the appropriate lines.
The previous setup was made to support old Windows build systems that
didn't have any text processing capabilities, but the current system
has Perl, so it's not a problem. pg_config.h.win32 is removed.
In order to try to keep the Windows side of things more up to date in
the future, we now also require that all symbols found in
pg_config.h.in are defined in the MSVC build system. So if there is a
change in configure that results in a new symbol, an update in
Solution.pm will be required.
The other headers managed by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS in configure, namely
src/include/pg_config_ext.h and
src/interfaces/ecpg/include/ecpg_config.h, get the same treatment, so
this removes even more ad hoc code in the MSVC build scripts.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1441b834-f434-e0bf-46ed-9c4d5c29c2d4%402ndquadrant.com
A new function EmitProcSignalBarrier() can be used to emit a global
barrier which all backends that participate in the ProcSignal
mechanism must absorb, and a new function WaitForProcSignalBarrier()
can be used to wait until all relevant backends have in fact
absorbed the barrier.
This can be used to coordinate global state changes, such as turning
checksums on while the system is running.
There's no real client of this mechanism yet, although two are
proposed, but an enum has to have at least one element, so this
includes a placeholder type (PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_PLACEHOLDER) which
should be replaced by the first real client of this mechanism to
get committed.
Andres Freund and Robert Haas, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and,
in earlier versions, by Magnus Hagander.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZwDk=BguVDVa+qdA6SBKef=PKbaKDQALTC_9qoz1mJqg@mail.gmail.com
The REDO routine for nbtree's xl_btree_vacuum record type hasn't
performed a "pin scan" since commit 3e4b7d87 went in, so clearly there
isn't any point in VACUUM WAL-logging information that won't actually be
used. Finish off the work of commit 3e4b7d87 (and the closely related
preceding commit 687f2cd7) by removing the code that generates this
unused information. Also remove the REDO routine code disabled by
commit 3e4b7d87.
Replace the unneeded lastBlockVacuumed field in xl_btree_vacuum with a
new "ndeleted" field. The new field isn't actually needed right now,
since we could continue to infer the array length from the overall
record length. However, an upcoming patch to add deduplication to
nbtree needs to add an "items updated" field to xl_btree_vacuum, so we
might as well start being explicit about the number of items now.
(Besides, it doesn't seem like a good idea to leave the xl_btree_vacuum
struct without any fields; the C standard says that that's undefined.)
nbtree VACUUM no longer forces writing a WAL record for the last block
in the index. Writing out a WAL record with no items for the final
block was supposed to force processing of a lastBlockVacuumed field by a
pin scan.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmY_mT7UnTzFB5LBQDBkKpdV5UxP3B5bLb7uP%3D%3D6UQJRQ%40mail.gmail.com
The previous coding imagined that it could call before_shmem_exit()
when a non-exclusive backup began and then remove the previously-added
handler by calling cancel_before_shmem_exit() when that backup
ended. However, this only works provided that nothing else in the
system has registered a before_shmem_exit() hook in the interim,
because cancel_before_shmem_exit() is documented to remove a callback
only if it is the latest callback registered. It also only works
if nothing can ERROR out between the time that sessionBackupState
is reset and the time that cancel_before_shmem_exit(), which doesn't
seem to be strictly true.
To fix, leave the handler installed for the lifetime of the session,
arrange to install it just once, and teach it to quietly do nothing if
there isn't a non-exclusive backup in process.
This is a bug, but for now I'm not going to back-patch, because the
consequences are minor. It's possible to cause a spurious warning
to be generated, but that doesn't really matter. It's also possible
to trigger an assertion failure, but production builds shouldn't
have assertions enabled.
Patch by me, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier (who
preferred a different approach, but got outvoted), Fujii Masao,
and Tom Lane, and with comments by various others.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobMjnyBfNhGTKQEDbqXYE3_rXWpc4CM63fhyerNCes3mA@mail.gmail.com
Older gcc versions are not happy with having multiple declarations
for the same typedef name (not struct name). I'm a bit dubious
as to how well-thought-out that patch was at all, but for the moment
just fix it enough so I can get some work done today.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191218101338.GB325369@paquier.xyz
Tuple conversion support in tupconvert.c is able to convert rowtypes
between two relations, inner and outer, which are logically equivalent
but have a different ordering or even dropped columns (used mainly for
inheritance tree and partitions). This makes use of attribute mappings,
which are simple arrays made of AttrNumber elements with a length
matching the number of attributes of the outer relation. The length of
the attribute mapping has been treated as completely independent of the
mapping itself until now, making it easy to pass down an incorrect
mapping length.
This commit refactors the code related to attribute mappings and moves
it into an independent facility called attmap.c, extracted from
tupconvert.c. This merges the attribute mapping with its length,
avoiding to try to guess what is the length of a mapping to use as this
is computed once, when the map is built.
This will avoid mistakes like what has been fixed in dc816e58, which has
used an incorrect mapping length by matching it with the number of
attributes of an inner relation (a child partition) instead of an outer
relation (a partitioned table).
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191121042556.GD153437@paquier.xyz
Commit 48995040d5 removed the largest
barrier to use of simplehash in frontend code, but there's one more
problem: it uses elog(ERROR, ...) or elog(LOG, ...) in a couple of
places. Work around that by changing those to pg_log_error() and
pg_log_info() when FRONTEND is defined.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob8oyh02NrZW=xCScB+5GyJ-jVowE3+TWTUmPF=FsGWTA@mail.gmail.com
If the SH_RAW_ALLOCATOR is defined, it will be used to allocate bytes
for the hash table, and no dependencies on MemoryContext will exist.
This means, in particular, that the SH_CREATE function will not take
a MemoryContext argument.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob8oyh02NrZW=xCScB+5GyJ-jVowE3+TWTUmPF=FsGWTA@mail.gmail.com
Where possible, share signal handler code and main loop interrupt
checking. This saves quite a bit of code and should simplify
maintenance, too.
This commit intends not to change the way anything works, even
though that might allow more code to be unified. It does unify
a bunch of individual variables into a ShutdownRequestPending
flag that has is now used by a bunch of different process types,
though.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Daniel Gustafsson.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZwDk=BguVDVa+qdA6SBKef=PKbaKDQALTC_9qoz1mJqg@mail.gmail.com
The refactoring done in a4fd3aa for query cancellation has messed up
with the logic in psql by mixing CancelRequested and cancel_pressed,
breaking for example \watch. The former would be switched to true if a
cancellation request has been attempted and that it actually succeeded,
and the latter tracks if a cancellation attempt has been done.
This commit brings back the code of psql to a state consistent to what
it was before a4fd3aa, without giving up on the refactoring pieces
introduced. It should be actually possible to merge more both flags as
their concepts are close enough, however note that psql's --single-step
mode relies on cancel_pressed to be always set, so this requires more
careful analysis left for later.
While on it, fix the declarations of CancelRequested (in cancel.c) and
cancel_pressed (in psql) to be volatile sig_atomic_t. Previously,
both were declared as booleans, which should be fine on modern
platforms, but the C standard recommends the use of sig_atomic_t for
variables used in signal handlers. Note that since its introduction in
a1792320, CancelRequested declaration was not volatile.
Reported-by: Jeff Janes
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1zpoUDGKqWKuMWkj7t-bOCaJDx0r=5te_-d0B2HVLABXg@mail.gmail.com
force_parallel_mode = regress is supposed to force use of a Gather
node without having any impact on EXPLAIN output. But it failed to
accomplish that if both ANALYZE and VERBOSE are given, because that
enables per-worker output data that you wouldn't see if the Gather
hadn't been inserted. Improve the logic so that we suppress the
per-worker data too.
This allows putting the new test case added by commit 5935917ce
back into the originally intended form (cf. 776a2c887, 22864f6e0).
We can also get rid of a kluge in subselect.sql, which previously
had to clean up after force_parallel_mode's failure to do what it
said on the tin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18445.1576177309@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit f14413b684 broke the build of
Perl-using modules on Windows.
Perl might have its own definitions of uid_t and gid_t, so we hide
ours, but then we can't use ours in our header files such as port.h
which don't see the Perl definition.
Hide our definition of getpeereid() on Windows in Perl-using modules,
using PLPERL_HAVE_UID_GID define. That means we can't portably use
getpeeruid() is such modules right now, but there is no need anyway.
The getpeereid() uses have so far been protected by HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS,
so they didn't ever care about Windows support. But in anticipation
of Unix-domain socket support on Windows, that needs to be handled
differently.
Windows doesn't support getpeereid() at this time, so we use the
existing not-supported code path. We let configure do its usual thing
of picking up the replacement from libpgport, instead of the custom
overrides that it was doing before.
But then Windows doesn't have struct passwd, so this patch sprinkles
some additional #ifdef WIN32 around to make it work. This is similar
to existing code that deals with this issue.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5974caea-1267-7708-40f2-6009a9d653b0@2ndquadrant.com
The RTE_RESULT simplification logic added by commit 4be058fe9 had a
flaw: it would collapse out a RTE_RESULT that is due to compute a
PlaceHolderVar, and reassign the PHV to the parent join level, even if
another input relation of the join contained a lateral reference to
the PHV. That can't work because the PHV would be computed too late.
In practice it led to failures of internal sanity checks later in
planning (either assertion failures or errors such as "failed to
construct the join relation").
To fix, add code to check for the presence of such PHVs in relevant
portions of the query tree. Notably, this required refactoring
range_table_walker so that a caller could ask to walk individual RTEs
not the whole list. (It might be a good idea to refactor
range_table_mutator in the same way, if only to keep those functions
looking similar; but I didn't do so here as it wasn't necessary for
the bug fix.)
This exercise also taught me that find_dependent_phvs(), as it stood,
could only safely be used on the entire Query, not on subtrees.
Adjust its API to reflect that; which in passing allows it to have
a fast path for the common case of no PHVs anywhere.
Per report from Will Leinweber. Back-patch to v12 where the bug
was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALLb-4xJMd4GZt2YCecMC95H-PafuWNKcmps4HLRx2NHNBfB4g@mail.gmail.com
Previously, if the startup pruning logic proved that all child nodes
of an Append or MergeAppend could be pruned, we still kept one, just
to keep EXPLAIN from failing. The previous commit removed the
ruleutils.c limitation that required this kluge, so drop it. That
results in less-confusing EXPLAIN output, as per a complaint from
Yuzuko Hosoya.
David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/001001d4f44b$2a2cca50$7e865ef0$@lab.ntt.co.jp
This patch causes EXPLAIN to always assign a separate table alias to the
parent RTE of an append relation (inheritance set); before, such RTEs
were ignored if not actually scanned by the plan. Since the child RTEs
now always have that same alias to start with (cf. commit 55a1954da),
the net effect is that the parent RTE usually gets the alias used or
implied by the query text, and the children all get that alias with "_N"
appended. (The exception to "usually" is if there are duplicate aliases
in different subtrees of the original query; then some of those original
RTEs will also have "_N" appended.)
This results in more uniform output for partitioned-table plans than
we had before: the partitioned table itself gets the original alias,
and all child tables have aliases with "_N", rather than the previous
behavior where one of the children would get an alias without "_N".
The reason for giving the parent RTE an alias, even if it isn't scanned
by the plan, is that we now use the parent's alias to qualify Vars that
refer to an appendrel output column and appear above the Append or
MergeAppend that computes the appendrel. But below the append, Vars
refer to some one of the child relations, and are displayed that way.
This seems clearer than the old behavior where a Var that could carry
values from any child relation was displayed as if it referred to only
one of them.
While at it, change ruleutils.c so that the code paths used by EXPLAIN
deal in Plan trees not PlanState trees. This effectively reverts a
decision made in commit 1cc29fe7c, which seemed like a good idea at
the time to make ruleutils.c consistent with explain.c. However,
it's problematic because we'd really like to allow executor startup
pruning to remove all the children of an append node when possible,
leaving no child PlanState to resolve Vars against. (That's not done
here, but will be in the next patch.) This requires different handling
of subplans and initplans than before, but is otherwise a pretty
straightforward change.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/001001d4f44b$2a2cca50$7e865ef0$@lab.ntt.co.jp
This makes such log entries more useful, since the cause of the error
can be dependent on the parameter values.
Author: Alexey Bashtanov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0146a67b-a22a-0519-9082-bc29756b93a2@imap.cc
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund, Tom Lane
Clean up some comments (some generated by old versions of autoconf)
and some random ordering differences, so it's easier to diff this
against the default pg_config.h or pg_config.h.in. Remove LOCALEDIR
handling from pg_config.h.win32 altogether because it's already in
pg_config_paths.h.
This provides a mechanism to emit literal values in informative
messages, such as query parameters. The new code is more complex than
what it replaces, primarily because it wants to be more efficient.
It also has the (currently unused) additional optional capability of
specifying a maximum size to print.
The new function lives out of common/stringinfo.c so that frontend users
of that file need not pull in unnecessary multibyte-encoding support
code.
Author: Álvaro Herrera and Alexey Bashtanov, after a suggestion from Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920203905.xkv5udsd5dxfs6tr@alap3.anarazel.de
This function is supported down to OpenSSL 0.9.8, which is the oldest
version supported since 593d4e4 (from Postgres 10 onwards), and is used
since e3bdb2d (from 11 onwards). It is defined as a macro from OpenSSL
0.9.8 to 1.0.2, and as a function in 1.1.0 and newer versions. However,
the configure check present is only adapted for functions. So, even if
the code would be able to compile, configure fails to detect the macro,
causing it to be ignored when compiling the code with OpenSSL from 0.9.8
to 1.0.2.
The code needs a configure check as per a364dfa, which has fixed a
compilation issue with a past version of LibreSSL in NetBSD 5.1. On
HEAD, just remove the configure check as the last release of NetBSD 5 is
from 2014 (and we have no more buildfarm members for it). In 11 and 12,
improve the configure logic so as both macros and functions are
correctly detected. This makes NetBSD 5 still work on already-released
branches, but not for 13 onwards.
The patch for HEAD is from me, and Daniel has written the version to use
for the back-branches.
Author: Michael Paquier, Daniel Gustaffson
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191205083252.GE5064@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/98F7F99E-1129-41D8-B86B-FE3B1E286881@yesql.se
Backpatch-through: 11
Remove a duplicated word. Add "of" or "# of" in a couple places
for clarity and consistency. Start comments with a lower case
letter as we do elsewhere in this file.
Rafia Sabih
XLogFileNameP() is a wrapper routine able to build a palloc'd string for
a WAL segment name, which is used for error string generation. There
were several code paths where it gets called in a critical section,
where memory allocation is not allowed. This results in triggering
an assertion failure instead of generating the wanted error message.
Another, more annoying, problem is that if the allocation to generate
the WAL segment name fails on OOM, then the failure would be escalated
to a PANIC.
This removes the routine and all its callers are replaced with a logic
using a fixed-size buffer. This way, all the existing mistakes are
fixed and future ones are prevented.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5gC9H4uoWMLg9K_QfNrnkkdEw+-AFveob9YX7z8JnKTA@mail.gmail.com
This provides for cheaper mapping of child columns back to parent
columns. The one existing use-case in examine_simple_variable()
would hardly justify this by itself; but an upcoming bug fix will
make use of this array in a mainstream code path, and it seems
likely that we'll find other uses for it as we continue to build
out the partitioning infrastructure.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12424.1575168015@sss.pgh.pa.us
Originally, this code was duplicated in src/bin/psql/ and
src/bin/scripts/, but it can be useful for other frontend applications,
like pgbench. This refactoring offers the possibility to setup a custom
callback which would get called in the signal handler for SIGINT or when
the interruption console events happen on Windows.
Author: Fabien Coelho, with contributions from Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Ibrar Ahmed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.21.1910311939430.27369@lancre
We implement ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS by truncating tables marked that
way, which requires also truncating/rebuilding their indexes. But
RelationTruncateIndexes asks the relcache for up-to-date copies of any
index expressions, which may cause execution of eval_const_expressions
on them, which can result in actual execution of subexpressions.
This is a bad thing to have happening during ON COMMIT. Manuel Rigger
reported that use of a SQL function resulted in crashes due to
expectations that ActiveSnapshot would be set, which it isn't.
The most obvious fix perhaps would be to push a snapshot during
PreCommit_on_commit_actions, but I think that would just open the door
to more problems: CommitTransaction explicitly expects that no
user-defined code can be running at this point.
Fortunately, since we know that no tuples exist to be indexed, there
seems no need to use the real index expressions or predicates during
RelationTruncateIndexes. We can set up dummy index expressions
instead (we do need something that will expose the right data type,
as there are places that build index tupdescs based on this), and
just ignore predicates and exclusion constraints.
In a green field it'd likely be better to reimplement ON COMMIT DELETE
ROWS using the same "init fork" infrastructure used for unlogged
relations. That seems impractical without catalog changes though,
and even without that it'd be too big a change to back-patch.
So for now do it like this.
Per private report from Manuel Rigger. This has been broken forever,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
When picking the best extended statistics object for a list of clauses,
it's not enough to look at attnums extracted from the clause list as a
whole. Consider for example this query with OR clauses:
SELECT * FROM t WHERE (t.a = 1) OR (t.b = 1) OR (t.c = 1)
with a statistics defined on columns (a,b). Relying on attnums extracted
from the whole OR clause, we'd consider the statistics usable. That does
not work, as we see the conditions as a single OR-clause, referencing an
attribute not covered by the statistic, leading to empty list of clauses
to be estimated using the statistics and an assert failure.
This changes choose_best_statistics to check which clauses are actually
covered, and only using attributes from the fully covered ones. For the
previous example this means the statistics object will not be considered
as compatible with the OR-clause.
Backpatch to 12, where MCVs were introduced. The issue does not affect
older versions because functional dependencies don't handle OR clauses.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed
Reported-By: Manuel Rigger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7H5rcE2=8f263w4NZD6ipO_XOrYB816nuLXbmSTH9pQQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
This build option was once useful to maintain compatibility with
version-0 functions, but those are no longer supported, so this option
is no longer useful for end users. We keep the option available to
developers in pg_config_manual.h so that it is easy to test the
pass-by-reference code paths without having to fire up a 32-bit
machine.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f3e1e576-2749-bbd7-2d57-3f9dcf75255a@2ndquadrant.com
XLogReader, walsender and pg_waldump all had their own routines to read
data from WAL files to memory, with slightly different approaches
according to the particular conditions of each environment. There's a
lot of commonality, so we can refactor that into a single routine
WALRead in XLogReader, and move the differences to a separate (simpler)
callback that just opens the next WAL-segment. This results in a
clearer (ahem) code flow.
The error reporting needs are covered by filling in a new error-info
struct, WALReadError, and it's the caller's responsibility to act on it.
The backend has WALReadRaiseError() to do so.
We no longer ever need to seek in this interface; switch to using
pg_pread().
Author: Antonin Houska, with contributions from Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
This reworks the reloption parsing and build of a couple of index AMs by
creating new structures for each index AM's options. This split was
already done for BRIN, GIN and GiST (which actually has a fillfactor
parameter), but not for hash, B-tree and SPGiST which relied on
StdRdOptions due to an overlap with the default option set.
This saves a couple of bytes for rd_options in each relcache entry with
indexes making use of relation options, and brings more consistency
between all index AMs. While on it, add a couple of AssertMacro() calls
to make sure that utility macros to grab values of reloptions are used
with the expected index AM.
Author: Nikolay Shaplov
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera, Dent John
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4127670.gFlpRb6XCm@x200m
This function wasn't touched in commit 51004c717, but that turns out
to be a bad idea, because its results now include any dead space
that exists in the NOTIFY queue on account of our being lazy about
advancing the queue tail. Notably, the isolation tests now fail
if run twice without a server restart between, because async-notify's
first test of the function will already show a positive value.
It seems likely that end users would be equally unhappy about the
result's instability. To fix, just make the function call
asyncQueueAdvanceTail before computing its result. That should end
in producing the same value as before, and it's hard to believe that
there's any practical use-case where pg_notification_queue_usage()
is called so often as to create a performance degradation, especially
compared to what we did before.
Out of paranoia, also mark this function parallel-restricted (it
was volatile, but parallel-safe by default, before). Although the
code seems to work fine when run in a parallel worker, that's outside
the design scope of async.c, and it's a bit scary to have intentional
side-effects happening in a parallel worker. There seems no plausible
use-case where it'd be important to try to parallelize this, so let's
not take any risk of introducing new bugs.
In passing, re-pgindent async.c and run reformat-dat-files on
pg_proc.dat, just because I'm a neatnik.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13881.1574557302@sss.pgh.pa.us
All operations with acl permissions checks should have a corresponding hook
so that, for example, mandatory access control (MAC) may be enforced by an
extension. The command TRUNCATE is missing this hook, so add it. Patch by
Yuli Khodorkovskiy with some editorialization by me. Based on the discussion
not back-patched. A separate patch will exercise the hook in the sepgsql
extension.
Author: Yuli Khodorkovskiy
Reviewed-by: Joe Conway
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFL5wJcomybj1Xdw7qWmPJRpGuFukKgNrDb6uVBaCMgYS9dkaA%40mail.gmail.com
While a self-referential view doesn't actually work, it's possible
to create one, and it turns out that this breaks some of the
information_schema views. Those views call relation_is_updatable(),
which neglected to consider the hazards of being recursive. In
older PG versions you get a "stack depth limit exceeded" error,
but since v10 it'd recurse to the point of stack overrun and crash,
because commit a4c35ea1c took out the expression_returns_set() call
that was incidentally checking the stack depth.
Since this function is only used by information_schema views, it
seems like it'd be better to return "not updatable" than suffer
an error. Hence, add tracking of what views we're examining,
in just the same way that the nearby fireRIRrules() code detects
self-referential views. I added a check_stack_depth() call too,
just to be defensive.
Per private report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to all
supported versions.
Oversight in commit e6d8069522. Since that commit changed the format of
XLOG_DBASE_DROP WAL record, XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC needs to be bumped.
Spotted by Michael Paquier
Previously DROP DATABASE generated as many XLOG_DBASE_DROP WAL records
as the number of tablespaces that the database to drop uses. This caused
the scans of shared_buffers as many times as the number of the tablespaces
during recovery because WAL replay of one XLOG_DBASE_DROP record needs
that full scan. This could make the recovery time longer especially
when shared_buffers is large.
This commit changes DROP DATABASE so that it generates only one
XLOG_DBASE_DROP record, and registers the information of all the tablespaces
into it. Then, WAL replay of XLOG_DBASE_DROP record needs full scan of
shared_buffers only once, and which may improve the recovery performance.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Simon Riggs
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwF8YwNH0ZaL+2wjZPkj+ji9UhC+Z4ScnG97WKtVY5L9iw@mail.gmail.com
This adds the statistics about transactions spilled to disk from
ReorderBuffer. Users can query the pg_stat_replication view to check
these stats.
Author: Tomas Vondra, with bug-fixes and minor changes by Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Historically, the planner's LIKE/regex index optimizations were only
carried out for specific index opfamilies. That's never been a great
idea from the standpoint of extensibility, but it didn't matter so
much as long as we had no practical way to extend such behaviors anyway.
With the addition of planner support functions, and in view of ongoing
work to support additional table and index AMs, it seems like a good
time to relax this.
Hence, recast the decisions in match_pattern_prefix() so that rather
than decide which operators to generate by looking at what the index
opfamily contains, we decide which operators to generate a-priori
and then see if the opfamily supports them. This is much more
defensible from a semantic standpoint anyway, since we know the
semantics of the chosen operators precisely, and we only need to
assume that the opfamily correctly implements operators it claims
to support.
The existing "pattern" opfamilies put a crimp in this approach, since
we need to select the pattern operators if we want those to work.
So we still have to special-case those opfamilies. But that seems
all right, since in view of the addition of collations, the pattern
opfamilies seem like a legacy hack that nobody will be building on.
The only immediate effect of this change, so far as the core code is
concerned, is that anchored LIKE/regex patterns can be mapped onto
BRIN index searches, and exact-match patterns can be mapped onto hash
indexes, not only btree and spgist indexes as before. That's not a
terribly exciting result, but it does fix an omission mentioned in
the ancient comments here.
Note: no catversion bump, even though this touches pg_operator.dat,
because it's only adding OID macros not changing the contents of
postgres.bki.
Per consideration of a report from Manuel Rigger.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7nnGYy8rY0vdTe811NuA+Frr9nbcBO9u2Z+JxqNaud+g@mail.gmail.com
Instead of deciding to serialize a transaction merely based on the
number of changes in that xact (toplevel or subxact), this makes
the decisions based on amount of memory consumed by the changes.
The memory limit is defined by a new logical_decoding_work_mem GUC,
so for example we can do this
SET logical_decoding_work_mem = '128kB'
to reduce the memory usage of walsenders or set the higher value to
reduce disk writes. The minimum value is 64kB.
When adding a change to a transaction, we account for the size in
two places. Firstly, in the ReorderBuffer, which is then used to
decide if we reached the total memory limit. And secondly in the
transaction the change belongs to, so that we can pick the largest
transaction to evict (and serialize to disk).
We still use max_changes_in_memory when loading changes serialized
to disk. The trouble is we can't use the memory limit directly as
there might be multiple subxact serialized, we need to read all of
them but we don't know how many are there (and which subxact to
read first).
We do not serialize the ReorderBufferTXN entries, so if there is a
transaction with many subxacts, most memory may be in this type of
objects. Those records are not included in the memory accounting.
We also do not account for INTERNAL_TUPLECID changes, which are
kept in a separate list and not evicted from memory. Transactions
with many CTID changes may consume significant amounts of memory,
but we can't really do much about that.
The current eviction algorithm is very simple - the transaction is
picked merely by size, while it might be useful to also consider age
(LSN) of the changes for example. With the new Generational memory
allocator, evicting the oldest changes would make it more likely
the memory gets actually pfreed.
The logical_decoding_work_mem can be set in postgresql.conf, in which
case it serves as the default for all publishers on that instance.
Author: Tomas Vondra, with changes by Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Tested-By: Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
reloptions.h includes since ba748f7 a set of macros to handle reloption
types in a way similar to how parseRelOptions() works. They have never
been used in the core code, and we have more simple methods now to parse
and fill in rd_options for a given relation depending on its relkind, so
remove this interface to simplify things.
Per discussion between Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE6zbNO92az6pp5GiTw4tr-9rfCE0t84whQSP+YwSKjMQ@mail.gmail.com
Partitioned tables do not have relation options yet, but, similarly to
what's done for views which have their own parsing table, it could make
sense to introduce new parameters for some of the existing default ones
like fillfactor, autovacuum, etc. Splitting things has the advantage to
make the information stored in rd_options include only the necessary
information, reducing the amount of memory used for a relcache entry
with partitioned tables if new reloptions are introduced at this level.
Author: Nikolay Shaplov
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1627387.Qykg9O6zpu@x200m
This commit changes xact_desc() so that it reports the detail information about
PREPARE TRANSACTION record, like GID (global transaction identifier),
timestamp at prepare transaction, delete-on-abort/commit relations,
XID of subtransactions, and invalidation messages. These are helpful
when diagnosing 2PC-related troubles.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andrey Lepikhov, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Julien Rouhaud, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwEvhASad4JJnCv=0dW2TJypZgW_Vpb-oZik2a3utCqcrA@mail.gmail.com
This new option terminates the other sessions connected to the target
database and then drop it. To terminate other sessions, the current user
must have desired permissions (same as pg_terminate_backend()). We don't
allow to terminate the sessions if prepared transactions, active logical
replication slots or subscriptions are present in the target database.
Author: Pavel Stehule with changes by me
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Ibrar Ahmed, Anthony Nowocien,
Ryan Lambert and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP_rwwmLJJbn70vLOZFpxGw3XD7nLB_7+NKz46H5EOO2k5H7OQ@mail.gmail.com
It is pointless to show in those views auxiliary processes that don't
open network connections.
A small incompatibility is that anybody joining pg_stat_activity and
pg_stat_ssl/pg_stat_gssapi will have to use a left join if they want to
see such auxiliary processes.
Author: Euler Taveira
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190904151535.GA29108@alvherre.pgsql
This completes the task begun in commit 1408d5d86, to synchronize
ECPG's exported definitions with the definition of bool used by
c.h (and, therefore, the one actually in use in the ECPG library).
On practically all modern platforms, ecpglib.h will now just
include <stdbool.h>, which should surprise nobody anymore.
That removes a header-inclusion-order hazard for ECPG clients,
who previously might get build failures or unexpected behavior
depending on whether they'd included <stdbool.h> themselves,
and if so, whether before or after ecpglib.h.
On platforms where sizeof(_Bool) is not 1 (only old PPC-based
Mac systems, as far as I know), things are still messy, as
inclusion of <stdbool.h> could still break ECPG client code.
There doesn't seem to be any clean fix for that, and given the
probably-negligible population of users who would care anymore,
it's not clear we should go far out of our way to cope with it.
This change at least fixes some header-inclusion-order hazards
for our own code, since c.h and ecpglib.h previously disagreed
on whether bool should be char or unsigned char.
To implement this with minimal invasion of ECPG client namespace,
move the choice of whether to rely on <stdbool.h> into configure,
and have it export a configuration symbol PG_USE_STDBOOL.
ecpglib.h no longer exports definitions for TRUE and FALSE,
only their lowercase brethren. We could undo that if we get
push-back about it.
Ideally we'd back-patch this as far as v11, which is where c.h
started to rely on <stdbool.h>. But the odds of creating problems
for formerly-working ECPG client code seem about as large as the
odds of fixing any non-working cases, so we'll just do this in HEAD.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LmaKO7Du9M9Lo=kxGU8sB6aL8fa3sF6z6d5yYYVe3BuQ@mail.gmail.com
Add some support for automatically showing backtraces in certain error
situations in the server. Backtraces are shown on assertion failure;
also, a new setting backtrace_functions can be set to a list of C
function names, and all ereport()s and elog()s from the mentioned
functions will have backtraces generated. Finally, the function
errbacktrace() can be manually added to an ereport() call to generate a
backtrace for that call.
Authors: Peter Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m//5f48cb47-bf1e-05b6-7aae-3bf2cd01586d@2ndquadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YGL+yfWE=JvbUbnpWtrRZNey7hJ07+zT4bYJdVp4Szdrg@mail.gmail.com
This patch adopts the overflow check logic introduced by commit cbdb8b4c0
into two more places. interval_mul() failed to notice if it computed a
new microseconds value that was one more than INT64_MAX, and pgbench's
double-to-int64 logic had the same sorts of edge-case problems that
cbdb8b4c0 fixed in the core code.
To make this easier to get right in future, put the guts of the checks
into new macros in c.h, and add commentary about how to use the macros
correctly.
Back-patch to all supported branches, as we did with the previous fix.
Yuya Watari
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ2pMkbkkFw2hb9Qb1Zj8d06EhWAQXFLy73St4qWv6aX=vqnjw@mail.gmail.com
This allows logging a sample of statements, without incurring excessive
log traffic (which may impact performance). This can be useful when
analyzing workloads with lots of short queries.
The sampling is configured using two new GUC parameters:
* log_min_duration_sample - minimum required statement duration
* log_statement_sample_rate - sample rate (0.0 - 1.0)
Only statements with duration exceeding log_min_duration_sample are
considered for sampling. To enable sampling, both those GUCs have to
be set correctly.
The existing log_min_duration_statement GUC has a higher priority, i.e.
statements with duration exceeding log_min_duration_statement will be
always logged, irrespectedly of how the sampling is configured. This
means only configurations
log_min_duration_sample < log_min_duration_statement
do actually sample the statements, instead of logging everything.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Vik Fearing, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bbe0a1a8-a8f7-3be2-155a-888e661cc06c@anayrat.info
Avoid creating transiently-inconsistent slot states where possible,
by not setting TTS_FLAG_SHOULDFREE until after the slot actually has
a free'able tuple pointer, and by making sure that we reset tts_nvalid
and related derived state before we replace the tuple contents. This
would only matter if something were to examine the slot after we'd
suffered some kind of error (e.g. out of memory) while manipulating
the slot. We typically don't do that, so these changes might just be
cosmetic --- but even if so, it seems like good future-proofing.
Also remove some redundant Asserts, and add a couple for consistency.
Back-patch to v12 where all this code was rewritten.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16095-c3ff2e5283b8dba5@postgresql.org
There's plenty places in frontend code that could benefit from a
string buffer implementation. Some because it yields simpler and
faster code, and some others because of the desire to share code
between backend and frontend.
While there is a string buffer implementation available to frontend
code, libpq's PQExpBuffer, it is clunkier than stringinfo, it
introduces a libpq dependency, doesn't allow for sharing between
frontend and backend code, and has a higher API/ABI stability
requirement due to being exposed via libpq.
Therefore it seems best to just making StringInfo being usable by
frontend code. There's not much to do for that, except for rewriting
two subsequent elog/ereport calls into others types of error
reporting, and deciding on a maximum string length.
For the maximum string size I decided to privately define MaxAllocSize
to the same value as used in the backend. It seems likely that we'll
want to reconsider this for both backend and frontend code in the not
too far away future.
For now I've left stringinfo.h in lib/, rather than common/, to reduce
the likelihood of unnecessary breakage. We could alternatively decide
to provide a redirecting stringinfo.h in lib/, or just not provide
compatibility.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920051857.2fhnvhvx4qdddviz@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit d25ea0127 got rid of what I thought were entirely unnecessary
derived child expressions in EquivalenceClasses for EC members that
mention multiple baserels. But it turns out that some of the child
expressions that code created are necessary for partitionwise joins,
else we fail to find matching pathkeys for Sort nodes. (This happens
only for certain shapes of the resulting plan; it may be that
partitionwise aggregation is also necessary to show the failure,
though I'm not sure of that.)
Reverting that commit entirely would be quite painful performance-wise
for large partition sets. So instead, add code that explicitly
generates child expressions that match only partitionwise child join
rels we have actually generated.
Per report from Justin Pryzby. (Amit Langote noticed the problem
earlier, though it's not clear if he recognized then that it could
result in a planner error, not merely failure to exploit partitionwise
join, in the code as-committed.) Back-patch to v12 where commit
d25ea0127 came in.
Amit Langote, with lots of kibitzing from me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191011143703.GN10470@telsasoft.com
Historically, the code to build relation options has been shaped the
same way in multiple code paths by using a set of datums in input with
the options parsed with a static table which is then filled with the
option values. This introduces a new common routine in reloptions.c to
do most of the legwork for the in-core code paths.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGsoSn_uTPPYT19WrtR7oYpYtv4CdS0xuedTKiHHWuk_g@mail.gmail.com
In these macros, the rd_options pointer is cast to ViewOption *. Add
some assertions that the passed-in relation is actually a view before
doing that.
Author: Nikolay Shaplov <dhyan@nataraj.su>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3634983.eHpMQ1mJnI@x200m
This gives an alternative way of catching exceptions, for the common
case where the cleanup code is the same in the error and non-error
cases. So instead of
PG_TRY();
{
... code that might throw ereport(ERROR) ...
}
PG_CATCH();
{
cleanup();
PG_RE_THROW();
}
PG_END_TRY();
cleanup();
one can write
PG_TRY();
{
... code that might throw ereport(ERROR) ...
}
PG_FINALLY();
{
cleanup();
}
PG_END_TRY();
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95a822c3-728b-af0e-d7e5-71890507ae0c%402ndquadrant.com
Remove SQL_LANGUAGES, which was eliminated in SQL:2008, and
SQL_PACKAGES and SQL_SIZING_PROFILES, which were eliminated in
SQL:2011. Since they were dropped by the SQL standard, the
information in them was no longer updated and therefore no longer
useful.
This also removes the feature-package association information in
sql_feature_packages.txt, but for the time begin we are keeping the
information which features are in the Core package (that is, mandatory
SQL features). Maybe at some point someone wants to invent a way to
store that that does not involve using the "package" mechanism
anymore.
Discussion https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/91334220-7900-071b-9327-0c6ecd012017%402ndquadrant.com
Commit f8e5f156b added private state in postgres.c to track whether
a statement timeout is running. This seems like bad design to me;
timeout.c's private state should be the single source of truth about
that. We already fixed one bug associated with failure to keep those
states in sync (cf. be42015fc), and I've got little faith that we
won't find more in future. So get rid of postgres.c's local variable
by exposing a way to ask timeout.c whether a timeout is running.
(Obviously, such an inquiry is subject to race conditions, but it
seems fine for the purpose at hand.)
To make get_timeout_active() as cheap as possible, add a flag in
the per-timeout struct showing whether that timeout is active.
This allows some small savings elsewhere in timeout.c, mainly
elimination of unnecessary searches of the active_timeouts array.
While at it, fix enable_statement_timeout to not call disable_timeout
when statement_timeout is 0 and the timeout is not running. This
avoids a useless deschedule-and-reschedule-timeouts cycle, which
represents a significant savings (at least one kernel call) when
there is any other active timeout. Right now, there usually isn't,
but there are proposals around to change that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16035-456e6e69ebfd4374@postgresql.org
Without "b", a variant of the tas() code miscompiles on macOS 10.4.
This may also fix a compilation failure involving macOS 10.1. Today's
compilers have been allocating acceptable registers with or without this
change, but this future-proofs the code by precisely conveying the
acceptable registers. Back-patch to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191009063900.GA4066266@rfd.leadboat.com
Since pluggable storage has been introduced, those two routines have
been replaced by table_open/close, with some compatibility macros still
present to allow extensions to compile correctly with v12.
Some code paths using the old routines still remained, so replace them.
Based on the discussion done, the consensus reached is that it is better
to remove those compatibility macros so as nothing new uses the old
routines, so remove also the compatibility macros.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191017014706.GF5605@paquier.xyz
When an FK constraint is created, it needs the index on the referenced
table to exist and be valid. When doing parallel pg_restore and the
referenced table was partitioned, this condition can sometimes not be
met, because pg_dump didn't emit sufficient object dependencies to
ensure so; this means that parallel pg_restore would fail in certain
conditions. Fix by having pg_dump make the FK constraint object
dependent on the partition attachment objects for the constraint's
referenced index.
This has been broken since f56f8f8da6, so backpatch to Postgres 12.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191005224333.GA9738@alvherre.pgsql
POSIX sigaction(2) can be told to block a set of signals while a
signal handler executes. Make use of that instead of manually
blocking and unblocking signals in the postmaster's signal handlers.
This should save a few cycles, and it also prevents recursive
invocation of signal handlers when many signals arrive in close
succession. We have seen buildfarm failures that seem to be due to
postmaster stack overflow caused by such recursion (exacerbated by
a Linux PPC64 kernel bug).
This doesn't change anything about the way that it works on Windows.
Somebody might consider adjusting port/win32/signal.c to let it work
similarly, but I'm not in a position to do that.
For the moment, just apply to HEAD. Possibly we should consider
back-patching this, but it'd be good to let it age awhile first.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14878.1570820201@sss.pgh.pa.us
Within the context of SCRAM, "verifier" has a specific meaning in the
protocol, per RFCs. The existing code used "verifier" differently, to
mean whatever is or would be stored in pg_auth.rolpassword.
Fix this by using the term "secret" for this, following RFC 5803.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/be397b06-6e4b-ba71-c7fb-54cae84a7e18%402ndquadrant.com
As of d9dd406fe2, we require MSVC 2013,
which means _MSC_VER >= 1800. This means that conditionals about
older versions of _MSC_VER can be removed or simplified.
Previous code was also in some cases handling MinGW, where _MSC_VER is
not defined at all, incorrectly, such as in pg_ctl.c and win32_port.h,
leading to some compiler warnings. This should now be handled better.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
When ExecBRUpdateTriggers()'s GetTupleForTrigger() follows an EPQ
chain the former needs to run the result tuple through the junkfilter
again, and update the slot containing the new version of the tuple to
contain that new version. The input tuple may already be in the
junkfilter's output slot, which used to be OK - we don't need the
previous version anymore. Unfortunately ff11e7f4b9 started to use
ExecCopySlot() to update newslot, and ExecCopySlot() doesn't support
copying a slot into itself, leading to a slot in a corrupt
state, which then can cause crashes or other symptoms.
Fix this by skipping the ExecCopySlot() when copying into itself.
While we could have easily made ExecCopySlot() handle that case, it
seems better to add an assert forbidding doing so instead. As the goal
of copying might be to make the contents of one slot independent from
another, it seems failure prone to handle doing so silently.
A follow-up commit will add tests for the obviously under-covered
combination of EPQ and triggers. Done as a separate commit as it might
make sense to backpatch them further than this bug.
Also remove confusion with confusing variable names for slots in
ExecBRDeleteTriggers() and ExecBRUpdateTriggers().
Bug: #16036
Reported-By: Антон Власов
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16036-28184c90d952fb7f@postgresql.org
Backpatch: 12-, where ff11e7f4b9 was merged
The old names for the attribute-detoasting functions names included
the word "heap," which seems outdated now that the heap is only one of
potentially many table access methods.
On the other hand, toast_insert_or_update and toast_delete are
heap-specific, so rename them by adding "heap_" as a prefix.
Not all of the work of making the TOAST system fully accessible to AMs
other than the heap is done yet, but there seems to be little harm in
getting this renaming out of the way now. Commit
8b94dab066 already divided up the
functions among various files partially according to whether it was
intended that they should be heap-specific or AM-agnostic, so this is
just clarifying the division contemplated by that commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 5dd7fc1519 added block-level memory accounting, but used int64 variable to
track the amount of allocated memory. That is incorrect, because we have Size for
exactly these purposes, but it was mostly harmless until c477f3e449 which changed
how we handle with repalloc() when downsizing the chunk. Previously we've ignored
these cases and just kept using the original chunk, but now we need to update the
accounting, and the code was doing this:
context->mem_allocated += blksize - oldblksize;
Both blksize and oldblksize are Size (so unsigned) which means the subtraction
underflows, producing a very high positive value. On 64-bit platforms (where Size
has the same size as mem_alllocated) this happens to work because the result wraps
to the right value, but on (some) 32-bit platforms this fails.
This fixes two things - it changes mem_allocated (and related variables) to Size,
and it splits the update to two separate steps, to prevent any underflows.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/15151.1570163761%40sss.pgh.pa.us
query_tree_walker and query_tree_mutator were skipping the
windowClause of the query, without regard for the fact that the
startOffset and endOffset in a WindowClause node are expression trees
that need to be processed. This was an oversight in commit ec4be2ee6
from 2010 which added the expression fields; the main symptom is that
function parameters in window frame clauses don't work in inlined
functions.
Fix (as conservatively as possible since this needs to not break
existing out-of-tree callers) and add tests.
Backpatch all the way, since this has been broken since 9.0.
Per report from Alastair McKinley; fix by me with kibitzing and review
from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DB6PR0202MB2904E7FDDA9D81504D1E8C68E3800@DB6PR0202MB2904.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
The location of the session end hook has been chosen so as it is
possible to allow modules to do their own transactions, however any
trying to any any subsystem which went through before_shmem_exit()
would cause issues, limiting the pluggability of the hook.
Per discussion with Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18722.1569906636@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 4d0e994eed added support for partial TOAST decompression, so the
decompression is interrupted after producing the requested prefix. For
prefix and slices near the beginning of the entry, this may saves a lot
of decompression work.
That however only deals with decompression - the whole compressed entry
was still fetched and re-assembled, even though the compression used
only a small fraction of it. This commit improves that by computing how
much compressed data may be needed to decompress the requested prefix,
and then fetches only the necessary part.
We always need to fetch a bit more compressed data than the requested
(uncompressed) prefix, because the prefix may not be compressible at all
and pglz itself adds a bit of overhead. That means this optimization is
most effective when the requested prefix is much smaller than the whole
compressed entry.
Author: Binguo Bao
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Tomas Vondra, Paul Ramsey
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAL-OGkthU9Gs7TZchf5OWaL-Gsi=hXqufTxKv9qpNG73d5na_g@mail.gmail.com
These hooks can be used in loadable modules. A simple test module is
included.
The first attempt was done with cd8ce3a but we lacked handling for
NO_INSTALLCHECK in the MSVC scripts (problem solved afterwards by
431f1599) so the buildfarm got angry. This also fixes a couple of
issues noticed upon review compared to the first attempt, so the code
has slightly changed, resulting in a more simple test module.
Author: Fabrízio de Royes Mello, Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Michael Paquier, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170720204733.40f2b7eb.nagata@sraoss.co.jp
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190823042602.GB5275@paquier.xyz
Adds accounting of memory allocated in a memory context. Compared to
various ad hoc solutions, the main advantage is that the accounting is
transparent and does not require direct control over allocations (this
matters for use cases where the allocations happen in user code, like
for example aggregate states allocated in a transition functions).
To reduce overhead, the accounting happens at the block level (not for
individual chunks) and only the context immediately owning the block is
updated. When inquiring about amount of memory allocated in a context,
we have to recursively walk all children contexts.
This "lazy" accounting works well for cases with relatively small number
of contexts in the relevant subtree and/or with infrequent inquiries.
Author: Jeff Davis
Reivewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Melanie Plageman, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/027a129b8525601c6a680d27ce3a7172dab61aab.camel@j-davis.com
This commit implements jsonpath .datetime() method as it's specified in
SQL/JSON standard. There are no-argument and single-argument versions of
this method. No-argument version selects first of ISO datetime formats
matching input string. Single-argument version accepts template string as
its argument.
Additionally to .datetime() method itself this commit also implements
comparison ability of resulting date and time values. There is some difficulty
because exising jsonb_path_*() functions are immutable, while comparison of
timezoned and non-timezoned types involves current timezone. At first, current
timezone could be changes in session. Moreover, timezones themselves are not
immutable and could be updated. This is why we let existing immutable functions
throw errors on such non-immutable comparison. In the same time this commit
provides jsonb_path_*_tz() functions which are stable and support operations
involving timezones. As new functions are added to the system catalog,
catversion is bumped.
Support of .datetime() method was the only blocker prevents T832 from being
marked as supported. sql_features.txt is updated correspondingly.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Heavily revised by me. Comments were adjusted by Liudmila Mantrova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
SQL/JSON standard allows manipulation with datetime values. So, it appears to
be convinient to allow datetime values to be represented in JsonbValue struct.
These datetime values are allowed for temporary representation only. During
serialization datetime values are converted into strings.
SQL/JSON requires writing timestamps with timezone in the same timezone offset
as they were parsed. This is why we allow storage of timezone offset in
JsonbValue struct. For the same reason timezone offset argument is added to
JsonEncodeDateTime() function.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Revised by me. Comments were adjusted by Liudmila Mantrova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
Add support of error suppression in some date and time manipulation functions
as it's required for jsonpath .datetime() method support. This commit doesn't
use PG_TRY()/PG_CATCH() in order to implement that. Instead, it provides
internal versions of date and time functions used, which support error
suppression.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
This commit adds parse_datetime() function, which implements datetime
parsing with extended features demanded by upcoming jsonpath .datetime()
method:
* Dynamic type identification based on template string,
* Support for standard-conforming 'strict' mode,
* Timezone offset is returned as separate value.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Revised by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
All our current in core relation options of type string (not many,
admittedly) behave in reality like enums. But after seeing an
implementation for enum reloptions, it's clear that strings are messier,
so introduce the new reloption type. Switch all string options to be
enums instead.
Fortunately we have a recently introduced test module for reloptions, so
we don't lose coverage of string reloptions, which may still be used by
third-party modules.
Authors: Nikolay Shaplov, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/43332102.S2V5pIjXRx@x200m
Relation options can define a lock mode other than AccessExclusiveMode
since 47167b7, but modules defining custom relation options did not
really have a way to enforce that. Correct that by extending the
current API set so as modules can define a custom lock mode.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920013831.GD1844@paquier.xyz
The state-tracking of WAL reading in various places was pretty messy,
mostly because the ancient physical-replication WAL reading code wasn't
using the XLogReader abstraction. This led to some untidy code. Make
it prettier by creating two additional supporting structs,
WALSegmentContext and WALOpenSegment which keep track of WAL-reading
state. This makes code cleaner, as well as supports more future
cleanup.
Author: Antonin Houska
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera and (older versions) Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
When a relation is truncated, shared_buffers needs to be scanned
so that any buffers for the relation forks are invalidated in it.
Previously, shared_buffers was scanned for each relation forks, i.e.,
MAIN, FSM and VM, when VACUUM truncated off any empty pages
at the end of relation or TRUNCATE truncated the relation in place.
Since shared_buffers needed to be scanned multiple times,
it could take a long time to finish those commands especially
when shared_buffers was large.
This commit changes the logic so that shared_buffers is scanned only
one time for those three relation forks.
Author: Kirk Jamison
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Takayuki Tsunakawa and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D09B13F772D2274BB348A310EE3027C64E2067@g01jpexmbkw24
If the bitstring length is not a multiple of 8, we'd shift the
rightmost bits into the pad space, which must be zeroes --- bit_cmp,
for one, depends on that. This'd lead to the result failing to
compare equal to what it should compare equal to, as reported in
bug #16013 from Daryl Waycott.
This is, if memory serves, not the first such bug in the bitstring
functions. In hopes of making it the last one, do a bit more work
than minimally necessary to fix the bug:
* Add assertion checks to bit_out() and varbit_out() to complain if
they are given incorrectly-padded input. This will improve the
odds that manual testing of any new patch finds problems.
* Encapsulate the padding-related logic in macros to make it
easier to use.
Also, remove unnecessary padding logic from bit_or() and bitxor().
Somebody had already noted that we need not re-pad the result of
bit_and() since the inputs are required to be the same length,
but failed to extrapolate that to the other two.
Also, move a comment block that once was near the head of varbit.c
(but people kept putting other stuff in front of it), to put it in
the header block.
Note for the release notes: if anyone has inconsistent data as a
result of saving the output of bitshiftright() in a table, it's
possible to fix it with something like
UPDATE mytab SET bitcol = ~(~bitcol) WHERE bitcol != ~(~bitcol);
This has been broken since day one, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16013-c2765b6996aacae9@postgresql.org
Since we introduced the idea of leakproof functions, texteq and textne
were marked leakproof but their sibling text comparison functions were
not. This inconsistency seemed justified because texteq/textne just
relied on memcmp() and so could easily be seen to be leakproof, while
the other comparison functions are far more complex and indeed can
throw input-dependent errors.
However, that argument crashed and burned with the addition of
nondeterministic collations, because now texteq/textne may invoke
the exact same varstr_cmp() infrastructure as the rest. It makes no
sense whatever to give them different leakproofness markings.
After a certain amount of angst we've concluded that it's all right
to consider varstr_cmp() to be leakproof, mostly because the other
choice would be disastrous for performance of many queries where
leakproofness matters. The input-dependent errors should only be
reachable for corrupt input data, or so we hope anyway; certainly,
if they are reachable in practice, we've got problems with requirements
as basic as maintaining a btree index on a text column.
Hence, run around to all the SQL functions that derive from varstr_cmp()
and mark them leakproof. This should result in a useful gain in
flexibility/performance for queries in which non-leakproofness degrades
the efficiency of the query plan.
Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.
While this isn't an essential bug fix given the determination
that varstr_cmp() is leakproof, we might as well apply it now that
we've been forced into a post-beta4 catversion bump.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31481.1568303470@sss.pgh.pa.us
text_pattern_ops and its siblings can't be used with nondeterministic
collations, because they use the text_eq operator which will not behave
as bitwise equality if applied with a nondeterministic collation. The
initial implementation of that restriction was to insert a run-time test
in the related comparison functions, but that is inefficient, may throw
misleading errors, and will throw errors in some cases that would work.
It seems sufficient to just prevent the combination during CREATE INDEX,
so do that instead.
Lacking any better way to identify the opclasses involved, we need to
hard-wire tests for them, which requires hand-assigned values for their
OIDs, which forces a catversion bump because they previously had OIDs
that would be assigned automatically. That's slightly annoying in the
v12 branch, but fortunately we're not at rc1 yet, so just do it.
Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.
In passing, run make reformat-dat-files, which found some unrelated
whitespace issues (slightly different ones in HEAD and v12).
Peter Eisentraut, with small corrections by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22566.1568675619@sss.pgh.pa.us
The new function stashes its output value in a JsonbValue that can be
passed in by the caller, which enables some of them to pass
stack-allocated structs -- saving palloc cycles. It also allows some
callers that know they are handling a jsonb object to use this new jsonb
object-specific API, instead of going through generic container
findJsonbValueFromContainer.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c417f90-f95f-247e-ba63-d95e39c0ad14@postgrespro.ru
This commit improves subject in two ways:
* It removes ugliness of 02f90879e7, which stores distance values and null
flags in two separate arrays after GISTSearchItem struct. Instead we pack
both distance value and null flag in IndexOrderByDistance struct. Alignment
overhead should be negligible, because we typically deal with at most few
"col op const" expressions in ORDER BY clause.
* It fixes handling of "col op NULL" expression in KNN-SP-GiST. Now, these
expression are not passed to support functions, which can't deal with them.
Instead, NULL result is implicitly assumed. It future we may decide to
teach support functions to deal with NULL arguments, but current solution is
bugfix suitable for backpatch.
Reported-by: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/826f57ee-afc7-8977-c44c-6111d18b02ec%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
The SQL spec defers to XQuery to define what the option flags are
for LIKE_REGEX patterns. XQuery says that:
* 's' allows the dot character to match newlines, which by
default it will not;
* 'm' allows ^ and $ to match at newlines, not only at the
start/end of the whole string.
Thus, these are *not* inverses as they are for the similarly-named
POSIX options, and neither one corresponds to the POSIX 'n' option.
Fortunately, Spencer's library does expose these two behaviors as
separately twiddlable flags, so we just have to fix the mapping from
JSP flag bits to REG flag bits. I also chose to rename the symbol
for 's' to DOTALL, to make it clearer that it's not the inverse
of MLINE.
Also, XQuery says that if the 'q' flag "is used together with the m, s,
or x flag, that flag has no effect". I read this as saying that 'q'
overrides the other flags; whoever wrote our code seems to have read
it backwards.
Lastly, while XQuery's 'x' flag is related to what Spencer's code
does for REG_EXPANDED, it's not the same or a subset. It seems best
to treat XQuery's 'x' as unimplemented for now. Maybe later we can
expand our regex code to offer 'x'-style parsing as a separate option.
While at it, refactor the jsonpath code so that (a) there's only
one copy of the flag transformation logic not two, and (b) the
processing of flags is independent of the order in which the flags
are written.
We need some documentation updates to go with this, but I'll
tackle that separately.
Back-patch to v12 where this code originated.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvDci4iqNF9fhRkTqhe-5_8HmzeLt56drH%2B_Rv2rNRqfg@mail.gmail.com
Reference: https://www.w3.org/TR/2017/REC-xpath-functions-31-20170321/#flags
SQL Standard 2016 defines FF1-FF9 format patters for fractions of seconds in
jsonpath .datetime() method and CAST (... FORMAT ...) SQL clause. Parsing
engine of upcoming .datetime() method will be shared with to_date()/
to_timestamp().
This patch implements FF1-FF6 format patterns for upcoming jsonpath .datetime()
method. to_date()/to_timestamp() functions will also get support of this
format patterns as positive side effect. FF7-FF9 are not supported due to
lack of precision in our internal timestamp representation.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Heavily revised by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
This reverts commit e7ff59686e. It
defined pg_atomic_fetch_add_u32_impl() without defining
pg_atomic_compare_exchange_u32_impl(), which is incompatible with
src/include/port/atomics/fallback.h. Per buildfarm member prairiedog.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7517.1568470247@sss.pgh.pa.us
PostgreSQL has been unusable when built with xlc 13 and newer, which are
incompatible with our use of __fetch_and_add(). Back-patch to 9.5,
which introduced pg_atomic_fetch_add_u32().
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190831071157.GA3251746@rfd.leadboat.com
Lack of parens in the definitions could cause a statement using these
macros to have unexpected semantics. In current code no bug is
apparent, but best to fix the definitions to avoid problems down the
line.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19795.1568400476@sss.pgh.pa.us
The progress state was being clobbered once the first index completed
being rebuilt, causing the final phases of the operation not show
anything in the progress view. This was inadvertently broken in
03f9e5cba0, which added progress tracking for REINDEX.
(The reason this bugfix is this small is that I had already noticed this
problem when writing monitoring for CREATE INDEX, and had already worked
around it, as can be seen in discussion starting at
https://postgr.es/m/20190329150218.GA25010@alvherre.pgsql Fixing the
problem is just a matter of fixing one place touched by the REINDEX
monitoring.)
Reported by: Álvaro Herrera
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801184333.GA21369@alvherre.pgsql
Include newitemoff in rmgr desc output for nbtree page split records.
In passing, correct an obsolete comment that claimed that newitemoff is
only logged for _L variant nbtree page split WAL records.
Both issues were oversights in commit 2c03216d83, which revamped the
WAL format.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Backpatch: 9.5-, where the WAL format was revamped.
This is a second try at what commit 57431a911 tried to do, namely,
launch the syslogger before we open postmaster sockets so that our
messages about the sockets end up in the syslogger files. That
commit fell foul of a bunch of subtle issues caused by trying to
launch a postmaster child process before creating shared memory.
Rather than messing with that interaction, let's postpone opening
the sockets till after we launch the syslogger.
This would not have been terribly safe before commit 7de19fbc0,
because we relied on socket opening to detect whether any competing
postmasters were using the same port number. But now that we choose
IPC keys without regard to the port number, there's no interaction
to worry about.
Also delay creation of the external PID file (if requested) till after
the sockets are open, since external code could plausibly be relying
on that ordering of events. And postpone most of the work of
RemovePgTempFiles() so that that potentially-slow processing still
happens after we make the external PID file. We have to be a bit
careful about that last though: as noted in the discussion subsequent to
bug #15804, EXEC_BACKEND builds still have to clear the parameter-file
temp dir before launching the syslogger.
Patch by me; thanks to Michael Paquier for review/testing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15804-3721117bf40fb654@postgresql.org
When building statistics, we need to decide how many rows to sample and
how accurate the resulting statistics should be. Until now, it was not
possible to explicitly define statistics target for extended statistics
objects, the value was always computed from the per-attribute targets
with a fallback to the system-wide default statistics target.
That's a bit inconvenient, as it ties together the statistics target set
for per-column and extended statistics. In some cases it may be useful
to require larger sample / higher accuracy for extended statics (or the
other way around), but with this approach that's not possible.
So this commit introduces a new command, allowing to specify statistics
target for individual extended statistics objects, overriding the value
derived from per-attribute targets (and the system default).
ALTER STATISTICS stat_name SET STATISTICS target_value;
When determining statistics target for an extended statistics object we
first look at this explicitly set value. When this value is -1, we fall
back to the old formula, looking at the per-attribute targets first and
then the system default. This means the behavior is backwards compatible
with older PostgreSQL releases.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618213357.vli3i23vpkset2xd@development
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Dean Rasheed
In ad0bda5d24 I changed the EvalPlanQual machinery to store
substitution tuples in slot, instead of using plain HeapTuples. The
main motivation for that was that using HeapTuples will be inefficient
for future tableams. But it turns out that that conversion was buggy
for non-locking rowmarks - the wrong tuple descriptor was used to
create the slot.
As a secondary issue 5db6df0c0 changed ExecLockRows() to begin EPQ
earlier, to allow to fetch the locked rows directly into the EPQ
slots, instead of having to copy tuples around. Unfortunately, as Tom
complained, that forces some expensive initialization to happen
earlier.
As a third issue, the test coverage for EPQ was clearly insufficient.
Fixing the first issue is unfortunately not trivial: Non-locked row
marks were fetched at the start of EPQ, and we don't have the type
information for the rowmarks available at that point. While we could
change that, it's not easy. It might be worthwhile to change that at
some point, but to fix this bug, it seems better to delay fetching
non-locking rowmarks when they're actually needed, rather than
eagerly. They're referenced at most once, and in cases where EPQ
fails, might never be referenced. Fetching them when needed also
increases locality a bit.
To be able to fetch rowmarks during execution, rather than
initialization, we need to be able to access the active EPQState, as
that contains necessary data. To do so move EPQ related data from
EState to EPQState, and, only for EStates creates as part of EPQ,
reference the associated EPQState from EState.
To fix the second issue, change EPQ initialization to allow use of
EvalPlanQualSlot() to be used before EvalPlanQualBegin() (but
obviously still requiring EvalPlanQualInit() to have been done).
As these changes made struct EState harder to understand, e.g. by
adding multiple EStates, significantly reorder the members, and add a
lot more comments.
Also add a few more EPQ tests, including one that fails for the first
issue above. More is needed.
Reported-By: yi huang
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAHU7rYZo_C4ULsAx_LAj8az9zqgrD8WDd4hTegDTMM1LMqrBsg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/24530.1562686693@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 12-, where the EPQ changes were introduced
In order to implement NULL LAST semantic GiST previously assumed distance to
the NULL value to be Inf. However, our distance functions can return Inf and
NaN for non-null values. In such cases, NULL LAST semantic appears to be
broken. This commit fixes that by introducing separate array of null flags for
distances.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsNvNdA0DBS%2BwMpFrgwT6C3-q50sFVGLSiuWnV3FqOJuQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
As a result of some long-ago quick hacks, the SIMILAR TO operator
and the corresponding flavor of substring() interpreted "ESCAPE NULL"
as selecting the default escape character '\'. This is both
surprising and not per spec: the standard is clear that these
functions should return NULL for NULL input.
Additionally, because of inconsistency of the strictness markings
of 3-argument substring() and similar_escape(), the planner could not
inline the SQL definition of substring(), resulting in a substantial
performance penalty compared to the underlying POSIX substring()
function.
The simplest fix for this would be to change the strictness marking
of similar_escape(), but if we do that we risk breaking existing views
that depend on that function. Hence, leave similar_escape() as-is
as a compatibility function, and instead invent a new function
similar_to_escape() that comes in two strict variants.
There are a couple of other behaviors in this area that are also
not per spec, but they are documented and seem generally at least
as sane as the spec's definition, so leave them alone. But improve
the documentation to describe them fully.
Patch by me; thanks to Álvaro Herrera and Andrew Gierth for review
and discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14047.1557708214@sss.pgh.pa.us
This moves much of the non-heap-specific logic from toast_delete and
toast_insert_or_update into a helper functions accessible via a new
header, toast_helper.h. Using the functions in this module, a table
AM can implement creation and deletion of TOAST table rows with
much less code duplication than was possible heretofore. Some
table AMs won't want to use the TOAST logic at all, but for those
that do this will make that easier.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
This approach provides a much tighter binding between a data directory
and the associated SysV shared memory block (and SysV or named-POSIX
semaphores, if we're using those). Key collisions are still possible,
but only between data directories stored on different filesystems,
so the situation should be negligible in practice. More importantly,
restarting the postmaster with a different port number no longer
risks failing to identify a relevant shared memory block, even when
postmaster.pid has been removed. A standalone backend is likewise
much more certain to detect conflicting leftover backends.
(In the longer term, we might now think about deprecating the port as
a cluster-wide value, so that one postmaster could support sockets
with varying port numbers. But that's for another day.)
The hazards fixed here apply only on Unix systems; our Windows code
paths already use identifiers derived from the data directory path
name rather than the port.
src/test/recovery/t/017_shm.pl, which intends to test key-collision
cases, has been substantially rewritten since it can no longer use
two postmasters with identical port numbers to trigger the case.
Instead, use Perl's IPC::SharedMem module to create a conflicting
shmem segment directly. The test script will be skipped if that
module is not available. (This means that some older buildfarm
members won't run it, but I don't think that that results in any
meaningful coverage loss.)
Patch by me; thanks to Noah Misch and Peter Eisentraut for discussion
and review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16908.1557521200@sss.pgh.pa.us
detoast.c/h contain functions required to detoast a datum, partially
or completely, plus a few other utility functions for examining the
size of toasted datums.
toast_internals.c/h contain functions that are used internally to the
TOAST subsystem but which (mostly) do not need to be accessed from
outside.
heaptoast.c/h contains code that is intrinsically specific to the
heap AM, either because it operates on HeapTuples or is based on the
layout of a heap page.
detoast.c and toast_internals.c are placed in
src/backend/access/common rather than src/backend/access/heap. At
present, both files still have dependencies on the heap, but that will
be improved in a future commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Use the explicit_bzero() function in places where it is important that
security information such as passwords is cleared from memory. There
might be other places where it could be useful; this is just an
initial collection.
For platforms that don't have explicit_bzero(), provide various
fallback implementations. (explicit_bzero() itself isn't standard,
but as Linux/glibc, FreeBSD, and OpenBSD have it, it's the most common
spelling, so it makes sense to make that the invocation point.)
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/42d26bde-5d5b-c90d-87ae-6cab875f73be%402ndquadrant.com
This function is only used by xlogreader.c itself, so there's no need to
export it. It was introduced by commit 3b02ea4f07 with the apparent
intention that it could be used externally, but I couldn't find any
external code calling it.
I (Álvaro) couldn't resist the urge to sort nearby function prototypes
properly while at it.
Author: Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
The message was included as a parameter when this function was added in
dcb2bda9b7, but I don't think it has ever served any useful purpose.
Let's stop spreading it pointlessly.
Reviewed by Amit Langote and Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190806224728.GA17233@alvherre.pgsql
Similarly to the signed versions added in 4d6ad31, this adds a set of
inline functions for overflow checks with unsigned integers, including
uint16, uint32 and uint64. This relies on compiler built-in overflow
checks by default if available. The behavior of unsigned integers is
well-defined so the fallback implementations checks are simple for
additions and subtractions. Multiplications avoid division-based checks
which are expensive if possible, still this can happen for uint64 if
128-bit integers are not available.
While on it, the code in common/int.h is reorganized to avoid too many
duplicated comments. The new macros will be used in a follow-up patch.
All thanks to Andres Freund for the input provided.
Author: Fabien Coelho, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190830073423.GB2354@paquier.xyz
RelationAllowsEarlyPruning() performed a catalog scan, but is used
in two contexts where that was a bad idea:
1. In heap_page_prune_opt(), which runs very frequently in some large
scans. This caused major performance problems in a field report
that was easy to reproduce.
2. In TestForOldSnapshot(), which runs while we hold a buffer content
lock. It's not clear if this was guaranteed to be free of buffer
deadlock risk.
The check was introduced in commit 2cc41acd8 and defended against a
real problem: 9.6's hash indexes have no page LSN and so we can't
allow early pruning (ie the snapshot-too-old feature). We can remove
the check from all later releases though: hash indexes are now logged,
and there is no way to create UNLOGGED indexes on regular logged
tables.
If a future release allows such a combination, it might need to put
a similar check in place, but it'll need some more thought.
Back-patch to 10.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, who spotted the second problem
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKT8oTkp5jw_U4p0S-7UG9zsvtw_M47Y285bER6a2gD%2Bg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BWy%2BN4eE5zPm765h68LrkWc3Biu_8rzzi%2BOYX4j%2BiHRw%40mail.gmail.com
Adjust the struct comment that describes how page splits use their
descent stack to cascade up the tree from the leaf level.
In passing, fix up some unrelated nbtree comments that had typos or were
obsolete.
In early development patches, "replication origins" were called "identifiers";
almost everything was renamed, but these references to the old terminology
went unnoticed.
Reported-by: Craig Ringer
Prefix inet_net_ntop and sibling routines with "pg_" to ensure that
they aren't mistaken for C-library functions. This fixes warnings
from cpluspluscheck on some platforms, and should help reduce reader
confusion everywhere, since our functions aren't exactly interchangeable
with the library versions (they may have different ideas about address
family codes).
This shouldn't be fixing any actual bugs, unless somebody's linker
is misbehaving, so no need to back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
Remove use of "register" keyword in hashfn.c. It's obsolescent
according to recent C++ compilers, and no modern C compiler pays
much attention to it either.
Also fix one cosmetic warning about signed vs unsigned comparison.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
If an assertion expression contained a macro, the failed assertion
message would print the expanded macro, which is usually unhelpful and
confusing. Restructure the Assert macros to not expand any macros
when constructing the failure message.
This also fixes that the existing output for Assert et al. shows
the *inverted* condition, which is also confusing and not how
assertions usually work.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6c68efe3-117a-dcc1-73d4-18ba1ec532e2%402ndquadrant.com
For most uses of acl.h the details of how "Acl" internally looks like
are irrelevant. It might make sense to move a lot of the
implementation details into a separate header at a later point.
The main motivation of this change is to avoid including fmgr.h (via
array.h, which needs it for exposed structs) in a lot of files that
otherwise don't need it. A subsequent commit will remove the fmgr.h
include from a lot of files.
Directly include utils/array.h and utils/expandeddatum.h from the
files that need them, but previously included them indirectly, via
acl.h.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190803193733.g3l3x3o42uv4qj7l@alap3.anarazel.de
The initial value of the nbtree stack downlink block number field
recorded during an initial descent of the tree wasn't actually used.
Both _bt_getstackbuf() callers overwrote the value with their own value.
Remove the block number field from the stack struct, and add a child
block number argument to _bt_getstackbuf() in its place. This makes the
overall design of _bt_getstackbuf() clearer.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmx+UbXt2YNOUCZ-a04VdXU=S=OHuAuD7Z8uQq-PXTYUg@mail.gmail.com
Now that list_nth is O(1), there's no good reason to maintain a
separate array of RTE pointers rather than indexing into
estate->es_range_table. Deleting the array doesn't save all that
much either; but just on cleanliness grounds, it's better not to
have duplicate representations of the identical information.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14960.1565384592@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the result of list_concat no longer
shares the ListCells of the second input. Therefore, we can replace
"list_concat(x, list_copy(y))" with just "list_concat(x, y)".
To improve call sites that were list_copy'ing the first argument,
or both arguments, invent "list_concat_copy()" which produces a new
list sharing no ListCells with either input. (This is a bit faster
than "list_concat(list_copy(x), y)" because it makes the result list
the right size to start with.)
In call sites that were not list_copy'ing the second argument, the new
semantics mean that we are usually leaking the second List's storage,
since typically there is no remaining pointer to it. We considered
inventing another list_copy variant that would list_free the second
input, but concluded that for most call sites it isn't worth worrying
about, given the relative compactness of the new List representation.
(Note that in cases where such leakage would happen, the old code
already leaked the second List's header; so we're only discussing
the size of the leak not whether there is one. I did adjust two or
three places that had been troubling to free that header so that
they manually free the whole second List.)
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
Merge setup_append_rel_array into setup_simple_rel_arrays. There's no
particularly good reason to keep them separate, and it's inconsistent
with the lack of separation in expand_planner_arrays. The only apparent
benefit was that the fast path for trivial queries in query_planner()
doesn't need to set up the append_rel_array; but all we're saving there
is an if-test and NULL assignment, which surely ought to be negligible.
Also improve some obsolete comments.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17220.1565301350@sss.pgh.pa.us
b654714 has reworked the way trailing CR/LF characters are removed from
strings. This commit introduces a new routine in common/string.c and
refactors the code so as the logic is in a single place, mostly.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801031820.GF29334@paquier.xyz
Commit a6417078 established a new project policy around OID assignment:
new patches are encouraged to choose a random OID in the 8000..9999
range when a manually-assigned OID is required (if multiple OIDs are
required, a consecutive block of OIDs starting from the random point
should be used). Catalog entries added by committed patches that use
OIDs from this "unstable" range are renumbered after feature freeze.
This practice minimizes OID collisions among concurrently-developed
patches.
Show a specific random OID suggestion when the unused_oids script is
run. This makes it easy for patch authors to use a random OID from the
unstable range, per the new policy.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkkRs2ScmuBQ7xWi7xzp7fC1B3w0Nt8X+n4rBw5k+Z=zA@mail.gmail.com
Commit aa27977fe2 introduced this
restriction for pg_temp.function_name(arg); do likewise for types
created in temporary schemas. Programs that this breaks should add
"pg_temp." schema qualification or switch to arg::type_name syntax.
Back-patch to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Tom Lane. Reported by Tom Lane.
Security: CVE-2019-10208
This reverts commit 88bdbd3f74.
As committed, statement sampling used the existing duration threshold
(log_min_duration_statement) when decide which statements to sample.
The issue is that even the longest statements are subject to sampling,
and so may not end up logged. An improvement was proposed, introducing
a second duration threshold, but it would not be backwards compatible.
So we've decided to revert this feature - the separate threshold should
be part of the feature itself.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDS8tQ3Wviw9%3DAvODyUciPSrGeMhJi_WPE%2BEB8%2B4gLL-Q%40mail.gmail.com
When querying a partitioned table containing a default partition, we
were wrongly deciding to include it in the scan too early in the
process, failing to exclude it in some cases. If we reinterpret the
PruneStepResult.scan_default flag slightly, we can do a better job at
detecting that it can be excluded. The change is that we avoid setting
the flag for that pruning step unless the step absolutely requires the
default partition to be scanned (in contrast with the previous
arrangement, which was to set it unless the step was able to prune it).
So get_matching_partitions() must explicitly check the partition that
each returned bound value corresponds to in order to determine whether
the default one needs to be included, rather than relying on the flag
from the final step result.
Author: Yuzuko Hosoya <hosoya.yuzuko@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <Langote_Amit_f8@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/00e601d4ca86$932b8bc0$b982a340$@lab.ntt.co.jp
In 5f32b29c18 I changed the creation of HashState.hashkeys to
actually use HashState as the parent (instead of HashJoinState, which
was incorrect, as they were executed below HashState), to fix the
problem of hashkeys expressions otherwise relying on slot types
appropriate for HashJoinState, rather than HashState as would be
correct. That reliance was only introduced in 12, which is why it
previously worked to use HashJoinState as the parent (although I'd be
unsurprised if there were problematic cases).
Unfortunately that's not a sufficient solution, because before this
commit, the to-be-hashed expressions referenced inner/outer as
appropriate for the HashJoin, not Hash. That didn't have obvious bad
consequences, because the slots containing the tuples were put into
ecxt_innertuple when hashing a tuple for HashState (even though Hash
doesn't have an inner plan).
There are less common cases where this can cause visible problems
however (rather than just confusion when inspecting such executor
trees). E.g. "ERROR: bogus varno: 65000", when explaining queries
containing a HashJoin where the subsidiary Hash node's hash keys
reference a subplan. While normally hashkeys aren't displayed by
EXPLAIN, if one of those expressions references a subplan, that
subplan may be printed as part of the Hash node - which then failed
because an inner plan was referenced, and Hash doesn't have that.
It seems quite possible that there's other broken cases, too.
Fix the problem by properly splitting the expression for the HashJoin
and Hash nodes at plan time, and have them reference the proper
subsidiary node. While other workarounds are possible, fixing this
correctly seems easy enough. It was a pretty ugly hack to have
ExecInitHashJoin put the expression into the already initialized
HashState, in the first place.
I decided to not just split inner/outer hashkeys inside
make_hashjoin(), but also to separate out hashoperators and
hashcollations at plan time. Otherwise we would have ended up having
two very similar loops, one at plan time and the other during executor
startup. The work seems to more appropriately belong to plan time,
anyway.
Reported-By: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, in an earlier version
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvGVegF_TKKRiBrSmatJL2dR9uwFCuR+teQ_8tEXU8mxg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
Add _lookup_hash and _insert_hash functions for callers that have
already calculated the hash value of the key.
The immediate use case is for hash algorithms that write to disk in
partitions. The hash value can be calculated once, used to perform a
lookup, used to select the partition, then written to the partition
along with the tuple. When the tuple is read back, the hash value does
not need to be recalculated.
Author: Jeff Davis
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48abe675e1330f0c264ab2fe0d4ff23eb244f9ef.camel%40j-davis.com
This allows simplification of the plan tree in some common usage
patterns: we can get rid of a join to the function RTE.
In principle we could pull up any immutable expression, but restricting
it to Consts avoids the risk that multiple evaluations of the expression
might cost more than we can save. (Possibly this could be improved in
future --- but we've more or less promised people that putting a function
in FROM guarantees single evaluation, so we'd have to tread carefully.)
To do this, we need to rearrange when eval_const_expressions()
happens for expressions in function RTEs. I moved it to
inline_set_returning_functions(), which already has to iterate over
every function RTE, and in consequence renamed that function to
preprocess_function_rtes(). A useful consequence is that
inline_set_returning_function() no longer has to do this for itself,
simplifying that code.
In passing, break out pull_up_simple_subquery's code that knows where
everything that needs pullup_replace_vars() processing is, so that
the new pull_up_constant_function() routine can share it. We'd
gotten away with one-and-a-half copies of that code so far, since
pull_up_simple_values() could assume that a lot of cases didn't apply
to it --- but I don't think pull_up_constant_function() can make any
simplifying assumptions. Might as well make pull_up_simple_values()
use it too.
(Possibly this refactoring should go further: maybe we could share
some of the code to fill in the pullup_replace_vars_context struct?
For now, I left it that the callers fill that completely.)
Note: the one existing test case that this patch changes has to be
changed because inlining its function RTEs would destroy the point
of the test, namely to check join order.
Alexander Kuzmenkov and Aleksandr Parfenov, reviewed by
Antonin Houska and Anastasia Lubennikova, and whacked around
some more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402356c32eeb93d4fed01f66d6c7fe2d@postgrespro.ru
Add sort support for inet, including support for abbreviated keys.
Testing has shown that this reduces the time taken to sort medium to
large inet/cidr inputs by ~50-60% in realistic cases.
Author: Brandur Leach
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Edmund Horner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABR_9B-PQ8o2MZNJ88wo6r-NxW2EFG70M96Wmcgf99G6HUQ3sw@mail.gmail.com
There seems no good reason not to allow a parallel leader to execute
these functions. (The workers still can't, though. Although the code
would work, any such lock would go away at worker exit, which is not
the documented behavior of advisory locks.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11847.1564496844@sss.pgh.pa.us
These were introduced by pgindent due to fixe to broken
indentation (c.f. 8255c7a5ee). Previously the mis-indentation of
function prototypes was creatively used to reduce indentation in a few
places.
As that formatting only exists in master and REL_12_STABLE, it seems
better to fix it in both, rather than having some odd indentation in
v12 that somebody might copy for future patches or such.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190728013754.jwcbe5nfyt3533vx@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 12-
The rd_amcache allows an index AM to cache arbitrary information in a
relcache entry. This commit moves the cleanup of rd_amcache so that it
can also be used by table AMs. Nothing takes advantage of that yet, but
I'm sure it'll come handy for anyone writing new table AMs.
Backpatch to v12, where table AM interface was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
When building a list of relations for a parallel processing of a schema
or a database (or just a single-entry list for the non-parallel case
with the database name), the list is allocated and built on-the-fly for
each database processed, leaking after one database-level reindex is
done. This accumulates leaks when processing all databases, and could
become a visible issue with thousands of relations.
This is fixed by introducing a new routine in simple_list.c to free all
the elements in a simple list made of strings or OIDs. The header of
the list may be using a variable declaration or an allocated pointer,
so we don't have a routine to free this part to keep the interface
simple.
Per report from coverity for an issue introduced by 5ab892c, and
valgrind complains about the leak as well. The idea to introduce a new
routine in simple_list.c is from Tom Lane.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
When copying the definition of an index rebuilt concurrently for the new
entry, the index information was taken directly from the old index using
the relation cache. In this case, predicates and expressions have
some post-processing to prepare things for the planner, which loses some
information including the collations added in any of them.
This inconsistency can cause issues when attempting for example a table
rewrite, and makes the new indexes rebuilt concurrently inconsistent
with the old entries.
In order to fix the problem, fetch expressions and predicates directly
from the catalog of the old entry, and fill in IndexInfo for the new
index with that. This makes the process more consistent with
DefineIndex(), and the code is refactored with the addition of a routine
to create an IndexInfo node.
Reported-by: Manuel Rigger
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA5Hp0ra235F3czPom_FyAd-3+XwSJmX95r1+sRPOJc9VQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Otherwise, after a deleted page gets even older, it becomes unrecyclable
again. B-tree has the same problem, and has had since time immemorial,
but let's at least fix this in GiST, where this is new.
Backpatch to v12, where GiST page deletion was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/835A15A5-F1B4-4446-A711-BF48357EB602%40yandex-team.ru
The logic in ATExecDropColumn that rejects dropping partition key
columns is quite an inadequate defense, because it doesn't execute
in cases where a column needs to be dropped due to cascade from
something that only the column, not the whole partitioned table,
depends on. That leaves us with a badly broken partitioned table;
even an attempt to load its relcache entry will fail.
We really need to have explicit pg_depend entries that show that the
column can't be dropped without dropping the whole table. Hence,
add those entries. In v12 and HEAD, bump catversion to ensure that
partitioned tables will have such entries. We can't do that in
released branches of course, so in v10 and v11 this patch affords
protection only to partitioned tables created after the patch is
installed. Given the lack of field complaints (this bug was found
by fuzz-testing not by end users), that's probably good enough.
In passing, fix ATExecDropColumn and ATPrepAlterColumnType
messages to be more specific about which partition key column
they're complaining about.
Per report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to v10 where partitioned
tables were added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA4JKCPFrdrAbOs7XBiCyD61XJxeNav4LefkSmBLQ-Vobg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31920.1562526703@sss.pgh.pa.us
Change the defaults for the pg_hba.conf generated by initdb to "peer"
for local (if supported, else "md5") and "md5" for host.
(Changing from "md5" to SCRAM is left as a separate exercise.)
"peer" is currently not supported on AIX, HP-UX, and Windows. Users
on those operating systems will now either have to provide a password
to initdb or choose a different authentication method when running
initdb.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/bec17f0a-ddb1-8b95-5e69-368d9d0a3390%40postgresql.org
Some code could get confused when certain catalog state involving both
identity and serial sequences was present, perhaps during an attempt
to upgrade the latter to the former. Specifically, dropping the
default of a serial column maintains the ownership of the sequence by
the column, and so it would then be possible to afterwards make the
column an identity column that would now own two sequences. This
causes the code that looks up the identity sequence to error out,
making the new identity column inoperable until the ownership of the
previous sequence is released.
To fix this, make the identity sequence lookup only consider sequences
with the appropriate dependency type for an identity sequence, so it
only ever finds one (unless something else is broken). In the above
example, the old serial sequence would then be ignored. Reorganize
the various owned-sequence-lookup functions a bit to make this
clearer.
Reported-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/470c54fc8590be4de0f41b0d295fd6390d5e8a6c.camel@cybertec.at
Previously in order to determine which ECs a relation had members in, we
had to loop over all ECs stored in PlannerInfo's eq_classes and check if
ec_relids mentioned the relation. For the most part, this was fine, as
generally, unless queries were fairly complex, the overhead of performing
the lookup would have not been that significant. However, when queries
contained large numbers of joins and ECs, the overhead to find the set of
classes matching a given set of relations could become a significant
portion of the overall planning effort.
Here we allow a much more efficient method to access the ECs which match a
given relation or set of relations. A new Bitmapset field in RelOptInfo
now exists to store the indexes into PlannerInfo's eq_classes list which
each relation is mentioned in. This allows very fast lookups to find all
ECs belonging to a single relation. When we need to lookup ECs belonging
to a given pair of relations, we can simply bitwise-AND the Bitmapsets from
each relation and use the result to perform the lookup.
We also take the opportunity to write a new implementation of
generate_join_implied_equalities which makes use of the new indexes.
generate_join_implied_equalities_for_ecs must remain as is as it can be
given a custom list of ECs, which we can't easily determine the indexes of.
This was originally intended to fix the performance penalty of looking up
foreign keys matching a join condition which was introduced by 100340e2d.
However, we're speeding up much more than just that here.
Author: David Rowley, Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6970.1545327857@sss.pgh.pa.us
The examine_opclause_expression function needs to return information on
which side of the operator we found the Var, but the variable was called
"isgt" which is rather misleading (it assumes the operator is either
less-than or greater-than, but it may be equality or something else).
Other places in the planner use a variable called "varonleft" for this
purpose, so just adopt the same convention here.
The code also assumed we don't care about this flag for equality, as
(Var = Const) and (Const = Var) should be the same thing. But that does
not work for cross-type operators, in which case we need to pass the
parameters to the procedure in the right order. So just use the same
code for all types of expressions.
This means we don't need to care about the selectivity estimation
function anymore, at least not in this code. We should only get the
supported cases here (thanks to statext_is_compatible_clause).
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
Commit 857f9c36cd, which taught nbtree VACUUM to avoid unnecessary
index scans, bumped the nbtree version number from 2 to 3, while adding
the ability for nbtree indexes to be upgraded on-the-fly. Various
assertions that assumed that an nbtree index was always on version 2 had
to be changed to accept any supported version (version 2 or 3 on
Postgres 11).
However, a few assertions were missed in the initial commit, all of
which were in code paths that cache a local copy of the metapage
metadata, where the index had been expected to be on the current version
(no longer version 2) as a generic sanity check. Rather than simply
update the assertions, follow-up commit 0a64b45152 intentionally made
the metapage caching code update the per-backend cached metadata version
without changing the on-disk version at the same time. This could even
happen when the planner needed to determine the height of a B-Tree for
costing purposes. The assertions only fail on Postgres v12 when
upgrading from v10, because they were adjusted to use the authoritative
shared memory metapage by v12's commit dd299df8.
To fix, remove the cache-only upgrade mechanism entirely, and update the
assertions themselves to accept any supported version (go back to using
the cached version in v12). The fix is almost a full revert of commit
0a64b45152 on the v11 branch.
VACUUM only considers the authoritative metapage, and never bothers with
a locally cached version, whereas everywhere else isn't interested in
the metapage fields that were added by commit 857f9c36cd. It seems
unlikely that this bug has affected any user on v11.
Reported-By: Christoph Berg
Bug: #15896
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15896-5b25e260fdb0b081%40postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where VACUUM was taught to avoid unnecessary index scans.
Now that commit fec0778c8 drew a clear line between public and private
fields in SPITupleTable, it seems pretty silly that the count of valid
tuples isn't on the public side of that line. The reason why not was
that there wasn't such a count. For reasons lost in the mists of time,
spi.c preferred to keep a count of remaining free entries in the array.
But that seems pretty pointless: it's unlike the way we handle similar
code everywhere else, and it involves extra subtractions that surely
outweigh having to do a comparison rather than test-for-zero to check
for array-full.
Hence, rearrange so that this code does the expansible array logic
the same as everywhere else, with a count of valid entries alongside
the allocated array length. And document the count as public.
I looked for core-code callers where it would make sense to start
relying on tuptable->numvals rather than the separate SPI_processed
variable. Right now there don't seem to be places where it'd be
a win to do so without more code restructuring than I care to
undertake today. In principle, though, having SPITupleTables be
fully self-contained should be helpful down the line.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16852.1563395722@sss.pgh.pa.us
We expect opclauses to have exactly one Var and one Const, but the code
was checking the Const by calling is_pseudo_constant_clause() which is
incorrect - we need a proper constant.
Fixed by using plain IsA(x,Const) to check type of the node. We need to
do these checks in two places, so move it into a separate function that
can be called in both places.
Reported by Andreas Seltenreich, based on crash reported by sqlsmith.
Backpatch to v12, where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
The fields that we consider public are "tupdesc" and "vals", which
historically are in the middle of the struct. Move them to the front
(this should be perfectly safe to do in HEAD) and add comments to make
it quite clear which fields are public or not.
Also adjust spi.sgml's documentation of the struct to match.
That doc had bit-rotted somewhat, as it was missing some fields.
(Arguably we should just remove all the private fields from the docs,
but for now I refrained.)
Daniel Gustafsson, reviewed by Fabien Coelho
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0D19F836-B743-4340-B6A2-F148CA3DD1F0@yesql.se
Formerly, lcons was about the same speed as lappend, but with the new
List implementation, that's not so; with a long List, data movement
imposes an O(N) cost on lcons and list_delete_first, but not lappend.
Hence, invent list_delete_last with semantics parallel to
list_delete_first (but O(1) cost), and change various places to use
lappend and list_delete_last where this can be done without much
violence to the code logic.
There are quite a few places that construct result lists using lcons not
lappend. Some have semantic rationales for that; I added comments about
it to a couple that didn't have them already. In many such places though,
I think the coding is that way only because back in the dark ages lcons
was faster than lappend. Hence, switch to lappend where this can be done
without causing semantic changes.
In ExecInitExprRec(), this results in aggregates and window functions that
are in the same plan node being executed in a different order than before.
Generally, the executions of such functions ought to be independent of
each other, so this shouldn't result in visibly different query results.
But if you push it, as one regression test case does, you can show that
the order is different. The new order seems saner; it's closer to
the order of the functions in the query text. And we never documented
or promised anything about this, anyway.
Also, in gistfinishsplit(), don't bother building a reverse-order list;
it's easy now to iterate backwards through the original list.
It'd be possible to go further towards removing uses of lcons and
list_delete_first, but it'd require more extensive logic changes,
and I'm not convinced it's worth it. Most of the remaining uses
deal with queues that probably never get long enough to be worth
sweating over. (Actually, I doubt that any of the changes in this
patch will have measurable performance effects either. But better
to have good examples than bad ones in the code base.)
Patch by me, thanks to David Rowley and Daniel Gustafsson for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21272.1563318411@sss.pgh.pa.us
Potential future SMGR implementations may not want to create
tablespace directories when creating an SMGR relation. Move that
logic to mdcreate(). Move the initialization of md-specific
data structures from smgropen() to a new callback mdopen().
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Shawn Debnath (as part of an earlier patch set)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BOZqOiOuDm5tC5DyQZtJ3FH4%2BFSVMqtdC4P1atpJ%2Bqhg%40mail.gmail.com
It seems worth getting rid of these functions because they require the
caller to retain a ListCell pointer into a List that it's modifying,
which is a dangerous practice with the new List implementation.
(The only other List-modifying function that takes a ListCell pointer
as input is list_delete_cell, which nowadays is preferentially used
via the constrained API foreach_delete_current.)
There was only one remaining caller of these functions after commit
2f5b8eb5a, and that was some fairly ugly GEQO code that can be much
more clearly expressed using a list-index variable and list_insert_nth.
Hence, rewrite that code, and remove the functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
heap.c and relcache.c contained nearly identical copies of logic
to insert OIDs into an OID list while preserving the list's OID
ordering (and rejecting duplicates, in one case but not the other).
The comments argue that this is faster than qsort for small numbers
of OIDs, which is at best unproven, and seems even less likely to be
true now that lappend_cell_oid has to move data around. In any case
it's ugly and hard-to-follow code, and if we do have a lot of OIDs
to consider, it's O(N^2).
Hence, replace with simply lappend'ing OIDs to a List, then list_sort
the completed List, then remove adjacent duplicates if necessary.
This is demonstrably O(N log N) and it's much simpler for the
callers. It's possible that this would be somewhat inefficient
if there were a very large number of duplicates, but that seems
unlikely in the existing usage.
This adds list_deduplicate_oid and list_oid_cmp infrastructure
to list.c. I didn't bother with equivalent functionality for
integer or pointer Lists, but such could always be added later
if we find a use for it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the obvious way to sort a List
is to apply qsort() directly to the array of ListCells. list_qsort
was building an intermediate array of pointers-to-ListCells, which
we no longer need, but getting rid of it forces an API change:
the comparator functions need to do one less level of indirection.
Since we're having to touch the callers anyway, let's do two additional
changes: sort the given list in-place rather than making a copy (as
none of the existing callers have any use for the copying behavior),
and rename list_qsort to list_sort. It was argued that the old name
exposes more about the implementation than it should, which I find
pretty questionable, but a better reason to rename it is to be sure
we get the attention of any external callers about the need to fix
their comparator functions.
While we're at it, change four existing callers of qsort() to use
list_sort instead; previously, they all had local reinventions
of list_qsort, ie build-an-array-from-a-List-and-qsort-it.
(There are some other places where changing to list_sort perhaps
would be worthwhile, but they're less obviously wins.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29361.1563220190@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is numbered take 7, and addresses a set of issues around:
- Fixes for typos and incorrect reference names.
- Removal of unneeded comments.
- Removal of unreferenced functions and structures.
- Fixes regarding variable name consistency.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10bfd4ac-3e7c-40ab-2b2e-355ed15495e8@gmail.com
Originally, Postgres Lists were a more or less exact reimplementation of
Lisp lists, which consist of chains of separately-allocated cons cells,
each having a value and a next-cell link. We'd hacked that once before
(commit d0b4399d8) to add a separate List header, but the data was still
in cons cells. That makes some operations -- notably list_nth() -- O(N),
and it's bulky because of the next-cell pointers and per-cell palloc
overhead, and it's very cache-unfriendly if the cons cells end up
scattered around rather than being adjacent.
In this rewrite, we still have List headers, but the data is in a
resizable array of values, with no next-cell links. Now we need at
most two palloc's per List, and often only one, since we can allocate
some values in the same palloc call as the List header. (Of course,
extending an existing List may require repalloc's to enlarge the array.
But this involves just O(log N) allocations not O(N).)
Of course this is not without downsides. The key difficulty is that
addition or deletion of a list entry may now cause other entries to
move, which it did not before.
For example, that breaks foreach() and sister macros, which historically
used a pointer to the current cons-cell as loop state. We can repair
those macros transparently by making their actual loop state be an
integer list index; the exposed "ListCell *" pointer is no longer state
carried across loop iterations, but is just a derived value. (In
practice, modern compilers can optimize things back to having just one
loop state value, at least for simple cases with inline loop bodies.)
In principle, this is a semantics change for cases where the loop body
inserts or deletes list entries ahead of the current loop index; but
I found no such cases in the Postgres code.
The change is not at all transparent for code that doesn't use foreach()
but chases lists "by hand" using lnext(). The largest share of such
code in the backend is in loops that were maintaining "prev" and "next"
variables in addition to the current-cell pointer, in order to delete
list cells efficiently using list_delete_cell(). However, we no longer
need a previous-cell pointer to delete a list cell efficiently. Keeping
a next-cell pointer doesn't work, as explained above, but we can improve
matters by changing such code to use a regular foreach() loop and then
using the new macro foreach_delete_current() to delete the current cell.
(This macro knows how to update the associated foreach loop's state so
that no cells will be missed in the traversal.)
There remains a nontrivial risk of code assuming that a ListCell *
pointer will remain good over an operation that could now move the list
contents. To help catch such errors, list.c can be compiled with a new
define symbol DEBUG_LIST_MEMORY_USAGE that forcibly moves list contents
whenever that could possibly happen. This makes list operations
significantly more expensive so it's not normally turned on (though it
is on by default if USE_VALGRIND is on).
There are two notable API differences from the previous code:
* lnext() now requires the List's header pointer in addition to the
current cell's address.
* list_delete_cell() no longer requires a previous-cell argument.
These changes are somewhat unfortunate, but on the other hand code using
either function needs inspection to see if it is assuming anything
it shouldn't, so it's not all bad.
Programmers should be aware of these significant performance changes:
* list_nth() and related functions are now O(1); so there's no
major access-speed difference between a list and an array.
* Inserting or deleting a list element now takes time proportional to
the distance to the end of the list, due to moving the array elements.
(However, it typically *doesn't* require palloc or pfree, so except in
long lists it's probably still faster than before.) Notably, lcons()
used to be about the same cost as lappend(), but that's no longer true
if the list is long. Code that uses lcons() and list_delete_first()
to maintain a stack might usefully be rewritten to push and pop at the
end of the list rather than the beginning.
* There are now list_insert_nth...() and list_delete_nth...() functions
that add or remove a list cell identified by index. These have the
data-movement penalty explained above, but there's no search penalty.
* list_concat() and variants now copy the second list's data into
storage belonging to the first list, so there is no longer any
sharing of cells between the input lists. The second argument is
now declared "const List *" to reflect that it isn't changed.
This patch just does the minimum needed to get the new implementation
in place and fix bugs exposed by the regression tests. As suggested
by the foregoing, there's a fair amount of followup work remaining to
do.
Also, the ENABLE_LIST_COMPAT macros are finally removed in this
commit. Code using those should have been gone a dozen years ago.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley, Jesper Pedersen, and others
for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
In order to be able to work with FullTransactionId values during replay
without increasing the size of the WAL, infer the epoch. In general we
can't do that safely, but during replay we can because we know that
nextFullXid can't advance concurrently.
Prevent frontend code from seeing this new function, due to the above
restriction. Perhaps in future it will be possible to extract the value
entirely from independent WAL records, and then this restriction can be
lifted.
Author: Thomas Munro, based on earlier code from Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BmLmuDjMi6o1dxkKvGRL56Y2Rz%2BiXAcrZV03G9ZuFQ8Q%40mail.gmail.com
This adds a built-in function to generate UUIDs.
PostgreSQL hasn't had a built-in function to generate a UUID yet,
relying on external modules such as uuid-ossp and pgcrypto to provide
one. Now that we have a strong random number generator built-in, we
can easily provide a version 4 (random) UUID generation function.
This patch takes the existing function gen_random_uuid() from pgcrypto
and makes it a built-in function. The pgcrypto implementation now
internally redirects to the built-in one.
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6a65610c-46fc-2323-6b78-e8086340a325@2ndquadrant.com
6254c55f81, c085e1c1cb and 075f0a880f all change system catalog. But
catversion bump is missed in all of them. So, do catversion bump now.
Also, I need mention patch reviewer Fabien Coelho, who has been missed in
commit messages of 6254c55f81, c085e1c1cb and 075f0a880f.
Index-based calculation of this operator is exact. So, signature of
gist_bbox_distance() function is changes so that caller is responsible for
setting *recheck flag.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
Some of <-> operators between geometric types have their commutators missed.
This commit adds them. The motivation is upcoming kNN support for some of those
operators.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
Most block-based table AMs will need the exact same implementation of
the relation_size callback as the heap, and if they use a standard
page layout, they will likely need an implementation of the
relation_estimate_size callback that is very similar to that of the
heap. Rearrange to facilitate code reuse.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier, Daniel Gustafsson, and
Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ6DBPnP1E-vRpQZUJQijJFD54F+SR_pxGiAAS-MyrigA@mail.gmail.com
This addresses a couple of issues in the code:
- Typos and inconsistencies in comments and function declarations.
- Removal of unreferenced function declarations.
- Removal of unnecessary compile flags.
- A cleanup error in regressplans.sh.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c991fdf-2670-1997-c027-772a420c4604@gmail.com
The code for conversions SQL_ASCII <-> MULE_INTERNAL and
SQL_ASCII <-> UTF8 was unreachable, because we long ago changed
the wrapper functions pg_do_encoding_conversion() et al so that
they have hard-wired behaviors for conversions involving SQL_ASCII.
(At least some of those fast paths date back to 2002, though it
looks like we may not have been totally consistent about this until
later.) Given the lack of complaints, nobody is dissatisfied with
this state of affairs. Hence, let's just remove the unreachable code.
Also, change CREATE CONVERSION so that it rejects attempts to
define such conversions. Since we consider that SQL_ASCII represents
lack of knowledge about the encoding in use, such a conversion would
be semantically dubious even if it were reachable.
Adjust a couple of regression test cases that had randomly decided
to rely on these conversion functions rather than any other ones.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/41163.1559156593@sss.pgh.pa.us
The source defining the current fallback and hardcoded DH parameters
has disappeared from the web a long time ago, and RFC 3526 defines the
most current Diffie-Hellman MODP groups, so update to those new values.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5E60AC9A-CB10-4851-9EF2-7209490A164C@yesql.se
The serialization format of multivariate MCV lists included alignment in
order to allow direct access to part of the serialized data, but despite
multiple fixes (see for example commits d85e0f366a and ea4e1c0e8f) this
proved to be problematic.
This commit abandons alignment in the serialized format, and just copies
everything during deserialization. We now also track amount of memory
needed after deserialization (including alignment), which allows us to
deserialize the MCV list in a single pass.
Bump catversion, as this affects contents of pg_statistic_ext_data.
Backpatch to 12, where multi-column MCV lists were introduced.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2201.1561521148@sss.pgh.pa.us
The function pg_mcv_list_items() returns values stored in MCV items. The
items may contain columns with different data types, so the function was
generating text array-like representation, but in an ad-hoc way without
properly escaping various characters etc.
Fixed by simply building a text[] array, which also makes it easier to
use from queries etc.
Requires changes to pg_proc entry, so bump catversion.
Backpatch to 12, where multi-column MCV lists were introduced.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618205920.qtlzcu73whfpfqne@development
The main change is a new stemmer for Greek. There are minor changes
in the Danish and French stemmers.
Author: Panagiotis Mavrogiorgos <pmav99@gmail.com>
This is a follow-up refactoring after 09ec55b and b674211, which has
proved that the encoding and decoding routines used by SCRAM have a
poor interface when it comes to check after buffer overflows. This adds
an extra argument in the shape of the length of the result buffer for
each routine, which is used for overflow checks when encoding or
decoding an input string. The original idea comes from Tom Lane.
As a result of that, the encoding routine can now fail, so all its
callers are adjusted to generate proper error messages in case of
problems.
On failure, the result buffer gets zeroed.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190623132535.GB1628@paquier.xyz
UBSan complains about this. Instead, cast to a suitable type requiring
only 4-byte alignment. DatumGetAnyArrayP() already assumes one can cast
between AnyArrayType and ArrayType, so this doesn't introduce a new
assumption. Back-patch to 9.5, where AnyArrayType was introduced.
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190629210334.GA1244217@rfd.leadboat.com
Instead of calling pg_lsn_in() in check_recovery_target_lsn and
timestamptz_in() in check_recovery_target_time, reorganize the
respective code so that we don't raise any errors in the check hooks.
The previous code tried to use PG_TRY/PG_CATCH to handle errors in a
way that is not safe, so now the code contains no ereport() calls and
can operate safely within the GUC error handling system.
Moreover, since the interpretation of the recovery_target_time string
may depend on the time zone, we cannot do the final processing of that
string until all the GUC processing is done. Instead,
check_recovery_target_time() now does some parsing for syntax
checking, but the actual conversion to a timestamptz value is done
later in the recovery code that uses it.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190611061115.njjwkagvxp4qujhp%40alap3.anarazel.de
The date/time values 'current', 'invalid', and 'undefined' were
removed a long time ago, but the code still contains explicit error
handling for the transition. To simplify the code and avoid having to
handle these values everywhere, just remove the recognition of these
tokens altogether now.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
fe0a0b5 has removed the last use of this routine from pgcrypto, leading
to a useless symbol definition and an extra configure check.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190626142544.GN1714@paquier.xyz
Original MIPS-I processors didn't have the LL/SC instructions (nor any
other userland synchronization primitive). If the build toolchain
targets that ISA variant by default, as an astonishingly large fraction
of MIPS platforms still do, the assembler won't take LL/SC without
coercion in the form of a ".set mips2" instruction. But we issued that
unconditionally, making it an ISA downgrade for chips later than MIPS2.
That breaks things for the latest MIPS r6 ISA, which encodes these
instructions differently. Adjust the code so we don't change ISA level
if it's >= 2.
Note that this patch doesn't change what happens on an actual MIPS-I
processor: either the kernel will emulate these instructions
transparently, or you'll get a SIGILL failure. That tradeoff seemed
fine in 2002 when this code was added (cf 3cbe6b247), and it's even
more so today when MIPS-I is basically extinct. But let's add a
comment about that.
YunQiang Su (with cosmetic adjustments by me). Back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15844-8f62fe7e163939b3@postgresql.org
We don't need to restrict column privileges on pg_statistic_ext;
all of that data is OK to read publicly. What we *do* need to do,
which was overlooked by 6cbfb784c, is revoke public read access on
pg_statistic_ext_data; otherwise we still have the same security
hole we started with.
Catversion bump to ensure that installations calling themselves
beta2 will have this fix.
Diagnosis/correction by Dean Rasheed and Tomas Vondra, but I'm
going to go ahead and push this fix ASAP so we get more buildfarm
cycles on it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8833.1560647898@sss.pgh.pa.us
Regular per-column statistics are stored in pg_statistics catalog, which
is however rather difficult to read, so we also have pg_stats view with
a human-reablable version of the data.
For extended statistic the catalog was fairly easy to read, so we did
not have such human-readable view so far. Commit 9b6babfa2d however did
split the catalog into two, which makes querying harder. Furthermore,
we want to show the multi-column MCV list in a way similar to per-column
stats (and not as a bytea value).
This commit introduces pg_stats_ext view, joining the two catalogs and
massaging the data to produce human-readable output similar to pg_stats.
It also considers RLS and access privileges - the data is shown only when
the user has access to all columns the extended statistic is defined on.
Bumped CATVERSION due to adding new system view.
Author: Dean Rasheed, with improvements by me
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui%3DVdx4N%3D%3DVV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB%3DZA%40mail.gmail.com
Since extended statistic got introduced in PostgreSQL 10, there was a
single catalog pg_statistic_ext storing both the definitions and built
statistic. That's however problematic when a user is supposed to have
access only to the definitions, but not to user data.
Consider for example pg_dump on a database with RLS enabled - if the
pg_statistic_ext catalog respects RLS (which it should, if it contains
user data), pg_dump would not see any records and the result would not
define any extended statistics. That would be a surprising behavior.
Until now this was not a pressing issue, because the existing types of
extended statistic (functional dependencies and ndistinct coefficients)
do not include any user data directly. This changed with introduction
of MCV lists, which do include most common combinations of values.
The easiest way to fix this is to split the pg_statistic_ext catalog
into two - one for definitions, one for the built statistic values.
The new catalog is called pg_statistic_ext_data, and we're maintaining
a 1:1 relationship with the old catalog - either there are matching
records in both catalogs, or neither of them.
Bumped CATVERSION due to changing system catalog definitions.
Author: Dean Rasheed, with improvements by me
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui%3DVdx4N%3D%3DVV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB%3DZA%40mail.gmail.com
In order to separate OpenSSL's SHA symbols, this header has been using
USE_SSL, which is equivalent to USE_OPENSSL. There is now only one SSL
implementation included in the tree, so this works fine, but when
adding a new SSL implementation this would run into failures.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DF29010-CE26-4F51-85A6-9C8ABF5536F9@yesql.se
One would have needed out-of-tree code to observe the defects. Remove
unreferenced fields instead of completing their support functions.
Since in-tree code can't reach _readIntoClause(), no catversion bump.
This makes the header more consistent with the surroundings, with
declarations associated to a given file grouped together.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190608012439.GB7228@paquier.xyz
There were a number of issues in the recent commits which include typos,
code and comments mismatch, leftover function declarations. Fix them.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Alexander Lakhin, Amit Kapila and Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ef0c0232-0c1d-3a35-63d4-0ebd06e31387@gmail.com
The file has been introduced in src/backend/libpq/ as of b0b39f72, but
all backend-side headers of libpq are located in src/include/libpq/.
Note that the identification path on top of the file referred to
src/include/libpq/ from the start.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190607043415.GE1736@paquier.xyz
We used the same slot to store a tuple from the index, and to store a
tuple from the table. That's not OK. It worked with the heap, because
heapam_getnextslot() stores a HeapTuple to the slot, and doesn't care how
large the tts_values/nulls arrays are. But when I played with a toy table
AM implementation that used a virtual tuple, it caused memory overruns.
In the passing, tidy up comments on the ioss_PscanLen fields.
The defined callback definitions have been using references to heap for
a couple of variables and comments. This makes the whole interface more
consistent by using "table" which is more generic.
A variable storing index information was misspelled as well.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190601190946.GB1905@paquier.xyz
Interestingly only C++ compilers have, so far, complained about this
odd forward declaration. This originated when IndexBuildCallback was
defined in another file, but now is completely unnecessary (but was
wrong before too, cpluspluscheck just wouldn't have noticed).
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/53941.1559239260@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some of the wrapper functions didn't match the callback names. Many of
them due to staying "consistent" with historic naming of the wrapped
functionality. We decided that for most cases it's more important to
be for tableam to be consistent going forward, than with the past.
The one exception is beginscan/endscan/... because it'd have looked
odd to have systable_beginscan/endscan/... with a different naming
scheme, and changing the systable_* APIs would have caused way too
much churn (including breaking a lot of external users).
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, with some small additions by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiugyrXZfX7n0ORCa4L-m834dzmaE8eFdbNR6PMpetU4Ww@mail.gmail.com
This is still using the 2.0 version of pg_bsd_indent.
I thought it would be good to commit this separately,
so as to document the differences between 2.0 and 2.1 behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16296.1558103386@sss.pgh.pa.us
The original coding of this view relied on a correlated IN sub-query.
Our planner is not very bright about correlated sub-queries, and even
if it were, there's no way for it to know that the output of
pg_get_publication_tables() is duplicate-free, making the de-duplicating
semantics of IN unnecessary. Hence, rewrite as a LATERAL sub-query.
This provides circa 100X speedup for me with a few hundred published
tables (the whole regression database), and things would degrade as
roughly O(published_relations * all_relations) beyond that.
Because the rules.out expected output changes, force a catversion bump.
Ordinarily we might not want to do that post-beta1; but we already know
we'll be doing a catversion bump before beta2 to fix pg_statistic_ext
issues, so it's pretty much free to fix it now instead of waiting for v13.
Per report and fix suggestion from PegoraroF10.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1551385426763-0.post@n3.nabble.com
That leads to unsatisfied external references if the C compiler fails
to elide unused static functions. Apparently, we have no buildfarm
members building HEAD that have that issue ... but such compilers still
exist in the wild. Need to do something about that.
In passing, fix Berkeley-era typo in comment.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27054.1558533367@sss.pgh.pa.us
The comment for SNAPSHOT_SELF was unfortunately explaining
SNAPSHOT_DIRTY, as reported by Sergei. Also expand a few comments, and
include a few more comments from heapam_visibility.c, so they're in an
AM independent place.
Reported-By: Sergei Kornilov
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9152241558192351@sas1-d856b3d759c7.qloud-c.yandex.net
Before this commit, when ANALYZE was run on a table and serializable
was used (either by virtue of an explicit BEGIN TRANSACTION ISOLATION
LEVEL SERIALIZABLE, or default_transaction_isolation being set to
serializable) a null pointer dereference lead to a crash.
The analyze scan doesn't need a snapshot (nor predicate locking), but
before this commit a scan only contained information about being a
bitmap or sample scan.
Refactor the option passing to the scan_begin callback to use a
bitmask instead. Alternatively we could have added a new boolean
parameter, but that seems harder to read. Even before this issue
various people (Heikki, Tom, Robert) suggested doing so.
These changes don't change the scan APIs outside of tableam. The flags
argument could be exposed, it's not necessary to fix this
problem. Also the wrapper table_beginscan* functions encapsulate most
of that complexity.
After these changes fixing the bug is trivial, just don't acquire
predicate lock for analyze style scans. That was already done for
bitmap heap scans. Add an assert that a snapshot is passed when
acquiring the predicate lock, so this kind of bug doesn't require
running with serializable.
Also add a comment about sample scans currently requiring predicate
locking the entire relation, that previously wasn't remarked upon.
Reported-By: Joe Wildish
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/4EA80A20-E9BF-49F1-9F01-5B66CAB21453@elusive.cxhttps://postgr.es/m/20190411164947.nkii4gaeilt4bui7@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190518203102.g7peu2fianukjuxm@alap3.anarazel.de
Instead add a tableam callback to do so. To avoid adding per
validation overhead, pass a scan to tuple_tid_valid. In heap's case
we'd otherwise incurred a RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() call for each
tid - which'd have added noticable overhead to nodeTidscan.c.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Ashwin Agrawal
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190515185447.gno2jtqxyktylyvs@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously various parts of the code routed size requests through
RelationGetNumberOfBlocks[InFork]. That works if md.c is used by the
AM, but not otherwise.
Add a tableam callback to return the size of the table. As not every
AM will use postgres' BLCKSZ, have it return bytes, and have
RelationGetNumberOfBlocksInFork() round the byte size up into blocks.
To allow code outside of the AM to determine the actual relation size
map InvalidForkNumber the total size of a relation, as not every AM
might just need the postgres defined forks.
A few users of RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() ought to be converted away
from that. One case, the use of it to determine whether a tid is
valid, will be fixed in a follow up commit. Others will have to wait
for v13.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190423225201.3bbv6tbqzkb5w7cw@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously, gen_partprune_steps() always built executor pruning steps
using all suitable clauses, including those containing PARAM_EXEC
Params. This meant that the pruning steps were only completely safe
for executor run-time (scan start) pruning. To prune at executor
startup, we had to ignore the steps involving exec Params. But this
doesn't really work in general, since there may be logic changes
needed as well --- for example, pruning according to the last operator's
btree strategy is the wrong thing if we're not applying that operator.
The rules embodied in gen_partprune_steps() and its minions are
sufficiently complicated that tracking their incremental effects in
other logic seems quite impractical.
Short of a complete redesign, the only safe fix seems to be to run
gen_partprune_steps() twice, once to create executor startup pruning
steps and then again for run-time pruning steps. We can save a few
cycles however by noting during the first scan whether we rejected
any clauses because they involved exec Params --- if not, we don't
need to do the second scan.
In support of this, refactor the internal APIs in partprune.c to make
more use of passing information in the GeneratePruningStepsContext
struct, rather than as separate arguments.
This is, I hope, the last piece of our response to a bug report from
Alan Jackson. Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAD28A83-AC73-489E-A058-2681FA31D648@tvsquared.com
The original placement of this module in src/fe_utils/ is ill-considered,
because several src/common/ modules have dependencies on it, meaning that
libpgcommon and libpgfeutils now have mutual dependencies. That makes it
pointless to have distinct libraries at all. The intended design is that
libpgcommon is lower-level than libpgfeutils, so only dependencies from
the latter to the former are acceptable.
We already have the precedent that fe_memutils and a couple of other
modules in src/common/ are frontend-only, so it's not stretching anything
out of whack to treat logging.c as a frontend-only module in src/common/.
To the extent that such modules help provide a common frontend/backend
environment for the rest of common/ to use, it's a reasonable design.
(logging.c does not yet provide an ereport() emulation, but one can
dream.)
Hence, move these files over, and revert basically all of the build-system
changes made by commit cc8d41511. There are no places that need to grow
new dependencies on libpgcommon, further reinforcing the idea that this
is the right solution.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a912ffff-f6e4-778a-c86a-cf5c47a12933@2ndquadrant.com
As we descend the GiST tree during insertion, we modify any downlinks on
the way down to include the new tuple we're about to insert (if they don't
cover it already). Modifying an existing downlink might cause an internal
page to split, if the new downlink tuple is larger than the old one. If
that happens, we need to back up to the parent and re-choose a page to
insert to. We used to detect that situation, thanks to the NSN-LSN
interlock normally used to detect concurrent page splits, but that got
broken by commit 9155580fd5. With that commit, we now use a dummy constant
LSN value for every page during index build, so the LSN-NSN interlock no
longer works. I thought that was OK because there can't be any other
backends modifying the index during index build, but missed that the
insertion itself can modify the page we're inserting to. The consequence
was that we would sometimes insert the new tuple to an incorrect page, one
whose downlink doesn't cover the new tuple.
To fix, add a flag to the stack that keeps track of the state while
descending tree, to indicate that a page was split, and that we need to
retry the descend from the parent.
Thomas Munro first reported that the contrib/intarray regression test was
failing occasionally on the buildfarm after commit 9155580fd5. The failure
was intermittent, because the gistchoose() function is not deterministic,
and would only occasionally create the right circumstances for this bug to
cause the failure.
Patch by Anastasia Lubennikova, with some changes by me to make it work
correctly also when the internal page split also causes the "grandparent"
to be split.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGJRzLo7tZExWfSbwM3XuK7aAK7FhdBV0FLkbUG%2BW0v0zg%40mail.gmail.com
The term "item pointer" should not be used to refer to ItemIdData
variables, since that is needlessly ambiguous. Only
ItemPointerData/ItemPointer variables should be called item pointers.
To fix, establish the convention that ItemIdData variables should always
be referred to either as "item identifiers" or "line pointers". The
term "item identifier" already predominates in docs and translatable
messages, and so should be the preferred alternative there.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=c=MZQjUzde3o9+2PLAPuHTpVZPPdYxN=E4ndQ2--8ew@mail.gmail.com
We long ago decided to design the shared PgBackendStatus data structure to
minimize the cost of writing status updates, which means that writers just
have to increment the st_changecount field twice. That isn't hooked into
any sort of resource management mechanism, which means that if something
were to throw error between the two increments, the st_changecount field
would be left odd indefinitely. That would cause readers to lock up.
Now, since it's also a bad idea to leave the field odd for longer than
absolutely necessary (because readers will spin while we have it set),
the expectation was that we'd treat these segments like spinlock critical
sections, with only short, more or less straight-line, code in them.
That was fine as originally designed, but commit 9029f4b37 broke it
by inserting a significant amount of non-straight-line code into
pgstat_bestart(), code that is very capable of throwing errors, not to
mention taking a significant amount of time during which readers will spin.
We have a report from Neeraj Kumar of readers actually locking up, which
I suspect was due to an encoding conversion error in X509_NAME_to_cstring,
though conceivably it was just a garden-variety OOM failure.
Subsequent commits have loaded even more dubious code into pgstat_bestart's
critical section (and commit fc70a4b0d deserves some kind of booby prize
for managing to miss the critical section entirely, although the negative
consequences seem minimal given that the PgBackendStatus entry should be
seen by readers as inactive at that point).
The right way to fix this mess seems to be to compute all these values
into a local copy of the process' PgBackendStatus struct, and then just
copy the data back within the critical section proper. This plan can't
be implemented completely cleanly because of the struct's heavy reliance
on out-of-line strings, which we must initialize separately within the
critical section. But still, the critical section is far smaller and
safer than it was before.
In hopes of forestalling future errors of the same ilk, rename the
macros for st_changecount management to make it more apparent that
the writer-side macros create a critical section. And to prevent
the worst consequences if we nonetheless manage to mess it up anyway,
adjust those macros so that they really are a critical section, ie
they now bump CritSectionCount. That doesn't add much overhead, and
it guarantees that if we do somehow throw an error while the counter
is odd, it will lead to PANIC and a database restart to reset shared
memory.
Back-patch to 9.5 where the problem was introduced.
In HEAD, also fix an oversight in commit b0b39f72b: it failed to teach
pgstat_read_current_status to copy st_gssstatus data from shared memory to
local memory. Hence, subsequent use of that data within the transaction
would potentially see changing data that it shouldn't see.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPR3Wj5Z17=+eeyrn_ZDG3NQGYgMEOY6JV6Y-WRRhGgwc16U3Q@mail.gmail.com
The description of the lock type for speculative insertions was
incorrect, being copy-pasted from another one.
As discussed, also move the description for all the fields of lock tag
types from the structure listing lock tag types to the set of macros
setting each LOCKTAG.
Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCtA0-ybaC4fFfaDq_8p_TUOLvGxZH9Dm-=TMHZJarBa7Q@mail.gmail.com
The right way for IsCatalogRelation/Class to behave is to return true
for OIDs less than FirstBootstrapObjectId (not FirstNormalObjectId),
without any of the ad-hoc fooling around with schema membership.
The previous code was wrong because (1) it claimed that
information_schema tables were not catalog relations but their toast
tables were, which is silly; and (2) if you dropped and recreated
information_schema, which is a supported operation, the behavior
changed. That's even sillier. With this definition, "catalog
relations" are exactly the ones traceable to the postgres.bki data,
which seems like what we want.
With this simplification, we don't actually need access to the pg_class
tuple to identify a catalog relation; we only need its OID. Hence,
replace IsCatalogClass with "IsCatalogRelationOid(oid)". But keep
IsCatalogRelation as a convenience function.
This allows fixing some arguably-wrong semantics in contrib/sepgsql and
ReindexRelationConcurrently, which were using an IsSystemNamespace test
where what they really should be using is IsCatalogRelationOid. The
previous coding failed to protect toast tables of system catalogs, and
also was not on board with the general principle that user-created tables
do not become catalogs just by virtue of being renamed into pg_catalog.
We can also get rid of a messy hack in ReindexMultipleTables.
While we're at it, also rename IsSystemNamespace to IsCatalogNamespace,
because the previous name invited confusion with the more expansive
semantics used by IsSystemRelation/Class.
Also improve the comments in catalog.c.
There are a few remaining places in replication-related code that are
special-casing OIDs below FirstNormalObjectId. I'm inclined to think
those are wrong too, and if there should be any special case it should
just extend to FirstBootstrapObjectId. But first we need to debate
whether a FOR ALL TABLES publication should include information_schema.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21697.1557092753@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15150.1557257111@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit adds new parameter to VACUUM command, TRUNCATE,
which specifies that VACUUM should attempt to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table and allow the disk space
for the truncated pages to be returned to the operating system.
This parameter, if specified, overrides the vacuum_truncate
reloption. If neither the reloption nor the VACUUM option is
used, the default is true, as before.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoD+qtrSDL=GSma4Wd3kLYLeRC0hPna-YAdkDeV4z156vg@mail.gmail.com
This feature was using a process local map to track the first few blocks
in the relation. The map was reset each time we get the block with enough
freespace. It was discussed that it would be better to track this map on
a per-relation basis in relcache and then invalidate the same whenever
vacuum frees up some space in the page or when FSM is created. The new
design would be better both in terms of API design and performance.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
06c8a5090e Improve code comments in b0eaa4c51b.
13e8643bfc During pg_upgrade, conditionally skip transfer of FSMs.
6f918159a9 Add more tests for FSM.
9c32e4c350 Clear the local map when not used.
29d108cdec Update the documentation for FSM behavior..
08ecdfe7e5 Make FSM test portable.
b0eaa4c51b Avoid creation of the free space map for small heap relations.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190416180452.3pm6uegx54iitbt5@alap3.anarazel.de
In the wake of commit f912d7dec, RelationSetIndexList isn't used any
more. It was always a horrid wart, so getting rid of it is very nice.
We can also convert rd_indexvalid back to a plain boolean.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28926.1556664156@sss.pgh.pa.us
The message type for temp files and for checksum failures were missing
from the union. Due to the coding style used there was no compiler error
when this happend. So change the code to actively use the union thereby
producing a compiler error if the same mistake happens again, suggested
by Tom Lane.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reported-By: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190430163328.zd4rrlnbvgaqlcdz@development
Most of these stem from d25f519107 "tableam: relation creation, VACUUM
FULL/CLUSTER, SET TABLESPACE.".
1) To pass data to the relation_set_new_filenode()
RelationSetNewRelfilenode() was made to update RelationData.rd_rel
directly. That's not OK however, as it makes the relcache entries
temporarily inconsistent. Which among other scenarios is a problem
if a REINDEX targets an index on pg_class - the
CatalogTupleUpdate() in RelationSetNewRelfilenode(). Presumably
that was introduced because other places in the code do so - while
those aren't "good practice" they don't appear to be actively
buggy (e.g. because system tables may not be targeted).
I (Andres) should have caught this while reviewing and signficantly
evolving the code in that commit, mea culpa.
Fix that by instead passing in the new RelFileNode as separate
argument to relation_set_new_filenode() and rely on the relcache to
update the catalog entry. Also revert that the
RelationMapUpdateMap() call was changed to immediate, and undo some
other more unnecessary changes.
2) Document that the relation_set_new_filenode cannot rely on the
whole relcache entry to be valid. It might be worthwhile to
refactor the code to never have to rely on that, but given the way
heap_create() is currently coded, that'd be a large change.
3) ATExecSetTableSpace() shouldn't do FlushRelationBuffers() itself. A
table AM might not use shared buffers at all. Move to
index_copy_data() and heapam_relation_copy_data().
4) heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() previously sometimes accessed
rel->rd_rel->relpersistence rather than the `persistence`
argument. Code movement mistake.
5) Previously heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() re-opened the smgr
relation to create the init for, if necesary. Instead have
RelationCreateStorage() return the SMgrRelation and use it to
create the init fork.
6) Add a note about the danger of modifying the relcache directly to
ATExecSetTableSpace() - it's currently not a bug because there's a
check ERRORing for catalog tables.
Regression tests and assertion improvements that together trigger the
bug described in 1) will be added in a later commit, as there is a
related bug on all branches.
Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Diagnosed-By: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190418011430.GA19133@paquier.xyz
This is quite unsafe, even for the case of ereport(FATAL) where we won't
return control to the interrupted code, and despite this code's use of
a flag to restrict the areas where we'd try to do it. It's possible
for example that we interrupt malloc or free while that's holding a lock
that's meant to protect against cross-thread interference. Then, any
attempt to do malloc or free within ereport() will result in a deadlock,
preventing the walreceiver process from exiting in response to SIGTERM.
We hypothesize that this explains some hard-to-reproduce failures seen
in the buildfarm.
Hence, get rid of the immediate-exit code in WalRcvShutdownHandler,
as well as the logic associated with WalRcvImmediateInterruptOK.
Instead, we need to take care that potentially-blocking operations
in the walreceiver's data transmission logic (libpqwalreceiver.c)
will respond reasonably promptly to the process's latch becoming
set and then call ProcessWalRcvInterrupts. Much of the needed code
for that was already present in libpqwalreceiver.c. I refactored
things a bit so that all the uses of PQgetResult use latch-aware
waiting, but didn't need to do much more.
These changes should be enough to ensure that libpqwalreceiver.c
will respond promptly to SIGTERM whenever it's waiting to receive
data. In principle, it could block for a long time while waiting
to send data too, and this patch does nothing to guard against that.
I think that that hazard is mostly theoretical though: such blocking
should occur only if we fill the kernel's data transmission buffers,
and we don't generally send enough data to make that happen without
waiting for input. If we find out that the hazard isn't just
theoretical, we could fix it by using PQsetnonblocking, but that
would require more ticklish changes than I care to make now.
This is a bug fix, but it seems like too big a change to push into
the back branches without much more testing than there's time for
right now. Perhaps we'll back-patch once we have more confidence
in the change.
Patch by me; thanks to Thomas Munro for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190416070119.GK2673@paquier.xyz
Run renumber_oids.pl to move high-numbered OIDs down, as per pre-beta
tasks specified by RELEASE_CHANGES. (The only change is 8394 -> 3428.)
Also run reformat_dat_file.pl while I'm here.
While looking at the reformat diffs, I chanced to notice that type
jsonpath had typsend and typreceive = '-', which surely is not the
intention given that jsonpath_send and jsonpath_recv exist.
Fix that. It's safe to assume that these functions have never been
tested :-(. I didn't try, but somebody should.
Commit ca4103025d left a few loose ends. The most important one
(broken pg_dump output) is already fixed by virtue of commit
3b23552ad8, but some things remained:
* When ALTER TABLE rewrites tables, the indexes must remain in the
tablespace they were originally in. This didn't work because
index recreation during ALTER TABLE runs manufactured SQL (yuck),
which runs afoul of default_tablespace in competition with the parent
relation tablespace. To fix, reset default_tablespace to the empty
string temporarily, and add the TABLESPACE clause as appropriate.
* Setting a partitioned rel's tablespace to the database default is
confusing; if it worked, it would direct the partitions to that
tablespace regardless of default_tablespace. But in reality it does
not work, and making it work is a larger project. Therefore, throw
an error when this condition is detected, to alert the unwary.
Add some docs and tests, too.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1c260nOt_vBJ067AZ3JXptXVRohDVMLEBmudX1YEx-A@mail.gmail.com
This allows table AMs that don't need these horizons. This was already
documented in the tableam relation_set_new_filenode callback, but an
assert prevented if from actually working (the test AM code contained
the change itself). Defang the asserts in the general code, and move
the stronger ones into heap AM.
Relatedly, after CLUSTER/VACUUM, we'd always assign a relfrozenxid /
relminmxid. Change the table_relation_copy_for_cluster() interface to
allow the AM to overwrite the horizons that get set on the pg_class
entry. This'd also in the future allow AMs like heap to compute a
relfrozenxid during rewrite that's the table's actual minimum rather
than a pre-determined value. Arguably it'd have been better to move
the whole computation / setting of those values into the callback, but
it seems likely that for other reasons it'd be better to be able to
use one value to vacuum/cluster multiple tables (e.g. a toast's
horizon shouldn't be different than the table's).
Reported-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a7fb9cc-2419-5db7-8840-ddc10c93f122@iki.fi
Commit dd299df8 made nbtree treat heap TID as a tiebreaker column,
establishing the principle that there is only one correct location (page
and page offset number) for every index tuple, no matter what.
Insertions of tuples into non-unique indexes proceed as if heap TID
(scan key's scantid) is just another user-attribute value, but
insertions into unique indexes are more delicate. The TID value in
scantid must initially be omitted to ensure that the unique index
insertion visits every leaf page that duplicates could be on. The
scantid is set once again after unique checking finishes successfully,
which can force _bt_findinsertloc() to step right one or more times, to
locate the leaf page that the new tuple must be inserted on.
Stepping right within _bt_findinsertloc() was assumed to occur no more
frequently than stepping right within _bt_check_unique(), but there was
one important case where that assumption was incorrect: inserting a
"duplicate" with NULL values. Since _bt_check_unique() didn't do any
real work in this case, it wasn't appropriate for _bt_findinsertloc() to
behave as if it was finishing off a conventional unique insertion, where
any existing physical duplicate must be dead or recently dead.
_bt_findinsertloc() might have to grovel through a substantial portion
of all of the leaf pages in the index to insert a single tuple, even
when there were no dead tuples.
To fix, treat insertions of tuples with NULLs into a unique index as if
they were insertions into a non-unique index: never unset scantid before
calling _bt_search() to descend the tree, and bypass _bt_check_unique()
entirely. _bt_check_unique() is no longer responsible for incoming
tuples with NULL values.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm08nr+JPx4jMOa9CGqxWYDQ-_D4wtPBiKghXAUiUy-nQ@mail.gmail.com
Up to now, DefineIndex() was responsible for adding attnotnull constraints
to the columns of a primary key, in any case where it hadn't been
convenient for transformIndexConstraint() to mark those columns as
is_not_null. It (or rather its minion index_check_primary_key) did this
by executing an ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL command for the target table.
The trouble with this solution is that if we're creating the index due
to ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY, and the outer ALTER TABLE has additional
sub-commands, the inner ALTER TABLE's operations executed at the wrong
time with respect to the outer ALTER TABLE's operations. In particular,
the inner ALTER would perform a validation scan at a point where the
table's storage might be inconsistent with its catalog entries. (This is
on the hairy edge of being a security problem, but AFAICS it isn't one
because the inner scan would only be interested in the tuples' null
bitmaps.) This can result in unexpected failures, such as the one seen
in bug #15580 from Allison Kaptur.
To fix, let's remove the attempt to do SET NOT NULL from DefineIndex(),
reducing index_check_primary_key's role to verifying that the columns are
already not null. (It shouldn't ever see such a case, but it seems wise
to keep the check for safety.) Instead, make transformIndexConstraint()
generate ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL subcommands to be executed ahead of
the ADD PRIMARY KEY operation in every case where it can't force the
column to be created already-not-null. This requires only minor surgery
in parse_utilcmd.c, and it makes for a much more satisfying spec for
transformIndexConstraint(): it's no longer having to take it on faith
that someone else will handle addition of NOT NULL constraints.
To make that work, we have to move the execution of AT_SetNotNull into
an ALTER pass that executes ahead of AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX. I moved it to
AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, and put that after AT_PASS_ADD_COL to avoid failure
when the column is being added in the same command. This incidentally
fixes a bug in the only previous usage of AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, for
AT_SetIdentity: it didn't work either for a newly-added column.
Playing around with this exposed a separate bug in ALTER TABLE ONLY ...
ADD PRIMARY KEY for partitioned tables. The intent of the ONLY modifier
in that context is to prevent doing anything that would require holding
lock for a long time --- but the implied SET NOT NULL would recurse to
the child partitions, and do an expensive validation scan for any child
where the column(s) were not already NOT NULL. To fix that, invent a
new ALTER subcommand AT_CheckNotNull that just insists that a child
column be already NOT NULL, and apply that, not AT_SetNotNull, when
recursing to children in this scenario. This results in a slightly laxer
definition of ALTER TABLE ONLY ... SET NOT NULL for partitioned tables,
too: that command will now work as long as all children are already NOT
NULL, whereas before it just threw up its hands if there were any
partitions.
In passing, clean up the API of generateClonedIndexStmt(): remove a
useless argument, ensure that the output argument is not left undefined,
update the header comment.
A small side effect of this change is that no-such-column errors in ALTER
TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY now produce a different message that includes the
table name, because they are now detected by the SET NOT NULL step which
has historically worded its error that way. That seems fine to me, so
I didn't make any effort to avoid the wording change.
The basic bug #15580 is of very long standing, and these other bugs
aren't new in v12 either. However, this is a pretty significant change
in the way ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY works. On balance it seems best
not to back-patch, at least not till we get some more confidence that
this patch has no new bugs.
Patch by me, but thanks to Jie Zhang for a preliminary version.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15580-d1a6de5a3d65da51@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1396E95157071C4EBBA51892C5368521017F2E6E63@G08CNEXMBPEKD02.g08.fujitsu.local
This commit fixes a couple of issues related to the way password
verifiers hashed with MD5 or SCRAM-SHA-256 are detected, leading to
being able to store in catalogs passwords which do not follow the
supported hash formats:
- A MD5-hashed entry was checked based on if its header uses "md5" and
if the string length matches what is expected. Unfortunately the code
never checked if the hash only used hexadecimal characters, as reported
by Tom Lane.
- A SCRAM-hashed entry was checked based on only its header, which
should be "SCRAM-SHA-256$", but it never checked for any fields
afterwards, as reported by Jonathan Katz.
Backpatch down to v10, which is where SCRAM has been introduced, and
where password verifiers in plain format have been removed.
Author: Jonathan Katz
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/016deb6b-1f0a-8e9f-1833-a8675b170aa9@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 10
Due to parallel development, gist added the missing conflict
information in c952eae52a, while 558a9165e0 moved that computation
to the primary for the index types that already had it. Thus adapt
gist to also compute on the primary, using
index_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() instead of its own copy of the
logic.
This also adds pg_waldump support for XLOG_GIST_DELETE records, which
previously was not properly present.
Bumps WAL version.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190406050243.bszosdg4buvabfrt@alap3.anarazel.de
The formulas used to calculate size while (de)serializing mvndistinct
and functional dependencies were based on offset() of the structs. But
that is incorrect, because the structures are not copied directly, we
we copy the individual fields directly.
At the moment this works fine, because there is no alignment padding
on any platform we support. But it might break if we ever added some
fields into any of the structs, for example. It's also confusing.
Fixed by reworking the macros to directly sum sizes of serialized
fields. The macros are now useful only for serialiation, so there is
no point in keeping them in the public header file. So make them
private by moving them to the .c files.
Also adds a couple more asserts to check the serialization, and fixes
an incorrect allocation of MVDependency instead of (MVDependency *).
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29785.1555365602@sss.pgh.pa.us
For amcanreorderby scans the nodeIndexscan.c's reorder queue holds
heap tuples, but the underlying table likely does not. Before this fix
we'd return different types of slots, depending on whether the tuple
came from the reorder queue, or from the index + table.
While that could be fixed by signalling that the node doesn't return a
fixed type of slot, it seems better to instead remove the separate
slot for the reorder queue, and use ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() to store
tuples from the queue. It's not particularly common to need
reordering, after all.
This reverts most of the iss_ReorderQueueSlot related changes to
nodeIndexscan.c made in 1a0586de36, except that now
ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() is used instead of ExecStoreHeapTuple().
Noticed when testing zheap against the in-core version of tableam.
Author: Andres Freund
As reported by Tom, when ExecStoreMinimalTuple() had to perform a
conversion to store the minimal tuple in the slot, it forgot to
respect the shouldFree flag, and leaked the tuple into the current
memory context if true. Fix that by freeing the tuple in that case.
Looking at the relevant code made me (Andres) realize that not having
the shouldFree parameter to ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() was a bad
idea. Some callers had to locally implement the necessary logic, and
in one case it was missing, creating a potential per-group leak in
non-hashed aggregation.
The choice to not free the tuple in ExecComputeStoredGenerated() is
not pretty, but not introduced by this commit - I'll start a separate
discussion about it.
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/366.1555382816@sss.pgh.pa.us
The original coding of generate_partition_qual() just copied the list
of predicate expressions into the global CacheMemoryContext, making it
effectively impossible to clean up when the owning relcache entry is
destroyed --- the relevant code in RelationDestroyRelation() only managed
to free the topmost List header :-(. This resulted in a session-lifespan
memory leak whenever a table partition's relcache entry is rebuilt.
Fortunately, that's not normally a large data structure, and rebuilds
shouldn't occur all that often in production situations; but this is
still a bug worth fixing back to v10 where the code was introduced.
To fix, put the cached expression tree into its own small memory context,
as we do with other complicated substructures of relcache entries.
Also, deal more honestly with the case that a partition has an empty
partcheck list; while that probably isn't a case that's very interesting
for production use, it's legal.
In passing, clarify comments about how partitioning-related relcache
data structures are managed, and add some Asserts that we're not leaking
old copies when we overwrite these data fields.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7961.1552498252@sss.pgh.pa.us
postmaster startup scrutinizes any shared memory segment recorded in
postmaster.pid, exiting if that segment matches the current data
directory and has an attached process. When the postmaster.pid file was
missing, a starting postmaster used weaker checks. Change to use the
same checks in both scenarios. This increases the chance of a startup
failure, in lieu of data corruption, if the DBA does "kill -9 `head -n1
postmaster.pid` && rm postmaster.pid && pg_ctl -w start". A postmaster
will no longer stop if shmat() of an old segment fails with EACCES. A
postmaster will no longer recycle segments pertaining to other data
directories. That's good for production, but it's bad for integration
tests that crash a postmaster and immediately delete its data directory.
Such a test now leaks a segment indefinitely. No "make check-world"
test does that. win32_shmem.c already avoided all these problems. In
9.6 and later, enhance PostgresNode to facilitate testing. Back-patch
to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190408064141.GA2016666@rfd.leadboat.com
This adds a row to the pg_stat_database view with datoid 0 and datname
NULL for those objects that are not in a database. This was added
particularly for checksums, but we were already tracking more satistics
for these objects, just not returning it.
Also add a checksum_last_failure column that holds the timestamptz of
the last checksum failure that occurred in a database (or in a
non-dataabase file), if any.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
In case of a partition index, when swapping the old and new index, we
also need to attach the new index as a partition and detach the old
one. Also, to handle partition indexes, we not only need to change
dependencies referencing the index, but also dependencies of the index
referencing something else. The previous code did this only
specifically for a constraint, but we also need to do this for
partitioned indexes. So instead write a generic function that does it
for all dependencies.
Author: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/DF4PR8401MB11964EDB77C860078C343BEBEE5A0%40DF4PR8401MB1196.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM#154df1fedb735190a773481765f7b874
transaction.
The transaction that is initiated by the parallel worker to cooperate
with the actual transaction started by the main backend to complete the
query execution should not be counted as a separate transaction. The
other internal transactions started and committed by the parallel worker
are still counted as separate transactions as we that is what we do in
other places like autovacuum.
This will partially fix the bloat in transaction stats due to additional
transactions performed by parallel workers. For a complete fix, we need to
decide how we want to show all the transactions that are started internally
for various operations and that is a matter of separate patch.
Reported-by: Haribabu Kommi
Author: Haribabu Kommi
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Jamison Kirk and Rahila Syed
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGc9=jKXuScvNyQ+VNhO0FZk7LLAShAJRyZjnedd2D61EQ@mail.gmail.com
We've long had reports of intermittent "could not reattach to shared
memory" errors on Windows. Buildfarm member dory fails that way when
PGSharedMemoryReAttach() execution overlaps with creation of a thread
for the process's "default thread pool". Fix that by providing a second
region to receive asynchronous allocations that would otherwise intrude
into UsedShmemSegAddr. In pgwin32_ReserveSharedMemoryRegion(), stop
trying to free reservations landing at incorrect addresses; the caller's
next step has been to terminate the affected process. Back-patch to 9.4
(all supported versions).
Reviewed by Tom Lane. He also did much of the prerequisite research;
see commit bcbf2346d6.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190402135442.GA1173872@rfd.leadboat.com
vacuum_truncate controls whether vacuum tries to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table. Previously vacuum always
tried to do the truncation. However, the truncation could cause
some problems; for example, ACCESS EXCLUSIVE lock needs to
be taken on the table during the truncation and can cause
the query cancellation on the standby even if hot_standby_feedback
is true. Setting this reloption to false can be helpful to avoid
such problems.
Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Kirk Jamison and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwE5UqFqSq1=kV3QtTUtXphTdyHA-8rAj4A=Y+e4kyp3BQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit fixes three, unfortunately related, issues:
1) Since 5db6df0c01, the introduction of DML via tableam, it was
possible to trigger "ERROR: unexpected table_lock_tuple status: 1"
when updating a row that was previously updated in the same
transaction - but only when the previously updated row was before
updated in a concurrent transaction (and READ COMMITTED was
used). The reason for that was that that case simply wasn't
expected. Fixing that lead to:
2) Even before the above commit, there were error checks (introduced
in 6868ed7491) preventing a row being updated by different
commands within the same statement (say in a function called by an
UPDATE) - but that check wasn't performed when the row was first
updated in a concurrent transaction - instead the second update was
silently skipped in that case. After this change we throw the same
error as we'd without the concurrent transaction.
3) The error messages (introduced in 6868ed7491) preventing such
updates emitted the same error message for both DELETE and
UPDATE ("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation
triggered by the current command"). While that could be changed
separately, it made it hard to write tests that verify the correct
correct behavior of the code.
This commit changes heap's implementation of table_lock_tuple() to
return TM_SelfModified instead of TM_Invisible (previously loosely
modeled after EvalPlanQualFetch), and teaches nodeModifyTable.c to
handle that in response to table_lock_tuple() and not just in response
to table_(delete|update).
Additionally it fixes the wrong error message (see 3 above). The
comment for table_lock_tuple() is also adjusted to state that
TM_Deleted won't return information in TM_FailureData - it'll not
always be available.
This also adds tests to ensure that DELETE/UPDATE correctly error out
when affecting a row that concurrently was modified by another
transaction.
Author: Andres Freund
Reported-By: Tom Lane, when investigating a bug bug fix to another bug
by Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19321.1554567786@sss.pgh.pa.us
This uses the same infrastructure that the CREATE INDEX progress
reporting uses. Add a column to pg_stat_progress_create_index to
report the OID of the index being worked on. This was not necessary
for CREATE INDEX, but it's useful for REINDEX.
Also edit the phase descriptions a bit to be more consistent with the
source code comments.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ef6a6757-c36a-9e81-123f-13b19e36b7d7%402ndquadrant.com
Similarly to the set of parameters for keepalive, a connection parameter
for libpq is added as well as a backend GUC, called tcp_user_timeout.
Increasing the TCP user timeout is useful to allow a connection to
survive extended periods without end-to-end connection, and decreasing
it allows application to fail faster. By default, the parameter is 0,
which makes the connection use the system default, and follows a logic
close to the keepalive parameters in its handling. When connecting
through a Unix-socket domain, the parameters have no effect.
Author: Ryohei Nagaura
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Kirk
Jamison, Mikalai Keida, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Andrei Yahorau
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EDA4195584F5064680D8130B1CA91C45367328@G01JPEXMBYT04
If we need ordered output from a scan of a partitioned table, but
the ordering matches the partition ordering, then we don't need to
use a MergeAppend to combine the pre-ordered per-partition scan
results: a plain Append will produce the same results. This
both saves useless comparison work inside the MergeAppend proper,
and allows us to start returning tuples after istarting up just
the first child node not all of them.
However, all is not peaches and cream, because if some of the
child nodes have high startup costs then there will be big
discontinuities in the tuples-returned-versus-elapsed-time curve.
The planner's cost model cannot handle that (yet, anyway).
If we model the Append's startup cost as being just the first
child's startup cost, we may drastically underestimate the cost
of fetching slightly more tuples than are available from the first
child. Since we've had bad experiences with over-optimistic choices
of "fast start" plans for ORDER BY LIMIT queries, that seems scary.
As a klugy workaround, set the startup cost estimate for an ordered
Append to be the sum of its children's startup costs (as MergeAppend
would). This doesn't really describe reality, but it's less likely
to cause a bad plan choice than an underestimated startup cost would.
In practice, the cases where we really care about this optimization
will have child plans that are IndexScans with zero startup cost,
so that the overly conservative estimate is still just zero.
David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-hAqhPLRk_RaSFTgYxd=Tz5hA7kQ2h4-DhJufQk8TGuw@mail.gmail.com
